-
1 νοῦς
νοῦς, νοός, νοί̈, νοῦν, ὁ (contracted fr. νόος.—Hom. et al.; pap, LXX, TestSol, Test12Patr; SibOr 3, 574; EpArist 276; Philo [oft.]; Jos., Ant. 3, 65, Vi. 122 al.; apolog. exc. Mel.—On its declension s. B-D-F §52; W-S. §8, 11; Mlt-H. 127; 142) in the NT only in Pauline lit. except for Lk 24:45; Rv 13:18; 17:9.ⓐ mind, intellect as the side of life contrasted w. physical existence, the higher, mental part of a human being that initiates thoughts and plans (Apollonius of Tyana [I A.D.] in Eus., PE 4, 13; Orig., C. Cels. 8, 38, 21; 52, 24; Did., Gen. 57, 26): ὁ νόμος τοῦ νοός (μου) the law of (my) intellect Ro 7:22 v.l., 23. (Opp. σάρξ) τῷ ν. δουλεύειν νόμῳ θεοῦ serve the law of God w. one’s intellect vs. 25.ⓑ understanding, mind as faculty of thinking (Hippol., Ref. 4, 43, 2; Did., Gen. 44, 11 [w. λογισμός]) διανοίγειν τὸν ν. τινος open someone’s mind Lk 24:45. ὁ ἔχων νοῦν whoever has understanding Rv 13:18 (ν. ἔχειν as Aristoph., Equ. 482; Hyperid. 3, 23; Dio Chrys. 17 [34], 39; 23 [40], 26; Ael. Aristid. 23, 12 K.=42 p. 771 D.; EpArist 276; Philo, Mos. 1, 141; TestReub 3:8; Ar. 9, 5; Just., D. 30, 1; 60, 2; Tat. 1, 2). ὧδε ὁ ν. ὁ ἔχων σοφίαν here is (i.e. this calls for) a mind with wisdom 17:9. νοῦν διδόναι grant understanding Dg 10:2. Also παρέχειν νοῦν 11:5. ὁ σοφίαν καὶ νοῦν θέμενος ἐν ἡμῖν τῶν κρυφίων αὐτοῦ who has placed in us wisdom and understanding of his secrets 6:10. ποικίλος τῇ φρονήσει καὶ τῷ ν. diverse in thought and understanding Hs 9, 17, 2a; cp. vs. 2b. Of the peace of God ἡ ὑπερέχουσα πάντα ν. which surpasses all power of thought Phil 4:7. In contrast to the divine Pneuma which inspires the ‘speaker in tongues’: ὁ ν. μου ἄκαρπός ἐστιν my mind is unfruitful, because it remains inactive during the glossolalia 1 Cor 14:14. προσεύχεσθαι τῷ ν. (opp. τῷ πνεύματι.—νόῳ as instrumental dat. as Pind., P. 1, 40) pray w. the understanding vs. 15a; ψάλλειν τῷ ν. vs. 15b. θέλω πέντε λόγους τῷ ν. μου λαλῆσαι I would rather speak five words w. my understanding vs. 19 (cp. 1QS 10:9).—As a designation of Christ (cp. SibOr 8, 284) in a long series of expressions (w. φῶς) Dg 9:6 (cp. Epict. 2, 8, 2 τίς οὖν οὐσία θεοῦ; νοῦς, ἐπιστήμη, λόγος ὀρθός. Theoph. Ant. 1, 3 [p. 62, 14] νοῦν ἐὰν εἴπω, φρόνησιν αὐτοῦ [sc. τοῦ θεοῦ] λέγω; Ath. 10, 2 νοῦς καὶ λόγος τοῦ πατρὸς ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ. The god Νοῦς in the Herm. Wr.: Rtzst., Mysterienrel3 47 al.; JKroll, D. Lehren des Hermes Trismegistos 1914, 10ff; 60ff al.; PGM 5, 465 ὁ μέγας Νοῦς; Iren. 1, 1, 1 [Harv. I 9, 7], 1, 2, 1 [Harv. I 13, 7]: names of Aeons in gnostic speculation).—Also the state of sensibleness, composure in contrast to the disturbances of soul brought about by the expectation of the Parousia, σαλευθῆναι ἀπὸ τοῦ νοός be shaken, and thereby lose your calmness of mind 2 Th 2:2.② way of thinking, mind, attitude, as the sum total of the whole mental and moral state of being (Just., A I, 15, 16)ⓐ as possessed by every person μεταμορφοῦσθαι τῇ ἀνακαινώσει τοῦ ν. be transformed by the renewing of the mind, which comes about when Christians have their natural νοῦς penetrated and transformed by the Spirit which they receive at baptism Ro 12:2 (s. Ltzm., Hdb. ad loc.). W. the same sense ἀνανεοῦσθαι τῷ πνεύματι τοῦ ν. ὑμῶν you must adopt a new attitude of mind Eph 4:23 (the piling up of synonyms is a distinctive feature of Eph; s. MDibelius, Hdb. exc. on Eph 1:14). Of polytheists παρέδωκεν αὐτοὺς ὁ θεὸς εἰς ἀδόκιμον ν. God abandoned them to depraved thoughts Ro 1:28. τὰ ἔθνη περιπατεῖ ἐν ματαιότητι τοῦ ν. αὐτῶν the nations/gentiles live w. their minds fixed on futile things Eph 4:17. Of one who is in error: εἰκῇ φυσιούμενος ὑπὸ τοῦ ν. τῆς σαρκὸς αὐτοῦ groundlessly conceited (lit. ‘puffed up’) by his mind, fixed on purely physical things Col 2:18. κατεφθαρμένος τὸν ν. with depraved mind 2 Ti 3:8; also διεφθαρμένος τὸν ν. 1 Ti 6:5 (B-D-F §159, 3; Rob. 486). μεμίανται αὐτῶν καὶ ὁ ν. καὶ ἡ συνείδησις their minds and consciences are unclean Tit 1:15. ὁ ν. αὐτῶν περὶ τὴν πρᾶξιν αὐτῶν καταγίνεται their mind is fixed on their own business Hm 10, 1, 5.ⓑ specif. of the Christian attitude or way of thinking κατηρτισμένοι ἐν τῷ αὐτῷ νοί̈ 1 Cor 1:10. Through baptism believers receive μίαν φρόνησιν καὶ ἕνα νοῦν Hs 9, 17, 4; cp. 9, 18, 4. εἷς νοῦς, μία ἐλπίς is to rule in the church IMg 7:1.③ result of thinking, mind, thought, opinion, decree (Hom. et al. of gods and humans; cp. Hippol., Ref. 9, 10, 8) ἕκαστος ἐν τῷ ἰδίῳ ν. πληροφορείσθω each pers. is to be fully convinced in his own mind Ro 14:5. τίς γὰρ ἔγνω νοῦν κυρίου; who has known the Lord’s thoughts? (Is 40:13) 11:34; 1 Cor 2:16a. When Paul continues in the latter passage vs. 16b w. ἡμεῖς νοῦν Χριστοῦ ἔχομεν, he is using the scriptural word νοῦς to denote what he usu. calls πνεῦμα (vs. 14f). He can do this because his νοῦς (since he is a ‘pneumatic’ person) is filled w. the Spirit (s. 2a above), so that in his case the two are interchangeable. Such a νοῦς is impossible for a ‘psychic’ person.—OMoe, Vernunft u. Geist im NT: ZST 11, ’34, 351–91; RJewett, Paul’s Anthropological Terms, ’71, 358–90; TKrischer, Glotta 62, ’84, 141–49. S. καρδία end; νοέω end.—B. 1198. DELG s.v. νόος. Schmidt, Syn. III 621–55. M-M. EDNT. TW. Sv. -
2 servir
v.1 to serve.¿te sirvo más patatas? would you like some more potatoes?¿me sirve un poco más, por favor? could I have a bit more, please?¿en qué puedo servirle? what can I do for you?la polémica está servida the gloves are offLa ley sirve su propósito The law serves its purpose..No servimos a los menores de edad We do not serve kids under age.Este lugar sirve buen pescado This restaurant serves good fish.María sirvió y llamó a comer Mary served and called us to eat.Esto sirve This serves.2 to serve (prestar servicio).servir en el Ejército to serve in the Army3 to be in service (como criado).4 to suit someone's purposes, to suit, to serve someone's purposes.El estante sirve The shelf suits one's purposes.5 to serve the ball.El tenista sirvió The tennis player served the ball.6 to be useful for.Este sistema me sirve This system is useful for me.7 to process, to fill.El chico sirve la órden de compra The boy processes the purchase order.* * *(e weakens to i in certain persons of certain tenses)Present IndicativePast IndicativePresent SubjunctiveImperfect SubjunctiveFuture SubjunctiveImperative* * *verb1) to serve2) be of use3) work•- servirse- servirse de* * *1. VT1) [+ persona, intereses, causa] to serveestán sirviendo a su interés personal — they are furthering o serving their own interests
¿en qué puedo servirle? — how can I help you?
2) [para comer]a) [en la mesa] [+ comida] to serve; [+ bebida] to serve, pour¿a qué hora sirven el desayuno? — what time is breakfast served?
¿me ayudas a servir la mesa? — can you help me serve (the food)?
la cena está servida — dinner's on the table, dinner is served frm
¿te sirvo un poco más? — would you like some more?, can I give you some more?
había cinco criados para servir la mesa — there were five servants waiting at o serving at table
b) (=proporcionar) to give, serve frmese día sirven una comida especial a la tropa — the troops are given o frm served a special meal that day
sirvieron unos canapés tras la inauguración — after the opening ceremony there were canapés, canapés were served after the opening ceremony frm
3) (Com) [+ pedido] to process4) (Tenis) to serve5) (Mec) [+ máquina, cañón] to man6) (Naipes) [+ cartas] to deal2. VI1) (=ser útil) to be usefulsiempre que lo he necesitado me ha servido — whenever I've needed it, it's done the job
•
eso no sirve — that's no good o useeste sistema ya no sirve — this system is no good o use any more
ya no me sirve — it's no good o use to me now
la distinción entre derechas e izquierdas ya no sirve — the distinction between right and left is no longer valid
•
servir para algo, puede servir para limpiar el metal — it can be used for o it is suitable for cleaning metal¿para qué sirve? — what is it for?
¿para qué sirve este aparato? — what's this gadget for?
la nueva normativa solo ha servido para crear polémica — the new regulation has only served to stir up controversy frm, the only thing the new rule has done is to stir up controversy
2)•
servir de algo, la legislación italiana puede servirnos de guía — we can use Italian law as a guide, Italian law can serve a guide•
no sirve de nada quejarse — it's no good o use complaining, there's no point in complainingno sirve de nada que vaya él — it's no good o use him going *, there's no point in him going
precedente 2.•
¿de qué sirve mentir? — what's the good o use of lying?, what's the point in lying?3) [en el servicio doméstico] to work as a servant•
ponerse a servir — to become a servant4) [camarero] to serve5) (Mil) to serve frmyo serví en la Marina — I was in the Navy, I served in the Navy frm
6) (Tenis) to serve7) (Naipes) (tb: servir del palo) to follow suit3.See:* * *1.verbo intransitivo1) ( ser útil)esta caja no sirve — this box won't do o is no good
tíralo, ya no me sirve — throw it away, it's (of) no use to me anymore
servir para algo: ¿para qué sirve este aparato? what's this device for?; no lo tires, puede servir para algo don't throw it away, it might come in useful for something; este cuchillo no sirve para cortar pan this knife is no good for cutting bread; no sirves para nada you're useless; no creo que sirva para este trabajo I don't think he's right o suitable for this job; yo no sirvo para mentir I'm a hopeless liar, I'm not good at lying; servir de algo: de nada sirve llorar it's no use o good crying; ¿de qué sirve hablarle si no te escucha? what's the point in o the use of talking to him if he doesn't listen to you?; esto te puede servir de mesa — you can use this as a table
2)a) ( en la mesa) to serveb) ( trabajar de criado) to be in (domestic) servicec) (Mil) to serve (frml)3) (Dep) ( en tenis) to serve2.servir vtservir la comida — to serve (out) o (colloq) dish out the food
2)a) ( estar al servicio de)servir a algo/alguien — to serve something/somebody
¿en qué puedo servirle? — (frml) how can I help you?
b) (Com) < pedido> to process; < cliente> to serve; < mercancías> to send3.servirse v pron2) (frml) ( hacer uso)servirse de algo — to make use of something, use something
3) (frml) ( hacer el favor de)servirse + inf: sírvase rellenar la solicitud please fill in the application form; les rogamos se sirvan enviarnos esta información — we would ask you to send us this information (frml)
* * *= be of use, do, serve, do + the trick, host, dish out, serve up.Ex. Libraries sometimes also find it useful to prepare leaflets which deal with a particular category of information source which might be of use to various users.Ex. It needs a name, and, to coin one at random, 'memex' will do.Ex. This broader consideration of descriptive cataloguing problems serves to set a context for the consideration of cataloguing problems associated with nonbook materials.Ex. We are currently in the process of looking at two products that seem to do the trick.Ex. Most computer bureaux which host the factual data bases have their own world-wide networks.Ex. One has only to turn on the television to see that educated people still have little influence on the trash dished out to the uneducated masses.Ex. A watering hole in Spain is serving up free beer and tapas to recession-weary customers who insult its bartenders as a way to let off steam.----* ¿para qué sirve... ? = what's the use of... ?.* no servir de mucho = be little more than an interesting exercise.* no servir de nada = be of no avail, be to no avail.* no servir de nada que + Subjuntivo = no use + Ving.* no servir para nada = be good for nothing, pissing into the wind, be of no avail, be to no avail, all + be for + naught.* por si sirve de algo = for what it's worth [FWIW].* servir a = be of service to.* servir al mismo tiempo como = double up as.* servir al mismo tiempo de = double as.* servir a los usuarios = serve + patrons.* servir a un público de = serve + a population of.* servir como = serve as.* servir de apoyo a = inform.* servir de ayuda = be of assistance.* servir de catalizador = serve as + a catalyst.* servir de contrapeso = counterpoise.* servir de experiencia = chart + the waters.* servir de factor de predicción de = be predictive of.* servir de guía = carry + the torch.* servir de introducción = set + the backdrop, set + the framework, set + the context.* servir de introducción a = provide + a background to.* servir de modelo = serve as + a model.* servir de poco = be of little use.* servir de poco o nada = be of little or no avail.* servir de puente = act as + a bridge.* servir de puente entre = serve as + a bridge between.* servir de punto de partida = point + the way to.* servir de telón de fondo = set + the backdrop.* servir los intereses = serve + interests.* servir muy bien = take + Nombre + a long way.* servir para = be instrumental in/to.* servir para nada = count + for nothing.* servir repetidamente = ply + Nombre + with + Bebida.* servirse = help + Reflexivo.* servirse de la experiencia = draw on/upon + background.* servirse de la experiencia de = draw on/upon + experience of.* servirse de la formación de Uno = draw on/upon + background.* servir una Bebida = pour + Bebida.* servir un documento = deliver + document.* servir un fin = serve + end.* servir un pedido = fulfil + order, fill + order.* utensilio para servir = serving utensil.* * *1.verbo intransitivo1) ( ser útil)esta caja no sirve — this box won't do o is no good
tíralo, ya no me sirve — throw it away, it's (of) no use to me anymore
servir para algo: ¿para qué sirve este aparato? what's this device for?; no lo tires, puede servir para algo don't throw it away, it might come in useful for something; este cuchillo no sirve para cortar pan this knife is no good for cutting bread; no sirves para nada you're useless; no creo que sirva para este trabajo I don't think he's right o suitable for this job; yo no sirvo para mentir I'm a hopeless liar, I'm not good at lying; servir de algo: de nada sirve llorar it's no use o good crying; ¿de qué sirve hablarle si no te escucha? what's the point in o the use of talking to him if he doesn't listen to you?; esto te puede servir de mesa — you can use this as a table
2)a) ( en la mesa) to serveb) ( trabajar de criado) to be in (domestic) servicec) (Mil) to serve (frml)3) (Dep) ( en tenis) to serve2.servir vtservir la comida — to serve (out) o (colloq) dish out the food
2)a) ( estar al servicio de)servir a algo/alguien — to serve something/somebody
¿en qué puedo servirle? — (frml) how can I help you?
b) (Com) < pedido> to process; < cliente> to serve; < mercancías> to send3.servirse v pron2) (frml) ( hacer uso)servirse de algo — to make use of something, use something
3) (frml) ( hacer el favor de)servirse + inf: sírvase rellenar la solicitud please fill in the application form; les rogamos se sirvan enviarnos esta información — we would ask you to send us this information (frml)
* * *= be of use, do, serve, do + the trick, host, dish out, serve up.Ex: Libraries sometimes also find it useful to prepare leaflets which deal with a particular category of information source which might be of use to various users.
Ex: It needs a name, and, to coin one at random, 'memex' will do.Ex: This broader consideration of descriptive cataloguing problems serves to set a context for the consideration of cataloguing problems associated with nonbook materials.Ex: We are currently in the process of looking at two products that seem to do the trick.Ex: Most computer bureaux which host the factual data bases have their own world-wide networks.Ex: One has only to turn on the television to see that educated people still have little influence on the trash dished out to the uneducated masses.Ex: A watering hole in Spain is serving up free beer and tapas to recession-weary customers who insult its bartenders as a way to let off steam.* ¿para qué sirve... ? = what's the use of... ?.* no servir de mucho = be little more than an interesting exercise.* no servir de nada = be of no avail, be to no avail.* no servir de nada que + Subjuntivo = no use + Ving.* no servir para nada = be good for nothing, pissing into the wind, be of no avail, be to no avail, all + be for + naught.* por si sirve de algo = for what it's worth [FWIW].* servir a = be of service to.* servir al mismo tiempo como = double up as.* servir al mismo tiempo de = double as.* servir a los usuarios = serve + patrons.* servir a un público de = serve + a population of.* servir como = serve as.* servir de apoyo a = inform.* servir de ayuda = be of assistance.* servir de catalizador = serve as + a catalyst.* servir de contrapeso = counterpoise.* servir de experiencia = chart + the waters.* servir de factor de predicción de = be predictive of.* servir de guía = carry + the torch.* servir de introducción = set + the backdrop, set + the framework, set + the context.* servir de introducción a = provide + a background to.* servir de modelo = serve as + a model.* servir de poco = be of little use.* servir de poco o nada = be of little or no avail.* servir de puente = act as + a bridge.* servir de puente entre = serve as + a bridge between.* servir de punto de partida = point + the way to.* servir de telón de fondo = set + the backdrop.* servir los intereses = serve + interests.* servir muy bien = take + Nombre + a long way.* servir para = be instrumental in/to.* servir para nada = count + for nothing.* servir repetidamente = ply + Nombre + with + Bebida.* servirse = help + Reflexivo.* servirse de la experiencia = draw on/upon + background.* servirse de la experiencia de = draw on/upon + experience of.* servirse de la formación de Uno = draw on/upon + background.* servir una Bebida = pour + Bebida.* servir un documento = deliver + document.* servir un fin = serve + end.* servir un pedido = fulfil + order, fill + order.* utensilio para servir = serving utensil.* * *viA(ser útil): esta caja no sirve, trae una más grande this box won't do o is no good, can you bring a bigger one?tíralo, ya no me sirve throw it away, it's (of) no use to me o it's no good to me any moreservir PARA algo:¿para qué sirve este aparato? what's this device for?, what does this device do?¿esto sirve para algo? is this any use?no lo tires, puede servir para algo don't throw it away, it might come in useful for somethingeste cuchillo no sirve para cortar pan this knife is no good for cutting breadno creo que sirva para este trabajo I don't think he's right o suitable for this jobyo no sirvo para mentir I'm a hopeless liar, I'm no good at lyingservir DE algo:de nada sirve llorar/que me lo digas ahora it's no use o good crying/telling me now¿de qué sirve hablarle si no te escucha? what's the point in o the use of talking to him if he doesn't listen to you?esto te puede servir de manto para el disfraz you can use this as a cloak for your fancy dress costumeB1 (en la mesa) to serveen este restaurante no saben servir the service is very poor in this restaurantse sirve a los invitados primero guests are served firstno esperes a que te sirva help yourself, don't wait2 (trabajar de criado) to be in (domestic) serviceempezó a servir a los catorce años she went into service at the age of fourteensirvió en Infantería he was in o he served in the InfantryC ( Dep) (en tenis) to serve■ servirvtA ‹comida› to serve; ‹bebida› to serve, pourlos alumnos mayores ayudan a servir la comida the older pupils help serve o serve out o ( colloq) dish out the fooda mí no me sirvas salsa no sauce for me, thanks o I won't have any sauce, thank yousírvele otro jerez a Pilar will you pour Pilar another sherry?¿te sirvo un poco más de arroz? can I give you a little more rice?, can I help you to a little more rice?la cena está servida dinner is servedservir frío/a temperatura ambiente serve cold/at room temperatureB1 (estar al servicio de) servir A algo/algn to serve sth/sbservir a la patria/la comunidad/Dios to serve one's country/the community/Godella se sienta y espera que la sirvan she sits down and expects to be waited on¿en qué puedo servirla? ( frml); how can I help you?no se puede servir a dos señores or a Dios y al diablo no man can serve two masters2 ( Com) ‹pedido› to process; ‹cliente› to serve; ‹mercancías› to sendserviremos el pedido a la mayor brevedad we will process your order as soon as possibleC ( Agr) to service■ servirseA ( refl) ‹comida› to help oneself to; ‹bebida› to pour oneself, help oneself tosírvete otro trozo help yourself to another pieceC ( frml) (hacer el favor de) servirse + INF:si el señor se sirve firmar aquí … if you would be kind enough to o would care to sign here, Sir … ( frml)sírvase rellenar la solicitud que se adjunta please fill in the enclosed application formsírvase pasar por caja donde le harán efectivo el pago if you would like to go over to the cashier, they will give you the moneyles rogamos se sirvan enviarnos esta información a la brevedad we would ask you to send us this information at your earliest convenience ( frml)* * *
servir ( conjugate servir) verbo intransitivo
1 ( ser útil):◊ esta caja no sirve this box won't do o is no good;
ya no me sirve it's (of) no use to me anymore;
¿para qué sirve este aparato? what's this device for?;
no lo tires, puede servir para algo don't throw it away, it might come in useful for something;
este cuchillo no sirve para cortar pan this knife is no good for cutting bread;
no sirves para nada you're useless;
no creo que sirva para este trabajo I don't think he's right o suitable for this job;
servir de algo: de nada sirve llorar it's no use o good crying;
¿de qué sirve? what's the point o the use?;
esto te puede servir de mesa you can use this as a table
2
c) (Mil) to serve (frml)
3 (Dep) ( en tenis) to serve
verbo transitivo
1 ‹ comida› to serve;
‹ bebida› to serve, pour
2 ( estar al servicio de) ‹persona/a la patria› to serve;◊ ¿en qué puedo servirla? (frml) how can I help you?
servirse verbo pronominal ( refl) ‹ comida› to help oneself to;
‹ bebida› to pour oneself, help oneself to
servir
I verbo intransitivo
1 to serve
servir a la patria, to serve one's country
2 (ser útil) to be useful, be suitable: su fracaso no me sirve de consuelo, his failure is no consolation to me
el cine te servirá de distracción, the film will keep you amused
ahora ya no sirve para nada, it's no use at all
¿para qué sirve?, what is it (used) for?
3 (ropa, objetos) los pantalones ya no le sirven, the trousers don't fit him now
4 (tener capacidad) este muchacho sirve para estudiar, this boy is good at studying
5 (actuar como sustituto) esta cacerola me servirá de casco, this pot will serve as a helmet
II verbo transitivo
1 to serve
¿en qué puedo servirle?, what can I do for you? o may I help you?
2 (comida) to serve
(bebida) to pour
' servir' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
bar
- cafetera
- cuchara
- fuente
- pala
- carrito
- echar
- hacer
- helado
- huevera
- jarra
- jarro
- lechera
- panera
- poner
- servicio
- tetera
- valer
English:
act
- attend
- disagree
- dish
- dish out
- dish up
- do
- fix
- help
- off-chance
- pour
- pour out
- purpose
- rim
- serve
- serve out
- serve up
- server
- tablespoon
- venue
- wait
- wait on
- deterrent
- duty
- fat
- serving
- spatula
- table
* * *♦ vt1. [comida, bebida] to serve;todavía no nos han servido we haven't been served yet;sírvanos dos cervezas two beers, please;¿te sirvo más patatas? would you like some more potatoes?;¿me sirve un poco más, por favor? could I have a bit more, please?;la polémica está servida the gloves are off2. [prestar servicio a] to serve;¿en qué puedo servirle? [en tienda, mostrador] what can I do for you?;servir a la patria/a Dios to serve one's country/God;Formalpara servirle, para servir a usted [como respuesta] at your service3. [suministrar] [mercancías] to supply;le serviremos el pedido en el acto we'll bring you your order immediately;nuestra empresa sirve a toda la zona our company serves o supplies the whole area4.Fig [tengo de sobra] I've got plentyvoy servido [en naipes] stick, I'm sticking;♦ vi1. [prestar servicio] to serve;sirvió de ministro en el gobierno socialista he served as o was a minister in the socialist government;servir en el ejército to serve in the Army2. [valer, ser útil]esta batidora ya no sirve/aún sirve this mixer is no good any more/can still be used;esta mesa no me sirve, necesito una mayor this table's no good o use to me, I need a bigger one;servir de algo [cumplir la función de] to serve as sth;el desván le sirve de oficina he uses the attic as an office, the attic serves as his office;la radio me servía de distracción the radio kept me entertained o served to entertain me;servir de guía to act as a guide;servir para [utensilio, máquina, objeto] to be for;¿para qué sirve esto? what's this for?;este líquido sirve para limpiar la plata this liquid is for cleaning silver;¿te sirven estos papeles para algo? are these papers any use to you?;este pegamento no sirve para la madera this glue is no good for wood;yo no serviría para sacerdote I wouldn't be any good as a priest;no sirve para estudiar he's no good at studying;de nada sirve que se lo digas it's no use telling him;¿de qué sirve quejarse si no nos hacen caso? what's the point in o what's the good of complaining if they never take any notice of us?3. [como criado] to be in service;tuvo que ponerse a servir she had to go into service;servir en palacio/en una casa to be a servant at a palace/in a household4. [en tenis, squash] to serve* * *I v/t serve;¿le sirven ya? are you being served?;¿en qué puedo servirle? what can I do for you?;¡para servirle! at your service!II v/i1 be of use;servir de serve as;esta habitación sirve de trastero we use this room as a junk room;servir para be (used) for;¿para qué sirve esto? what is this (used) for?;no servir de nada be no use at all2 MIL, DEP serve3 fig:ir servido fam have another think coming* * *servir {54} vt1) : to serve, to be of use to2) : to serve, to wait3) surtir: to fill (an order)servir vi1) : to workmi radio no sirve: my radio isn't working2) : to be of use, to be helpfulesa computadora no sirve para nada: that computer's perfectly useless* * *servir vb1. (atender, poner comida) to serve¿ya le sirven? are you being served?2. (poner bebida) to pour¿sirvo yo? shall I pour?3. (trabajar) to serve / to work4. (en tenis) to serve5. (hacer las veces) to serve6. (ser útil) to be useful7. (valer) to do8. (emplearse) to be for¿para qué sirve esto? what's this for?9. (ser apto) to be good -
3 δικαιοσύνη
δικαιοσύνη, ης, ἡ (s. δίκαιος; Theognis, Hdt.+) gener. the quality of being upright. Theognis 1, 147 defines δ. as the sum of all ἀρετή; acc. to Demosth. (20, 165) it is the opp. of κακία. A strict classification of δ. in the NT is complicated by freq. interplay of abstract and concrete aspects drawn from OT and Gr-Rom. cultures, in which a sense of equitableness combines with awareness of responsibility within a social context.① the quality, state, or practice of judicial responsibility w. focus on fairness, justice, equitableness, fairnessⓐ of human beings (a common theme in honorary ins, e.g. IPriene 71, 14f; 22f of a judge named Alexis; Danker, Benefactor 346–48; cp. Aristot., EN 5, 1, 8, 1129a τὸ μὲν δίκαιον ἄρα τὸ νόμιμον καὶ τὸ ἴσον ‘uprightness consists of that which is lawful and fair’; Ath. 34:2 ἔστι δὲ δ. ἴσα ἴσοις ἀμείβειν ‘uprightness means to answer like with like’; for association of δ. with judgment s. also Diog. L. 3, 79; in contexts of praise δ. suggests authority involving juridical responsibility FX 7, ’81, 255 n. 229) δ. κρίσεως ἀρχὴ καὶ τέλος uprightness is the beginning and end of judgment B 1:6. Melchizedek as βασιλεὺς δικαιοσύνης Hb 7:2. ἐργάζεσθαι δικαιοσύνην administer justice Hb 11:33; κρίνειν ἐν δ. (Ps 71:2f; 95:13; Sir 45:26; PsSol 8:24) judge justly Ac 17:31, cp. Mk 16:14 v.l. (Freer ms. line 5 in N. app.); Ro 9:28 v.l. (Is 10:22). ποιεῖν κρίμα καὶ δ. practice justice and uprightness 1 Cl 13:1 (Jer 9:23). καθιστάναι τοὺς ἐπισκοπούς ἐν δ. appoint overseers in uprightness= who will serve justly 1 Cl 42:5 (Is 60:17). David rejoices in God’s δ. 1 Cl 18:15 (Ps 50:16; s. ἀγαλλιάω, end).ⓑ of transcendent figures (Pla. τὴν δ. θεοῦ νόμον ὑπελάμβανεν ‘considered divine justice [i.e. apportionment of reward or retribution in accordance with behavior] a principle’ or ‘system’ that served as a deterrent of crime Diog. L. 3, 79). Of an apocalyptic horseman ἐν δικαιοσύνῃ κρινεῖ Rv 19:11.② quality or state of juridical correctness with focus on redemptive action, righteousness. Equitableness is esp. associated w. God (cp. Paradoxogr. Vat. 43 Keller αἰτεῖται παρὰ τ. θεῶν οὐδὲν ἄλλο πλὴν δικαιοσύνης), and in our lit. freq. in connection w. exercise of executive privilege in conferring a benefit. Hence God’s δ. can be the opposite of condemnation 2 Cor 3:9 (s. below); in it God is revealed as judge Rom 3:5—in contrast to human wrath, which beclouds judgment—displaying judicial integrity 3:25 (on this pass. s. also below). Cp. ἐκάλεσά σε ἐν δ. B 14:7 (Is 42:6). Also of equitable privilege allotted by God 2 Pt 1:1.—In Pauline thought the intimate association of God’s interest in retaining a reputation for justice that rewards goodness and requites evil, while at the same time working out a plan of salvation for all humanity, complicates classification of his use of δικαιοσύνη. On the one hand, God’s δ. is pardoning action, and on the other a way of sharing God’s character with believers, who then exhibit righteousness in the moral sense. God achieves this objective through exercise of executive privilege in dispensing justice equitably without reference to νόμος by making salvation available to all humanity (which shares a common problem of liability to wrath by being unanimously in revolt against God Ro 3:9–18, 23) through faith in God’s action in Jesus Christ. The genitival constr. δ. θεοῦ accents the uniqueness of this δ.: Ro 1:17; 3:21f, 25, 26 (s. these pass. also below; Reumann, 3c end); 10:3, and δ. alone 5:21; 9:30 (3 times); 2 Cor 3:9 (opp. κατάκρισις; cp. Dg 9:3; 5). 2 Cor 5:21 may belong here if δ. is viewed as abstract for concrete=δικαιωθέντες (but s. below). All these refer to righteousness bestowed by God cp. ἡ δωρεὰ τῆς δ. Ro 5:17, also 1 Cor 1:30 (sim. 1QS 11, 9–15; 1QH 4, 30–37). In this area it closely approximates salvation (cp. Is 46:13; 51:5 and s. NSnaith, Distinctive Ideas of the OT ’46, 207–22, esp. 218–22; EKäsemann, ZTK 58, ’61, 367–78 [against him RBultmann, JBL 83, ’64, 12–16]). According to some interpreters hunger and thirst for uprightness Mt 5:6 perh. offers (but s. 3a below) a related eschatological sense (‘Kingdom of God’, FNötscher, Biblica 31, ’50, 237–41=Vom A zum NT, ’62, 226–30).—Keeping the law cannot bring about uprightness Ro 3:21; Gal 2:21; 3:21, because δ. ἐκ τοῦ νόμου uprightness based on the law Ro 10:5 (cp. 9:30f), as ἰδία δ. one’s own (self-made) upr. 10:3, is impossible. God’s δ. without ref. to νόμος is to be apprehended by faith Ro 1:17; 3:22, 26; 4:3ff, 13; 9:30; 10:4, 6, 10 (cp. Hb 11:7 ἡ κατὰ πίστιν δ. righteousness based on faith; s. B-D-F §224, 1), for which reason faith is ‘calculated as righteousness’ (Gen 15:6; Ps 105:31; 1 Macc 2:52) Ro 4:3, 5f, 9, 11, 13, 22; Gal 3:6 (cp. Hb 11:7; Js 2:23; AMeyer, D. Rätsel des Jk 1930, 86ff; 1 Cl 10:6; B 13:7). Of Jesus as our righteousness 1 Cor 1:30.—As gift and power Ro 5:17, 21, and because it is intimately associated with the δύναμις of Christ’s resurrection Phil 3:9f (s. below), this righteousness enables the redeemed to respond and serve God faithfully Ro 6:13 (in wordplay opp. of ἀδικία), 16, 18ff; cp. 1 Cor 1:30 of Christ as instrument of God’s gift of δ.; 2 Cor 3:9. Thus God’s δ. functions as δύναμις 6:7 within Christians 5:21 (i.e. the way God acts in justifying or restoring people to a relationship with God’s self serves as a model for Christian interaction; for a difft. view, s. above) through the Spirit (Ro 8:9) and assures them they will have life that will be fully realized at the end of the age Ro 8:10f; for the time being it is a matter of hope ἐλπὶς δικαιοσύνης Gal 5:5 (cp. Is 51:5); cp. ἡ ἐκ θεοῦ δ. Phil 3:9. Pol 8:1 shares Paul’s view: Christ as ἀρραβὼν τῆς δ.—God’s uprightness as gift τοῦ κυρίου τοῦ ἐφʼ ὑμᾶς στάξαντος τὴν δ. who distills uprightness on you Hv 3, 9, 1.—Such perspectives offer a transition to specific ways in which the redeemed express uprightness.③ the quality or characteristic of upright behavior, uprightness, righteousnessⓐ of uprightness in general: Mt 5:6 (cp. 6:33; some interpret 5:6 in an eschatological sense, s. 2 above; on desire for δ. cp. ἐπιθυμία τῆς δ. Hm 12, 2, 4); Mt 5:10, 20 (s. b, below); Hm 10, 1, 5; Dg 10:8; λόγος δικαιοσύνης Hb 5:13; Pol 9:1 (s. also Epict., Fgm. Stob. 26; when a man is excited by the λόγος in meetings, he should give expression to τὰ τῆς δικαιοσύνης λόγια). πάσχειν διὰ δ. 1 Pt 3:14. ἄγγελος τῆς δ. Hm 6, 2, 1; 3; 8; 10. ῥήματα δ. 8:9. 10, 1, 5; Dg 10:8; Pol 2:3; 3:1; ἐντολὴ δ. commandment of upr. Pol 3:3; 9:1.—Mt 6:33 of the kind of δ. God expects (on δ. as characteristic required by God acc. to Jewish perspective s. Bousset, Rel.3 387ff; 379ff; 423; cp. KFahlgren, Sẹdāḳā, nahestehende u. entgegengesetzte Begriffe im Alten Testament, diss. Uppsala ’32.—S. Diog. L. 3, 83 on Plato’s view of δικαιοσύνη περὶ θεούς or δ. πρὸς τοὺς θεούς=performance of prescribed duties toward gods; s. also ref. to 3, 79 at 1b above). Christ’s δ. Dg 9:3, 5. διαλέγεσθαι περὶ δ. Ac 24:25. Opp. ἀδικία (Hippol., Ref. 4, 43, 12; Did., Gen. 20, 27) 2 Cl 19:2; Dg 9:1. As ἀρετή Hm 1:2; Hs 6, 1, 4; 8, 10, 3. Opp. ἀνομία 2 Cor 6:14; cp. 2 Cor. 11:15 (ironical); Hb 1:9 (Ps 44:8); ἁμαρτία, which is the dominating power before δ. θεοῦ comes into play Ro 6:16, 18–20; cp. 1 Pt 2:24. ἐργάζεσθαι δ. (Ps 14:2) do what is right Ac 10:35; accomplish righteousness Js 1:20 (W-S. §30, 7g); Hv 2, 2, 7; 2, 3, 3; m 5, 1, 1; 12, 3, 1; 12, 6, 2; Hs 9, 13, 7. Also ἔργον δικαιοσύνης ἐργάζεσθαι 1 Cl 33:8. Opp. οὐδὲν ἐργάζεσθαι τῇ δ. Hs 5, 1, 4; ποιεῖν (τὴν) δ. (2 Km 8:15; Ps 105:3; Is 56:1; 58:2; 1 Macc 14:35 al.) do what is right 1J 2:29; 3:7, 10; Rv 22:11; 2 Cl 4:2; 11:7. Also πράσσειν τὴν δ. 2 Cl 19:3; διώκειν τὴν δ. (cp. Sir 27:8 διώκ. τὸ δίκαιον) seek to attain/achieve upr. Ro 9:30; 1 Ti 6:11; 2 Ti 2:22; 2 Cl 18:2; δ. ἀσκεῖν Hm 8:10. ὁδὸς (τῆς) δ. (ὁδός 3ab) Mt 21:32; 2 Pt 2:21; B 1:4; 5:4. προπορεύσεται ἔμπροσθεν σου ἡ δ. 3:4 (Is 58:8); cp. 4:12. κατορθοῦσθαι τὰς ὁδοὺς ἐν δ. walk uprightly Hv 2, 2, 6; τῇ δ. ζήσωμεν live uprightly 1 Pt 2:24. πύλη δ. gate of upr. 1 Cl 48:2 (Ps 117:19), cp. vs. 4. ἐν οἷς δ. κατοικεῖ (cp. Is 32:16) in which righteousness dwells 2 Pt 3:13. Of Christ’s body δικαιοσύνης ναο͂ς AcPlCor 2:17. παιδεία ἡ ἐν δ. training in uprightness 2 Ti 3:16. ἔργα τὰ ἐν δ. righteous deeds Tit 3:5. λαμπρότης ἐν δ. rejoicing in uprightness 1 Cl 35:2; ἐχθρὸς πάσης δ. enemy of every kind of upr. Ac 13:10. W. ὁσιότης (Wsd 9:3): holiness and upr. (as the relig. and moral side of conduct; cp. 1QS 1:5; 8:2; 11:9–15; 1QH 4:30f) Lk 1:75 (λατρεύειν ἐν δ. as Josh 24:14); Eph 4:24; 1 Cl 48:4. W. πίστις (OGI 438, 8; 1 Macc 14:35; Just., D. 110, 3) Pol 9:2; cp. 2 Pt 1:1. With εἰρήνη (Is 39:8; 48:18) and χαρά Ro 14:17; cp. 1 Cl 3:4; Hb 7:2 (but s. 1a, above). W. ἀλήθεια (Is 45:19; 48:1) Eph 5:9; 1 Cl 31:2; 62:2; Hs 9, 25, 2. W. ἀγάπη 2 Cl 12:1. W. ἀγαθωσύνη Eph 5:9. W. ἁγνεία Hs 9, 16, 7. W. γνῶσις κυρίου (cp. Pr 16:8) D 11:2. ὅπλα (τῆς) δ. tools or weapons of uprightness Ro 6:13; 2 Cor 6:7; Pol 4:1; θῶραξ τῆς δ. (Is 59:17; Wsd 5:18) breastplate of upr. Eph 6:14. τέκνα δικαιοσύνης (opp. ὀργῆς) AcPlCor 2:19. διάκονοι δικαιοσύνης servants of upr. 2 Cor 11:15; Pol 5:2; μισθός δ. D 5:2; B 20:2; μέρος δ. portion in (eternal salvation) which is meant for righteousness ApPt Rainer 6; καρπὸς δικαιοσύνης (Pr 3:9; 11:30; 13:2) produce of uprightness (ApcSed 12:5) Phil 1:11; Hb 12:11; Js 3:18; Hs 9, 19, 2; GJs 6:3. ὁ τῆς δ. στέφανος the crown of upr. (w. which the upright are adorned; cp. TestLevi 8:2; Rtzst., Mysterienrel.3 258; a common theme in honorary ins recognizing distinguished public service, s. indexes SIG, OGI and other ins corpora; Danker, Benefactor 345–47; s. also the boast of Augustus, s.v. δίκαιος 1aα) 2 Ti 4:8; cp. ἡ τ. δικαιοσύνης δόξα the glory of upr. ending of Mk in the Freer ms. ln. 11f. Described as a characteristic to be taught and learned, because it depends on a knowledge of God’s will: κῆρυξ δ. preacher of upr. 2 Pt 2:5 (cp. Ar. 15:2 τῇ δ. τοῦ κηρύγματος). διδάσκειν δ. teach upr. (of Paul) 1 Cl 5:7. μέρος τι ἐκ τῆς δ. a portion of uprightness Hv 3, 1, 6; cp. 3, 6, 4; δ. μεγάλην ἐργάζεσθαι m 8:2.—ἐλέγχειν περὶ δικαιοσύνης convict w. regard to uprightness (of Jesus) J 16:8, 10 (s. WHatch, HTR 14, 1921, 103–5; HWindisch: Jülicher Festschr. 1927, 119f; HTribble, Rev. and Expos. 32, ’37, 269–80; BLindars, BRigaux Festschr., ’70, 275–85).ⓑ of specific action righteousness in the sense of fulfilling divine expectation not specifically expressed in ordinances (Orig., C. Cels. 7, 18, 39; Did., Gen. 188, 27: οἱ κατὰ δ. ζῶντες) Mt 3:15=ISm 1:1; of a superior type Mt 5:20 (s. JMoffatt, ET 13, 1902, 201–6, OOlevieri, Biblica 5, 1924, 201ff; Betz, SM 190f); not to win plaudits 6:1. To please outsiders as well as oneself 2 Cl 13:1. W. characteristic restriction of mng. mercy, charitableness (cp. Tob 12:9) of God, whose concern for the poor 2 Cor 9:9 (Ps 111:9) is exemplary for the recipients of the letter vs. 10; participation in such activity belongs, according to Mt 6:1f (cp. δίκαιος 1:19: Joseph combines justice and mercy), to the practice of piety (on the development of the word’s mng. in this direction s. Bousset, Rel.3 380). Pl. (B-D-F §142; W-S. §27, 4d; Rob. 408 δικαιοσύναι righteous deeds (Ezk 3:20; 33:13; Da 9:18) 2 Cl 6:9. δικαιοσύναι righteous deeds (Ezk 3:20; 33:13; Da 9:18; TestAbr A 12 p. 91, 12 [Stone p. 30]) 2 Cl 6:9. ἀρετὴ δικαιοσύνης Hm 1:2; Hs 6, 1, 4; cp. 8, 10, 3.ⓒ uprightness as determined by divine/legal standards δ. θεοῦ upr. that meets God’s standard Js 1:20 (W-S. 30, §7g).—Ro 10:5; Gal 2:21; 3:21; Phil 3:6; 3:9.—ASchmitt, Δικαιοσύνη θεοῦ: JGeffcken Festschr. ’31, 111–31; FHellegers, D. Gerechtigkeit Gottes im Rö., diss. Tüb. ’39; AOepke, TLZ 78, ’53, 257–64.—Dodd 42–59; ADescamps, Studia Hellenistica, ’48, 69–92.—S. also JRopes, Righteousness in the OT and in St. Paul: JBL 22, 1903, 211ff; JGerretsen, Rechtvaardigmaking bij Pls 1905; GottfrKittel, StKr 80, 1907, 217–33; ETobac, Le problème de la Justification dans S. Paul 1908; EDobschütz, Über d. paul. Rechtfertigungslehre: StKr 85, 1912, 38–87; GWetter, D. Vergeltungsged. b. Pls 1912, 161ff; BWestcott, St. Paul and Justification 1913; WMacholz, StKr 88, 1915, 29ff; EBurton ICC, Gal. 1921, 460–74; WMichaelis, Rechtf. aus Glauben b. Pls: Deissmann Festschr. 1927, 116–38; ELohmeyer, Grundlagen d. paul. Theologie 1929, 52ff; HBraun, Gerichtsged. u. Rechtfertigungslehre b. Pls. 1930; OZänker, Δικαιοσύνη θεοῦ b. Pls: ZST 9, ’32, 398–420; FFilson, St. P.’s Conception of Recompense ’31; WGrundmann, ZNW 32, ’33, 52–65; H-DWendland, D. Mitte der paul. Botschaft ’35; RGyllenberg, D. paul. Rechtfertigungslehre u. das AT: Studia Theologica (Riga) I ’35, 35–52; HJager, Rechtvaardiging en zekerheid des geloofs (Ro 1:16f; 3:21–5:11) ’39; HHofer, D. Rechtfertigungsverk. des Pls nach neuerer Forschg. ’40; VTaylor, Forgiveness and Reconciliation ’41; RBultmann, Theologie des NT ’48, 266–80, Eng. tr. KGrobel ’51, I 270–85; SSchulz, ZTK 56, ’59, 155–85 (Qumran and Paul); CMüller, FRL 86, ’64 (Ro 9–11); JBecker, Das Heil Gottes, ’64; PStuhlmacher, Gerechtigkeit Gottes b. Paulus, ’65; JReumann, Int 20, ’66, 432–52 (Ro 3:21–31); HBraun, Qumran II, ’66, 165–80; JZiesler, The Mng. of Righteousness in Paul, ’72; ESanders, Paul and Palestinian Judaism, ’77 (s. index 625; appendix by MBrauch 523–42 rev. of discussions in Germany); SWilliams, JBL 99, ’80, 241–90.—CPerella, De justificatione sec. Hb: Biblica 14, ’33, 1–21; 150–69. S. also the lit. on πίστις and ἁμαρτία.—On the whole word s. RAC X 233–360; AKöberle, Rechtfertigung u. Heiligung 1930; EDNT I 325–30.—DELG s.v. δίκη. M-M. EDNT.TW. Sv. -
4 ζάω
ζάω contr. ζῶ (Hom.+) impf. ἔζων (Ro 7:9 B ἔζην; on this form s. Schwyzer I 675; B-D-F §88; Mlt-H. 194, both w. ref.); fut. ζήσω (uniformly attested Ro 6:2; Hb 12:9); the later (since Hippocr. VII p. 536 L.; LXX; AscIs 3:9; Jos., Ant. 1, 193 al.) form ζήσομαι (B-D-F §77; Rob. 356) is more common (on the fut. forms s. JLee, NovT 22, ’80, 289–98; GKilpatrick, ibid. 25, ’83, 146–51); 1 aor. ἔζησα. On the LXX usage s. Thackeray 269; for forms in pap, Gignac II 370.① to be alive physically, liveⓐ of physical life in contrast to deathα. gener. Ac 22:22; Ro 7:1, 2, 3; 14:8ac; 1 Cor 7:39; 2 Cor 5:15a; 6:9; Hb 9:17. ψυχὴ ζῶσα a living soul (Gen 1:20 al.; Just., D. 6, 1 ζῇ ψυχῇ) 1 Cor 15:45 (Gen 2:7); Rv 16:3 v.l. ὅσα ἔτη ζῇ as many years as he lives B 10:6 (cp. SIG 663, 6; Sb 173, 6 Αὐρήλιος ζήσας ἔτη νε´; En 10:10). τὸ ζῆν life (Attic wr., ins, pap, LXX) ὥστε ἐξαπορηθῆναι ἡμᾶς καὶ τοῦ ζῆν so that we even despaired of life 2 Cor 1:8. διὰ παντὸς τοῦ ζῆν during the whole lifetime Hb 2:15 (cp. Diod S 1, 74, 3 διατελεῖν πάντα τὸν τοῦ ζῆν χρόνον; 4, 46, 4). ἔτι ζῶν while he was still living= before his death Mt 27:63 (CB I/2 660 no. 618 Ζώσιμος ἔτι ζῶν κατεσκεύασεν; 3 Km 12:6). ζῶντες ἐβλήθησαν … εἰς τὴν λίμνην τοῦ πυρός they were thrown alive into the lake of fire Rv 19:20. ζῶσα τέθνηκεν though alive she is dead 1 Ti 5:6 (cp. Sextus 7). ἡμεῖς οἱ ζῶντες we during our (earthly) life 2 Cor 4:11; the same phrase= we who are still living 1 Th 4:15, 17. Here the opp. is νεκροί, as in Mt 22:32; Mk 12:27; Lk 20:38a. ζῶντες καὶ νεκροί the living and the dead Ac 10:42; Ro 14:9b; 2 Ti 4:1; 1 Pt 4:5; 2 Cl 1:1; B 7:2.—Occasionally the contrast betw. νεκρός and ζῆν is used fig. with ref. to the realm of religion and ethics Lk 15:24 v.l., 32.β. of dead persons who return to life become alive again: of humans in general (3 Km 17:23) Mt 9:18; Ac 9:41; 20:12; Rv 20:4, 5; AcPl Ha 11, 7. Of Jesus Mk 16:11; Lk 24:5, 23; Ac 1:3; 25:19; Ro 14:9a; 2 Cor 13:4a; Rv 1:18b; 2:8 (Just., D. 69, 6 νεκροὺς … ζῆν ποιήσας).γ. of sick persons, if their illness terminates not in death but in recovery be well, recover (Artem. 4, 4 ἔζησεν ὁ παῖς=became well; 5, 71; 72; PGM 1, 188; 4 Km 1:2; 8:8 εἰ ζήσομαι ἐκ τῆς ἀρρωστίας μου ταύτης; Jos., Vi. 421) Mk 5:23; J 4:50, 51, 53.—Of removal of anxiety 1 Th 3:8.δ. also of healthy persons live on, remain alive (X., An. 3, 2, 39 ὅστις δὲ ζῆν ἐπιθυμεῖ πειράσθω νικᾶν; Ep. 56 of Apollonius of Tyana [Philostrat. I 359, 14]; ApcMos 31 διὰ τί σὺ ἀποθνῄσκεις καγὼ ζῶ;) Ac 25:24; 28:4. ἐὰν ὁ κύριος θελήσῃ ζήσομεν Js 4:15. ὸ̓ς ἔχει τὴν πληγὴν τῆς μαχαίρης καὶ ἔζησεν Rv 13:14.ε. of beings that in reality, or as they are portrayed, are not subject to death: of Melchizedek Hb 7:8 (opp. ἀποθνῄσκοντες ἄνθρωποι). Jesus as everlasting high priest πάντοτε ζῶν 7:25.—In this sense it is most comprehensively applied to God (s. CBurchard, Untersuch. zu JosAs p. 103) (ὁ) θεὸς (ὁ) ζῶν (cp. 4 Km 19:4, 16; Is 37:4, 17; Hos 2:1; Da 6:21 Theod.; 3 Macc 6:28; TestAbr A 17 p. 99, 10 [Stone p. 46]; TestJob 37:2; JosAs 49:3 al.; SibOr 3, 763; POxy 924, 11 [IV A.D., Gnostic]; PGM 4, 1038 ὁ μέγας ζῶν θεός; 7, 823; 12, 79; Philo, Decal. 67 ὁ ζῶν ἀεὶ θεός; Orig., C. Cels. 8, 59, 18.—The phrase ‘the living God’ is not found in Joseph.) Mt 16:16; 26:63; J 6:69 v.l.; Ac 14:15; Ro 9:26 (Hos 2:1); 2 Cor 3:3; 6:16; 1 Th 1:9; 1 Ti 3:15; 4:10; 6:17 v.l.; Hb 3:12; 9:14; 10:31; 12:22; Rv 1:18a; 4:10; 7:2; 10:6; 2 Cl 20:2; GJs 20:1; AcPl Ha 2, 32; also ὁ ζῶν πατήρ J 6:57. W. the addition εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων Rv 15:7; cp. 4:9 (cp. Tob 13:2; Sir 18:1). God takes a sovereign oath in the words ζῶ ἐγώ as surely as I live (Num 14:28 al.) Ro 14:11 (Is 49:18; classical parallels GStählin, NovT 5, ’62, 142 n. 2). ζῇ κύριος ὁ θεός [μου] as surely as the Lord my God lives GJs 4:1; 6:1; 13:3; 15:3; 19:3 (Judg 8:19; 1 Km 25:34 al; GrBar 1:7; cp. ApcEsdr 2:7); in expanded form καὶ ζῇ ὁ Χριστὸς αὐτοῦ 15:4 (s. deStrycker ad loc.).—Christ lives διὰ τὸν πατέρα because of the Father J 6:57b (s. Bultmann, comm. ad loc.).ⓑ w. mention of that upon which life depends ἐπί τινι on the basis of someth. (Andoc. 1, 100; Isocr. 10, 18; Ael. Aristid. 28, 103 K.=49 p. 525 D.) ζ. ἐπʼ ἄρτῳ live on bread Mt 4:4; Lk 4:4 (both Dt 8:3). ζ. ἔκ τινος obtain one’s living fr. someth. (Aristoph., Eccl. 591; Demosth. 57, 36; POxy 1117, 19; 1557, 12; TestJob 47:1f) 1 Cor 9:14.ⓒ w. more precise mention of the sphere (Artem. 3, 62 ἐν ἀγορᾷ ζ.=spend his life in the marketplace) ζ. ἐν σαρκί live in the flesh in contrast to the heavenly life Phil 1:22; Gal 2:20c; ζ. ἐν κόσμῳ live in the world Col 2:20. ζ. ἐν θεῷ, live in God (as the Being who penetrates and embraces everything) Ac 17:28 (s. κινέω 3). For AcPl Ha 1, 15 s. 2a end.② to live in a transcendent sense, live, of the sanctified life of a child of God (ζῆν in the sense of a higher type of life than the animal: X., Mem. 3, 3, 11; Cass. Dio 69, 19: after years of public service, Similis retires and prepares this epitaph: Σίμιλις ἐνταύθα κεῖται βιοὺς μὲν ἔτη τόσα, ζήσας δὲ ἔτη ἑπτά=Here lies Similis, existing for so many years, but alive for only seven.).ⓐ in the world ἐγὼ ἔζων χωρὶς νόμου ποτέ I was once (truly) alive without law (this has been interpr. to mean when no law existed; Paul is then regarded as speaking fr. the viewpoint of humanity in paradise before the command Gen 2:16 f; 3:3. Another interpr. thinks of Paul as referring to the period in his life when he was not conscious of the existence and significance of the law. In view of Paul’s climactic affirmation in Ro 7:25, Paul probably illustrates in the first person the perils of a Christian who succumbs to the illusion that moral action is connected with law rather than with the ‘spirit of life in Christ’ Ro 8:2) Ro 7:9. Even now those who listen to the voice of the Son of God enjoy this life J 5:25; cp. 11:26; likew. those who receive him into their being ὁ τρώγων τὸν ἄρτον 6:57c; cp. Ro 6:11, 13 (ἐκ νεκρῶν ζῶντας); Gal 2:19; Rv 3:1. This heavenly life on earth is a ζ. πνεύματι Gal 5:25 or a life not of mere human achievement, but of Christ who lives in Christians 2:20ab. Also of the superhuman power of the apostle ζήσομεν σὺν αὐτῷ ἐκ δυνάμεως θεοῦ εἰς ὑμᾶς we shall live with him (Christ) through God’s power in our dealings with you 2 Cor 13:4. ὁ κύριος βούλεται ζῆν ἡμᾶς ἐν θεῷ=the Lord wills that we live under God’s direction AcPl Ha 1, 15 (opp. ἀποθανεῖν ἐν ἁμαρτίαις; s. 1c end)ⓑ in the glory of the life to come (Sir 48:11; cp. Dt 4:1; 8:1; 30:16).α. abs. Lk 10:28; J 11:25; 14:19; Ro 8:13b; Hb 12:9. ἐμοὶ τ. ζῆν Χριστός= life is possible for me only where Christ is (hence death is gain) Phil 1:21 (s. OSchmitz, GHeinrici Festschr. 1914, 155–69). Another common interpr. is for me to live is Christ, i.e. while I am alive I experience real life in connection with Christ; w. death comes life in all fullness in the presence of Jesus.β. More specifically εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα have eternal life (Ps.-Lucian, Philopatr. 17 ζῆν εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα; PsSol 14:2) J 6:51, 58 (in J the blessed life which the follower of Jesus enjoys here and now in the body is simply continued in the heavenly life of the future. In other respects also the dividing line betw. the present and the future life is somet. nonexistent or at least not discernible); B 6:3; 8:5; 9:2; 11:10f; ἅμα σὺν αὐτῷ (i.e. Χριστῷ) ζ. live together with Christ 1 Th 5:10; ζ. διʼ αὐτοῦ (i.e. Chr.) 1J 4:9; ζ. κατὰ θεὸν πνεύματι live, as God (lives), in the Spirit 1 Pt 4:6. ὁ δίκαιος ἐκ πίστεως ζήσεται (cp. Hab 2:4) he that is just through faith will have life Ro 1:17 (AFeuillet, NTS 6, ’59, 52–80; but s. Fitzmyer, Ro [AB] ad loc.); Gal 3:11; Hb 10:38. This life is τὸ ἀληθινὸν ζῆν ITr 9:2; IEph 11:1. Christ is called τὸ ἀδιάκριτον ἡμῶν ζῆν our unshakable or inseparable life 3:2. τὸ διὰ παντὸς ἡμῶν ζῆν our total life 1 Mg 1:2—The law-directed pers. believes concerning legal performance: ὁ ποιήσας αὐτὰ ζήσεται ἐν αὐτοῖς (Lev 18:5) Gal 3:12; cp. Ro 10:5 (cp. Dio Chrys. 58 [75], 1 οἱ τοῦτον [= τ. νόμον] φυλάττοντες ἔχονται τῆς σωτηρίας=those who observe law have a firm grip on security).③ to conduct oneself in a pattern of behavior, live (Hom. et al.)ⓐ used w. adverbs or other modifiers: adv. (Sallust. 19 p. 34, 25 κακῶς ζῆν [Just., A I, 4, 7]; SIG 889, 13ff; Wsd 14:28; Philo; Jos., Ant. 12, 198; Ath. 3, 1 δίκην θηρίων) ἀσώτως Lk 15:13. ἐθνικῶς and ἰουδαϊκῶς Gal 2:14. εὐσεβῶς 2 Ti 3:12. πανούργως Hm 3, 3. σωφρόνως κ. δικαίως κ. εὐσεβῶς Tit 2:12 (Plut., Mor. 1108c ζῆν σωφρόνως κ. δικαίως; cp. Diog. L. 10, 132; 140; Ar. 15, 10).—Φαρισαῖος live as a Pharisee Ac 26:5. ἐν πίστει Gal 2:20d. ἐν ἁμαρτίᾳ Ro 6:2; ζ. ἐν τούτοις live in these (sins) Col 3:7. κατὰ ἀλήθειαν in keeping w. the truth IEph 6:2 (cp. Philo, Post. Cai. 73 κατὰ βούλημα τὸ τοῦ θεοῦ ζ.; Jos., Ant. 4, 302 κατὰ τ. νόμους ζ.; Just., D. 47, 4 κατὰ τὸν νόμον; Orig., C. Cels. 7, 12, 7 κατὰ τὰς θείας γραφάς). κατὰ θεόν 8:1 (cp. SIG 910 A and B). κατὰ Ἰησοῦν Χριστόν IPhld 3:2. κατὰ Χριστιανισμόν live in accordance w. (our) commitment to Christ IMg 10:1. κατὰ σάρκα Ro 8:12f; Dg 5:8; κατὰ κυριακὴν ζ. (opp. σαββατίζειν) include the observance of the Lord’s day in one’s life IMg 9:1. Of a married woman ζ. μετὰ ἀνδρός live w. her husband Lk 2:36 (for the added acc. of extent of time cp. Ael. Aristid. 46 p. 332 D.; Pr 28:16; ἥτις ἔζησεν καλῶς μετʼ ἐμοῦ ἔτη 28, μῆνας 4, ἡμέρας 5: SEG II, 384, 6–8 [restored]; s. also FDanker, Jesus and the New Age ’88, 71).ⓑ τινί live for someone or someth., for the other’s benefit (Hom. et al.; Demosth. 7, 17 οἳ οὐκ αἰσχύνονται Φιλίππῳ ζῶντες καὶ οὐ τῇ ἑαυτῶν πατρίδι; Dionys. Hal. 3, 17 … παῖδες, τῷ πατρὶ ζῶντες) ζ. τῷ θεῷ (4 Macc 7:19; 16:25; Philo, Mut. Nom. 13, Rer. Div. Her. 111; s. SAalen, NTS 13, ’67, 10) Lk 20:38b (cp. Soph., Ajax 970); Ro 6:10, 11; Gal 2:19; Hm 3:5; AcPl Ha 10, 7; τῷ κυρίῳ Ro 14:8b (cp. Plut., Cleom. 819 [31, 5]). For Christ 2 Cor 5:15; τῷ ἐμῷ βασιλεῖ AcPl Ha 9, 26 (restored after Aa I 112, 14) τῇ δικαιοσύνῃ ζ. 1 Pt 2:24; ἑαυτῷ ζ. live for oneself (Menand., Fgm. 646 Kö. οὐχ ἑαυτῷ ζῆν μόνον; Diod S 10, 33, 2 ζ. ἑαυτοῖς=live for themselves) Ro 14:7.④ to be full of vitality, be lively the ptc. is used fig. w. respect to things (cp. τῶν δένδρων τῶν ζῶντων ParJer 9:3), of spring water in contrast w. cistern water ὕδωρ ζῶν (Gen 26:19; Lev 14:5; Jer 2:13 v.l.; Zech 14:8.—Stagnant water is called ὕ. νεκρόν: Synes., Ep. 114, 254d) J 4:10f (Hdb. exc. on J 4:14); 7:38; D 7:1f (Wengst p. 77 n. 57). ζώσας πηγάς Rv 7:17 v.l.⑤ to be life-productive, offer life ptc. used w. respect to things (SIG 1173 [138 A.D.], 5 ζῶσαι ἀρεταὶ ἐγένοντο=miracles full of divine life occurred) λόγια ζῶντα words that meant life Ac 7:38. λόγος ζῶν θεοῦ 1 Pt 1:23; cp. Hb 4:12. ὁδὸς ζῶσα a living way 10:20. ἐλπὶς ζῶσα a living hope 1 Pt 1:3.—ζ. is also used of things which serve as descriptions of pers. who communicate divine life: of Christ ὁ ἄρτος ὁ ζῶν J 6:51a. λίθος ζῶν 1 Pt 2:4. Of Christians: θυσία ζῶσα a living sacrifice Ro 12:1. λίθοι ζῶντες 1 Pt 2:5.—τὰ παρὰ ζώσης φωνῆς καὶ μενούσης the (words) of a living and abiding voice Papias (2:4) (opp. ἐκ τῶν βιβλίων).—Lit. s. ζωή end. DELG s.v. ζώω.M-M. TW. -
5 εἰμί
εἰμί (Hom.+) impv. ἴσθι, ἔσο IPol 4:1, ἔστω—also colloq. ἤτω (BGU 276, 24; 419, 13; POxy 533, 9; Ps 103:31; 1 Macc 10:31) 1 Cor 16:22; Js 5:12; 1 Cl 48:5; Hv 3, 3, 4;—3 pers. pl. ἔστωσαν (ins since 200 B.C. Meisterhans3-Schw. 191; PPetr III, 2, 22 [237 B.C.]) Lk 12:35; 1 Ti 3:12; GJs 7:2. Inf. εἶναι. Impf. 1 pers. only mid. ἤμην (Jos., Bell. 1, 389; 631; s. further below); ἦν only Ac 20:18 D, 2 pers. ἦσθα (Jos., Ant. 6, 104) Mt 26:69; Mk 14:67 and ἦς (Lobeck, Phryn. 149 ‘say ἦσθα’; Jos., Ant. 17, 110 al.; Sb 6262, 16 [III A.D.]) Mt 25:21, 23 al., 3 sg. ἦν, 1 pl. ἦμεν. Beside this the mid. form ἤμην (pap since III B.C.; Job 29:16; Tob 12:13 BA), s. above, gives the pl. ἤμεθα (pap since III B.C.; Bar 1:19) Mt 23:30; Ac 27:37; Eph 2:3. Both forms in succession Gal. 4:3. Fut. ἔσομαι, ptc. ἐσόμενος. The mss. vary in choice of act. or mid., but like the edd. lean toward the mid. (W-S. §14, 1; Mlt-H. 201–3; Rob. index; B-D-F §98; Rdm.2 99; 101f; Helbing 108f; Reinhold 86f). Also s. ἔνι.① be, exist, be on hand a pred. use (for other pred. use s. 3a, 4, 5, 6, 7): of God (Epicurus in Diog. L. 10, 123 θεοί εἰσιν; Zaleucus in Diod S 12, 20, 2 θεοὺς εἶναι; Wsd 12:13; Just., D. 128, 4 angels) ἔστιν ὁ θεός God exists Hb 11:6; cp. 1 Cor 8:5. ὁ ὢν καὶ ὁ ἦν the one who is and who was (cp. SibOr 3, 16; as amulet PMich 155, 3 [II A.D.] ὁ ὢν θεὸς ὁ Ἰάω κύριος παντοκράτωρ=the god … who exists.) Rv 11:17; 16:5. ὁ ὢν καὶ ὁ ἦν καὶ ὁ ἐρχόμενος, in this and the two preceding passages ἦν is treated as a ptc. (for the unusual use of ἦν cp. Simonides 74 D.: ἦν ἑκατὸν φιάλαι) 1:4; 4:8 (cp. Ex 3:14; Wsd 13:1; Paus. 10, 12, 10 Ζεὺς ἦν, Ζ. ἔστι, Ζ. ἔσσεται; cp. Theosophien 18. S. OWeinreich, ARW 19, 1919, 178f). οὐδʼ εἶναι θεὸν παντοκράτορα AcPlCor 1:11. ἐγώ εἰμι (ins in the Athena-Isis temple of Saïs in Plut., Is. et Os. 9, 354c: ἐγώ εἰμι πᾶν τὸ γεγονὸς κ. ὸ̓ν κ. ἐσόμενον. On the role of Isis in Gk. rel. s. IBergman, Ich bin Isis ’68; RMerkelbach, Isis Regina—Zeus Sarapis ’95; for further lit. s. MGustafson in: Prayer fr. Alexander to Constantine, ed. MKiley et al. ’97, 158.) Rv 1:8 (s. ἐγώ beg.). ὁ ὤν, … θεός Ro 9:5 is classed here and taken to mean Christ by JWordsworth ad loc. and HWarner, JTS 48, ’47, 203f. Of the λόγος: ἐν ἀρχῇ ἦν ὁ λ. J 1:1 (for ἦν cp. Herm. Wr. 1, 4; 3, 1b ἦν σκότος, Fgm. IX 1 p. 422, 23 Sc. γέγονεν ἡ ὕλη καὶ ἦν).—Of Christ πρὶν Ἀβραὰμ γενέσθαι, ἐγὼ εἰμί before Abraham was born, I am 8:58 (on the pres. εἰμί cp. Parmenides 8, 5: of the Eternal we cannot say ἦν οὐδʼ ἔσται, only ἔστιν; Ammonius Hermiae [Comm. in Aristotl. IV 5 ed. ABusse 1897] 6 p. 172: in Timaeus we read that we must not say of the gods τὸ ἦν ἢ τὸ ἔσται μεταβολῆς τινος ὄντα σημαντικά, μόνον δὲ τὸ ἔστι=‘was’ or ‘will be’, suggesting change, but only ‘is’; Ps 89:2; DBall, ‘I Am’ in John’s Gospel [JSNT Suppl. 124] ’96).—Of the world πρὸ τοῦ τὸν κόσμον εἶναι before the world existed 17:5. Satirically, of the beast, who parodies the Lamb, ἦν καὶ οὐκ ἔστιν Rv 17:8. Of God’s temple: ἔστιν B 16:6f it exists. τὸ μὴ ὄν that which does not exist, the unreal (Sallust. 17 p. 32, 7 and 9; Philo, Aet. M. 5; 82) Hm 1:1. τὰ ὄντα that which exists contrasted w. τὰ μὴ ὄντα Ro 4:17; cp. 1 Cor 1:28; 2 Cl 1:8. Of God κτίσας ἐκ τοῦ μὴ ὄντος τὰ ὄντα what is out of what is not Hv 1, 1, 6 (on the contrast τὰ ὄντα and τὰ μὴ ὄντα cp. Ps.-Arist. on Xenophanes: Fgm. 21, 28; Artem. 1, 51 p. 49, 19 τὰ μὴ ὄντα ὡς ὄντα; Ocellus Luc. 12; Sallust. 17, 5 p. 30, 28–32, 12; Philo, Op. M. 81; PGM 4, 3077f ποιήσαντα τὰ πάντα ἐξ ὧν οὐκ ὄντων εἰς τὸ εἶναι; 13, 272f τὸν ἐκ μὴ ὄντων εἶναι ποιήσαντα καὶ ἐξ ὄντων μὴ εἶναι; Theoph. Ant. 1, 4 [p. 64, 21] τὰ πάντα ὁ θεὸς ἐποίησεν ἐξ οὐκ ὄντων εἰς τὸ εἶναι).—Of existing in the sense be present, available, provided πολλοῦ ὄχλου ὄντος since a large crowd was present Mk 8:1. ὄντων τῶν προσφερόντων those are provided who offer Hb 8:4. οὔπω ἦν πνεῦμα the Spirit had not yet come J 7:39. ἀκούσας ὄντα σιτία when he heard that grain was available Ac 7:12.—Freq. used to introduce parables and stories (once) there was: ἄνθρωπός τις ἦν πλούσιος there was (once) a rich man Lk 16:1, 19. ἦν ἄνθρωπος ἐκ τ. Φαρισαίων there was a man among the Pharisees J 3:1.—There is, there are ὥσπερ εἰσὶν θεοὶ πολλοί as there are many gods 1 Cor 8:5. διαιρέσεις χαρισμάτων εἰσίν there are various kinds of spiritual gifts 12:4ff; 1J 5:16 al. Neg. οὐκ ἔστι there is (are) not, no (Ps 52:2; Simplicius in Epict. p. 95, 42 as a quot. from ‘tragedy’ οὐκ εἰσὶν θεοί) δίκαιος there is no righteous man Ro 3:10 (Eccl 7:20). ἀνάστασις νεκρῶν οὐκ ἔστιν there is no resurr. of the dead 1 Cor 15:12; οὐδʼ εἶναι ἀνάστασιν AcPlCor 1:12; 2:24; cp. Mt 22:23; Ac 23:8 (cp. 2 Macc 7:14). εἰσὶν οἵ, or οἵτινες there are people who (Hom. et al.; LXX; Just., D. 47, 2 εἰ μήτι εἰσὶν οἱ λέγοντες ὅτι etc.—W. sing. and pl. combined: Arrian, Ind. 24, 9 ἔστι δὲ οἳ διέφυγον=but there are some who escaped) Mt 16:28; 19:12; Mk 9:1; Lk 9:27; J 6:64; Ac 11:20. Neg. οὐδείς ἐστιν ὅς there is no one who Mk 9:39; 10:29; Lk 1:61; 18:29. As a question τίς ἐστιν ὅς; who is there that? Mt 12:11—In an unusual (perh. bureaucratic terminology) participial construction Ac 13:1 ἡ οὖσα ἐκκλησία the congregation there (cp. Ps.-Pla., Eryx. 6, 394c οἱ ὄντες ἄνθρωποι=the people with whom he has to deal; PLond III 1168, 5 p. 136 [18 A.D.] ἐπὶ ταῖς οὔσαις γειτνίαις=on the adjoining areas there; PGen 49; PSI 229, 11 τοῦ ὄντος μηνός of the current month); cp. 14:13.—αἱ οὖσαι (sc. ἐξουσίαι) those that exist Ro 13:1 (cp. UPZ 180a I, 4 [113 B.C.] ἐφʼ ἱερέων καὶ ἱερειῶν τῶν ὄντων καὶ οὐσῶν).② to be in close connection (with), is, freq. in statements of identity or equation, as a copula, the equative function, uniting subject and predicate. On absence of the copula, Mlt-Turner 294–310.ⓐ gener. πραΰς εἰμι I am gentle Mt 11:29. ἐγώ εἰμι Γαβριήλ Lk 1:19. σὺ εἶ ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ Mk 3:11; J 1:49 and very oft. ἵνα … ὁ πονηρὸς … ἐλεγχθῇ [το? s. app. in Bodm.] μὴ ὢν θεός AcPlCor 2:15 (Just., D. 3, 3 φιλολόγος οὖν τις εἶ σύ).—The pred. can be supplied fr. the context: καὶ ἐσμέν and we are (really God’s children) 1J 3:1 (Eur., Ion 309 τ. θεοῦ καλοῦμαι δοῦλος εἰμί τε. Dio Chrys. 14 [31], 58 θεοφιλεῖς οἱ χρηστοὶ λέγονται καὶ εἰσίν; Epict. 2, 16, 44 Ἡρακλῆς ἐπιστεύθη Διὸς υἱὸς εἶναι καὶ ἦν.—The ptc. ὤν, οὖσα, ὄν used w. a noun or adj.and serving as an if-, since-, or although-clause sim. functions as a copula πονηροὶ ὄντες Mt 7:11; 12:34.—Lk 20:36; J 3:4; 4:9; Ac 16:21; Ro 5:10; 1 Cor 8:7; Gal 2:3 al.).—W. adv. of quality: οὕτως εἶναι be so preceded by ὥσπερ, καθώς or followed by ὡς, ὥσπερ Mt 13:40; 24:27, 37, 39; Mk 4:26; Lk 17:26. W. dat. of pers. οὕτως ἔσται ὁ υἱὸς τ. ἀ. τῇ γενεᾷ ταύτῃ so the Human One (Son of Man) will be for this generation 11:30. εἰμὶ ὡσ/ὥσπερ I am like Mt 6:5; Lk 18:11. W. dat. ἔστω σοι ὥσπερ τελώνης he shall be to you as a tax-collector Mt 18:17. εἰμὶ ὥς τις I am like someone of outward and inward similarity 28:3; Lk 6:40; 11:44; 22:27 al. καθώς εἰμι as I am Ac 22:3; 1J 3:2, 7; 4:17.—W. demonstr. pron. (Just., A I, 16, 1 ἃ ἔφη, ταῦτά ἐστι: foll. by a quotation; sim. 48, 5 ἔστι δὲ ταῦτα; and oft.) τὰ ὀνόματά ἐστιν ταῦτα Mt 10:2. αὕτη ἐστὶν ἡ μαρτυρία J 1:19. W. inf. foll. θρησκεία αὕτη ἐστίν, ἐπισκέπτεσθαι Js 1:27. W. ὅτι foll. αὕτη ἐστὶν ἡ κρίσις, ὅτι τὸ φῶς ἐλήλυθεν J 3:19; cp. 21:24; 1J 1:5; 3:11; 5:11. W. ἵνα foll. τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ ἔργον, ἵνα πιστεύητε J 6:29; cp. vs. 39f; 15:12; 17:3; 1J 3:11, 23; 5:3. W. τηλικοῦτος: τὰ πλοῖα, τηλικαῦτα ὄντα though they are so large Js 3:4. W. τοσοῦτος: τοσοῦτων ὄντων although there were so many J 21:11. W. τοιοῦτος: τοιοῦτος ὤν Phlm 9 (cp. Just., A I, 18, 4 ὅσα ἄλλα τοιαῦτά ἐστι).—W. interrog. pron. ὑμεῖς τίνα με λέγετε εἶναι; who do you say I am? Mt 16:15; cp. 21:10; Mk 1:24; 4:41; 8:27, 29; Lk 4:34 al.; σὺ τίς εἶ; J 1:19; 8:25; 21:12 al. (cp. JosAs 14:6 τίς εἶ συ tell me ‘who you are’). σὺ τίς εἶ ὁ κρίνων; (Pla., Gorg. 452b; Strabo 6, 2, 4 σὺ τίς εἶ ὁ τὸν Ὅμηρον ψέγων ὡς μυθογράφον;) Ro 14:4; ἐγὼ τίς ἤμην; (cp. Ex 3:11) Ac 11:17; τίς εἰμι ἐγὼ ὅτι who am I, that GJs 12:2 (Ex 3:11). W. πόσος: πόσος χρόνος ἐστίν; how long a time? Mk 9:21. W. ποταπός of what sort Lk 1:29.—W. relative pron. οἷος 2 Cor 10:11; ὁποῖος Ac 26:29; 1 Cor 3:13; Gal 2:6; ὅς Rv 1:19; ὅστις Gal 5:10, 19.—W. numerals ἦσαν οἱ φαγόντες πεντακισχίλιοι ἄνδρες 6:44 (cp. Polyaenus 7, 25 ἦσαν οἱ πεσόντες ἀνδρῶν μυριάδες δέκα); cp. Ac 19:7; 23:13. Λάζαρος εἷς ἦν ἐκ τῶν ἀνακειμένων L. was one of those at the table J 12:2; cp. Gal 3:20; Js 2:19. τῶν πιστευσάντων ἦν καρδία καὶ ψυχὴ μία Ac 4:32. εἷς εἶναι be one and the same Gal 3:28. ἓν εἶναι be one J 10:30; 17:11, 21ff; 1 Cor 3:8.—οὐδʼ εἶναι τὴν πλάσιν τὴν τῶν ἀνθρώπων τοῦ θεοῦ (that) the creation of humankind is not God’s doing AcPlCor 1:13.—To establish identity the formula ἐγώ εἰμι is oft. used in the gospels (corresp. to Hebr. אֲנִי הוּא Dt 32:39; Is 43:10), in such a way that the predicate must be understood fr. the context: Mt 14:27; Mk 6:50; 13:6; 14:62; Lk 22:70; J 4:26; 6:20; 8:24, 28; 13:19; 18:5f and oft.; s. on ἐγώ.—In a question μήτι ἐγώ εἰμι; surely it is not I? Mt 26:22, 25.ⓑ to describe a special connection betw. the subject and a predicate noun ἡμεῖς ναὸς θεοῦ ἐσμεν ζῶντος we are a temple of the living God 2 Cor 6:16. ἡ ἐπιστολὴ ὑμεῖς ἐστε you are our letter (of recommendation) 3:2. σφραγίς μου τῆς ἀποστολῆς ὑμεῖς ἐστε you are the seal of my apostleship 1 Cor 9:2 and oft.ⓒ in explanations:α. to show how someth. is to be understood is a representation of, is the equivalent of; εἰμί here, too, serves as copula; we usually translate mean, so in the formula τοῦτʼ ἔστιν this or that means, that is to say (Epict., Ench. 33, 10; Arrian, Tact. 29, 3; SIG 880, 50; PFlor 157, 4; PSI 298, 9; PMert 91, 9; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 16; ApcMos 19; Just., D. 56, 23; 78, 3 al.) Mk 7:2; Ac 19:4; Ro 7:18; 9:8; 10:6, 8; Phlm 12; Hb 7:5 al.; in the sense that is (when translated) (Polyaenus 8, 14, 1 Μάξιμος ἀνηγορεύθη• τοῦτο δʼ ἄν εἴη Μέγιστον) Mt 27:46; Ac 1:19. So also w. relative pron.: ὅ ἐστιν Mk 3:17; 7:11, 34; Hb 7:2. After verbs of asking, recognizing, knowing and not knowing (Antiphanes Com. 231, 1f τὸ ζῆν τί ἐστι;) μάθετε τί ἐστιν learn what (this) means Mt 9:13. εἰ ἐγνώκειτε τί ἐστιν 12:7; cp. Mk 1:27; 9:10; Lk 20:17; J 16:17f; Eph 4:9. W. an indir. question (Stephan. Byz. s.v. Ἀγύλλα: τὶς ἠρώτα τί ἂν εἴη τὸ ὄνομα) τί ἂν εἴη ταῦτα Lk 15:26; τί εἴη τοῦτο 18:36. τίνα θέλει ταῦτα εἶναι what this means Ac 17:20; cp. 2:12, where the question is not about the mng. of terms but the significance of what is happening.—Esp. in interpr. of the parables (Artem. 1, 51 p. 48, 26 ἄρουρα οὐδὲν ἄλλο ἐστὶν ἢ γυνή=field means nothing else than woman) ὁ ἀγρός ἐστιν ὁ κόσμος the field means the world Mt 13:38; cp. vss. 19f, 22f; Mk 4:15f, 18, 20; Lk 8:11ff (cp. Gen 41:26f; Ezk 37:11; Ath. 22, 4 [Stoic interpr. of myths]). On τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ σῶμά μου Mt 26:26; Mk 14:22; Lk 22:19 and its various interpretations, see lit. s.v. εὐχαριστία. Cp. Hipponax (VI B.C.) 45 Diehl αὕτη γάρ ἐστι συμφορή=this means misfortune.β. to be of relative significance, be of moment or importance, amount to someth. w. indef. pron. εἰδωλόθυτόν τί ἐστιν meat offered to idols means anything 1 Cor 10:19. Esp. εἰμί τι I mean someth. of pers. 1 Cor 3:7; Gal 2:6; 6:3; and of things vs. 15. εἰμί τις Ac 5:36.—Of no account ἐμοὶ εἰς ἐλάχιστόν ἐστιν (telescoped fr. ἐλάχ. ἐστιν and εἰς ἐλάχ. γίνεται, of which there are many exx. in Schmid, I 398; II 161, 237; III 281; IV 455) it is of little or no importance to me 1 Cor 4:3.③ be in reference to location, persons, condition, or time, beⓐ of various relations or positions involving a place or thing: w. ἀπό: εἶναι ἀπό τινος be or come from a certain place (X., An. 2, 4, 13) J 1:44.—W. ἐν: ἐν τοῖς τ. πατρός μου in my father’s house Lk 2:49 (cp. Jos., Ant. 16, 302 καταγωγὴ ἐν τοῖς Ἀντιπάτρου). ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ on the way Mk 10:32. ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ Mt 24:26. ἐν ἀγρῷ Lk 15:25. ἐν δεξιᾷ τ. θεοῦ at God’s right hand Ro 8:34; in heaven Eph 6:9.—W. εἰς: τὴν κοίτην Lk 11:7; τὸν κόλπον J1:18.—W. ἐπὶ w. gen. be on someth. of place, roof Lk 17:31; head J 20:7 (cp. 1 Macc 1:59); also fig., of one who is over someone (1 Macc 10:69; Jdth 14:13 ὁ ὢν ἐπὶ πάντων τῶν αὐτοῦ) Ro 9:5 (of the angel of death Mel., P. 20, 142 ἐπὶ τῶν πρωτοτόκων); also ἐπάνω τινός J 3:31.—W. dat. be at someth. the door Mt 24:33; Mk 13:29.—W. acc. be on someone: grace Lk 2:40; Ac 4:33; spirit (Is 61:1) Lk 2:25; εἶναι ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτό be in the same place, together (Gen 29:2 v.l.) Ac 1:15; 2:1, 44; 1 Cor 7:5.—W. κατά w. acc. εἶναι κατὰ τὴν Ἰουδαίαν be in Judea Ac 11:1; εἶναι ἐν Ἀντιοχείᾳ κατὰ τὴν οὖσαν ἐκκλησίαν were at Antioch in the congregation there 13:1.—W. ὑπό w. acc. τι or τινα of place be under someth. J 1:48; 1 Cor 10:1.—W. παρά w. acc. παρὰ τὴν θάλασσαν by the sea- (i.e. lake-) shore Mk 5:21; Ac 10:6.—W. πρός τι be close to, facing someth. Mk 4:1.—W. adv. of place ἐγγύς τινι near someth. Ac 9:38; 27:8. μακρὰν (ἀπό) Mk 12:34; J 21:8; Eph 2:13; also πόρρω Lk 14:32. χωρίς τινος without someth. Hb 12:8. ἐνθάδε Ac 16:28. ἔσω J 20:26. ἀπέναντί τινος Ro 3:18 (Ps 35:2). ἐκτός τινος 1 Cor 6:18; ἀντίπερά τινος Lk 8:26; ὁμοῦ J 21:2; οὗ Mt 2:9; ὅπου Mk 2:4; 5:40. ὧδε Mt 17:4; Mk 9:5; Lk 9:33. Also w. fut. mng. (ESchwartz, GGN 1908, 161 n.; on the fut. use of the pres. cp. POxy 531, 22 [II A.D.] ἔστι δὲ τοῦ Τῦβι μηνὸς σοὶ ὸ̔ θέλεις) ὅπου εἰμί J 7:34, 36; 12:26; 14:3; 17:24. As pred., to denote a relatively long stay at a place, stay, reside ἴσθι ἐκεῖ stay there Mt 2:13, cp. vs. 15; ἐπʼ ἐρήμοις τόποις in lonely places Mk 1:45; ἦν παρὰ τὴν θάλασσαν he stayed by the lakeside 5:21.ⓑ involving humans or transcendent beings: w. adv. ἔμπροσθέν τινος Lk 14:2. ἔναντί τινος Ac 8:21; ἐνώπιόν τινος Lk 14:10; Ac 4:19; 1 Pt 3:4; Rv 7:15; ἐντός τινος Lk 17:21; ἐγγύς τινος J 11:18; 19:20; Ro 10:8 (Dt 30:14).—W. prep. ἐν τινί equiv. to ἔκ τινος εἶναι be among Mt 27:56; cp. Mk 15:40; Ro 1:6. Of God, who is among his people 1 Cor 14:25 (Is 45:14; Jer 14:9); of the Spirit J 14:17. Of persons under Christ’s direction: ἐν θεῷ 1J 2:5; 5:20 (s. Norden, Agn. Th. 23, 1). ἔν τινι rest upon, arise from someth. (Aristot., Pol. 7, 1, 3 [1323b, 1] ἐν ἀρετῇ; Sir 9:16) Ac 4:12; 1 Cor 2:5; Eph 5:18.—εἴς τινα be directed, inclined toward Ac 23:30; 2 Cor 7:15; 1 Pt 1:21.—κατά w. gen. be against someone (Sir 6:12) Mt 12:30; Mk 9:40 and Lk 9:50 (both opp. ὑπέρ); Gal 5:23.—σύν τινι be with someone (Jos., Ant. 7, 181) Lk 22:56; 24:44; Ac 13:7; accompany, associate w. someone Lk 8:38; Ac 4:13; 22:9; take sides with someone (X., Cyr. 5, 4, 37; 7, 5, 77; Jos., Ant. 11, 259 [of God]) Ac 14:4.—πρός τινα be with someone Mt 13:56; Mk 6:3; J 1:1f. I am to be compared w. IMg 12.—μετά and gen. be with someone (Judg 14:11) Mt 17:17; Mk 3:14; 5:18; J 3:26; 12:17; ἔστω μεθʼ ὑμῶν εἰρήνη AcPlCor 2:40; of God, who is with someone (Gen 21:20; Judg 6:13 al.; Philo, Det. Pot. Ins. 4; Jos., Ant. 6, 181; 15, 138) Lk 1:66; J 3:2; 8:29; Ac 10:38 al.; also be with in the sense be favorable to, in league with (Ex 23:2) Mt 12:30; Lk 11:23; of punishment attending a pers. τὸ πῦρ ἐστι μετʼ αὐτοῦ AcPlCor 2:37.—παρά and gen. come from someone (X., An. 2, 4, 15; Just., D. 8, 4 ἔλεος παρὰ θεοῦ) fr. God J 6:46; 7:29; w. dat. be with, among persons Mt 22:25; Ac 10:6. W. neg. be strange to someone, there is no … in someone Ro 2:11; 9:14; Eph 6:9.—ὑπέρ w. gen. be on one’s side Mk 9:4 and Lk 9:50 (both opp. κατά); w. acc. be superior to (Sir 25:10; 30:16) Lk 6:40.ⓒ of condition or circumstance: κατά w. acc. live in accordance with (Sir 28:10; 43:8; 2 Macc 9:20) κατὰ σάκρα, πνεῦμα Ro 8:5. οὐκ ἔστιν κατὰ ἄνθρωπον not human (in origin) Gal 1:11.—Fig. ὑπό w. acc. be under (the power of) someth. Ro 3:9; 6:14f; Gal 3:10, 25.—W. ἐν of existing ἐν τῷ θεῷ εἶναι of humankind: have its basis of existence in God Ac 17:28. Of states of being: ἐν δόξῃ 2 Cor 3:8; ἐν εἰρήνῃ Lk 11:21; ἐν ἔχθρᾳ at enmity 23:12; ἐν κρίματι under condemnation vs. 40. ἐν ῥύσει αἵματος suffer from hemorrhages Mk 5:25; Lk 8:43 (cp. Soph., Aj. 271 ἦν ἐν τῇ νόσῳ; cp. TestJob 35:1 ἐν πληγαῖς πολλαῖς). Periphrastically for an adj. ἐν ἐξουσίᾳ authoritative Lk 4:32. ἐν βάρει important 1 Th 2:7. ἐν τῇ πίστει true believers, believing 2 Cor 13:5. Be involved in someth. ἐν ἑορτῇ be at the festival=take part in it J 2:23. ἐν τούτοις ἴσθι devote yourself to these things 1 Ti 4:15 (cp. X., Hell. 4, 8, 7 ἐν τοιούτοις ὄντες=occupied w. such things; Jos., Ant. 2, 346 ἐν ὕμνοις ἦσαν=they occupied themselves w. the singing of hymns).—Fig., live in the light 1J 2:9; cp. vs. 11; 1 Th 5:4; in the flesh Ro 7:5; 8:8; AcPlCor 1:6. ἐν οἷς εἰμι in the situation in which I find myself Phil 4:11 (X., Hell. 4, 2, 1; Diod S 12, 63, 5; 12, 66, 4; Appian, Hann. 55 §228 ἐν τούτοις ἦν=he was in this situation; Jos., Ant. 7, 232 ἐν τούτοις ἦσαν=found themselves in this sit.; TestJob 35:6 ἐν τίνι ἐστίν; s. ZPE VIII 170). ἐν πολλοῖς ὢν ἀστοχήμασι AcPlCor 2:1. Of characteristics, emotions, etc. ἔν τινί ἐστιν, e.g. ἀδικία J 7:18; ἄγνοια Eph 4:18; ἀλήθεια J 8:44; 2 Cor 11:10 (cp. 1 Macc 7:18); ἁμαρτία 1J 3:5.ⓓ of time ἐγγύς of καιρός be near Mt 26:18; Mk 13:28. πρὸς ἑσπέραν ἐστίν it is toward evening Lk 24:29 (Just., D. 137, 4 πρὸς δυσμὰς … ὁ ἥλιός ἐστι).④ to be alive in a period of time, live, denoting temporal existence (Hom., Trag., Thu. et al.; Sir 42:21; En 102:5 Philo, De Jos. 17; Jos., Ant. 7, 254) εἰ ἤμεθα ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις τῶν πατέρων ἡμῶν if we had lived in the days of our fathers Mt 23:30. ὅτι οὐκ εἰσὶν because they were no more 2:18 (Jer 38:15). ἦσαν ἐπὶ χρόνον ἱκανόν (those who were healed and raised by Christ) remained alive for quite some time Qua.⑤ to be the time at which someth. takes place w. indications of specific moments or occasions, be (X., Hell. 4, 5, 1, An. 4, 3, 8; Sus 13 Theod.; 1 Macc 6:49; 2 Macc 8:26; Jos., Ant. 6, 235 νουμηνία δʼ ἦν; 11, 251): ἦν ὥρα ἕκτη it was the sixth hour (=noon acc. to Jewish reckoning) Lk 23:44; J 4:6; 19:14.—Mk 15:25; J 1:39. ἦν ἑσπέρα ἤδη it was already evening Ac 4:3. πρωί̈ J 18:28. ἦν παρασκευή Mk 15:42. ἦν ἑορτὴ τῶν Ἰουδαίων J 5:1. σάββατόν ἐστιν vs. 10 et al. Short clauses (as Polyaenus 4, 9, 2 νὺξ ἦν; 7, 44, 2 πόλεμος ἦν; exc. 36, 8 ἦν ἀρίστου ὥρα; Jos., Ant. 19, 248 ἔτι δὲ νὺξ ἦν) χειμὼν ἦν J 10:22; ἦν δὲ νύξ (sim. Jos., Bell. 4, 64) 13:30; ψύχος it was cold 18:18; καύσων ἔσται it will be hot Lk 12:55.⑥ to take place as a phenomenon or event, take place, occur, become, be, be in (Hom., Thu. et al.; LXX; En 104:5; 106:6.—Cp. Just., D. 82, 2 of Christ’s predictions ὅπερ καὶ ἔστι ‘which is in fact the case’.) ἔσται θόρυβος τοῦ λαοῦ a popular uprising Mk 14:2. γογγυσμὸς ἦν there was (much) muttering J 7:12. σχίσμα there was a division 9:16; 1 Cor 1:10; 12:25. ἔριδες … εἰσίν quarrels are going on 1:11. δεῖ αἱρέσεις εἶναι 11:19. θάνατος, πένθος, κραυγή, πόνος ἔσται Rv 21:4. ἔσονται λιμοὶ κ. σεισμοί Mt 24:7. Hence τὸ ἐσόμενον what was going to happen (Sir 48:25) Lk 22:49. πότε ταῦτα ἔσται; when will this happen? Mt 24:3. πῶς ἔσται τοῦτο; how can this be? Lk 1:34. Hebraistically (הָיָה; s. KBeyer, Semitische Syntax im NT, ’62, 63–65) καὶ ἔσται w. fut. of another verb foll. and it will come about that Ac 2:17 (Jo 3:1); 3:23 (w. δέ); Ro 9:26 (Hos 2:1).—W. dat. ἐστί τινι happen, be granted, come, to someone (X., An. 2, 1, 10; Jos., Ant. 11, 255; Just., D. 8, 4 σοὶ … ἔλεος ἔσται παρὰ θεοῦ) Mt 16:22; Mk 11:24; Lk 2:10; GJs 1:1; 4:3; 8:3; τί ἐστίν σοι τοῦτο, ὅτι what is the matter with you, that GJs 17:2.—Of becoming or turning into someth. become someth. εἰς χολὴν πικρίας εἶναι become bitter gall Ac 8:23. εἰς σάρκα μίαν Mt 19:5; Mk 10:8; 1 Cor 6:16; Eph 5:31 (all Gen 2:24. Cp. Syntipas p. 42, 24 οὐκ ἔτι ἔσομαι μετὰ σοῦ εἰς γυναῖκα); τὰ σκολιὰ εἰς εὐθείας Lk 3:5 (Is 40:4); εἰς πατέρα 2 Cor 6:18; Hb 1:5 (2 Km 7:14; 1 Ch 22:10; 28:6); εἰς τὸ ἕν 1J 5:8.— Serve as someth. (IPriene 50, 39 [c. II B.C.] εἶναι εἰς φυλακὴν τ. πόλεως; Aesop., Fab. 28 H.=18 P.; 26 Ch.; 18 H-H. εἰς ὠφέλειαν; Gen 9:13; s. also εἰς 4d) 1 Cor 14:22; Col 2:22; Js 5:3.—Of something being ἀνεκτότερον ἔσται it will be more tolerable τινί for someone Lk 10:12, 14.⑦ to exist as possibility ἔστιν w. inf. foll. it is possible, one can (Περὶ ὕψους 6; Diog. L. 1, 110 ἔστιν εὑρεῖν=one can find; Just., A I, 59, 10 ἔστι ταῦτα ἀκοῦσαι καὶ μαθεῖν; D. 42, 3 ἰδεῖν al.; Mel., P. 19, 127); neg. οὐκ ἔστιν νῦν λέγειν it is not possible to speak at this time Hb 9:5. οὐκ ἔστιν φαγεῖν it is impossible to eat 1 Cor 11:20 (so Hom. et al.; UPZ 70, 23 [152/151 B.C.] οὐκ ἔστι ἀνακύψαι με πώποτε … ὑπὸ τῆς αἰσχύνης; 4 Macc 13:5; Wsd 5:10; Sir 14:16; 18:6; EpJer 49 al.; EpArist 163; Jos., Ant. 2, 335; Ath. 22, 3 ἔστιν εἰπεῖν).⑧ to have a point of derivation or origin, be,/come from somewhere ἐκ τῆς ἐξουσίας Ἡρῴδου from Herod’s jurisdiction Lk 23:7; ἐκ Ναζαρέτ (as an insignificant place) J 1:46; ἐκ τῆς γῆς 3:31; ἐκ γυναικός 1 Cor 11:8 al. ἐξ οὐρανοῦ, ἐξ ἀνθρώπων be of heavenly (divine), human descent Mt 21:25; Mk 11:30; Lk 20:4. Be generated by (cp. Sb 8141, 21f [ins I B.C.] οὐδʼ ἐκ βροτοῦ ἤεν ἄνακτος, ἀλλὰ θεοῦ μεγάλου ἔκγονος; En 106:6) Mt 1:20. Esp. in Johannine usage ἐκ τοῦ διαβόλου εἶναι originate from the devil J 8:44; 1J 3:8. ἐκ τοῦ πονηροῦ 3:12; ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου J 15:19; 17:14, 16; 1J 4:5. ἐκ τῆς ἀληθείας εἶναι 2:21; J 18:37 etc. Cp. 9 end.⑨ to belong to someone or someth. through association or genetic affiliation, be, belong w. simple gen. (X., Hell. 2, 4, 36; Iambl., Vi. Pyth. 33, 230 τῶν Πυθαγορείων) οἱ τῆς ὁδοῦ ὄντες those who belong to the Way Ac 9:2. εἰμὶ Παύλου I belong to Paul 1 Cor 1:12; 3:4; cp. Ro 8:9; 2 Cor 10:7; 1 Ti 1:20; Ac 23:6. ἡμέρας εἶναι belong to the day 1 Th 5:8, cp. vs. 5. W. ἔκ τινος 1 Cor 12:15f; Mt 26:73; Mk 14:69f; Lk 22:58 al. (cp. X., Mem. 3, 6, 17; oft LXX). ἐκ τοῦ ἀριθμοῦ τῶν δώδεκα belong to the twelve 22:3. ὅς ἐστιν ἐξ ὑμῶν who is a fellow-countryman of yours Col 4:9.—To belong through origin 2 Cor 4:7. Of Mary: ἦν τῆς φυλῆς τοῦ Δαυίδ was of David’s line GJs 10:1. Cp. 8 above.⑩ to have someth. to do with someth. or someone, be. To denote a close relationship ἐξ ἔργων νόμου εἶναι rely on legal performance Gal 3:10. ὁ νόμος οὐκ ἔστιν ἐκ πίστεως the law has nothing to do with faith vs. 12.—To denote a possessor Mt 5:3, 10; l9:14; Mk 12:7; Lk 18:16; 1 Cor 6:19. Esp. of God who owns the Christian Ac 27:23; 1 Cor 3:23; 2 Ti 2:19 (Num 16:5). οὐδʼ εἶναι τὸν κόσμον θεοῦ, ἀλλὰ ἀγγέλων AcPlCor 1:15 (cp. Just., A II, 13, 4 ὅσα … καλῶς εἴρηται, ἡμῶν τῶν χριστιανῶν ἐστι).—W. possess. pron. ὑμετέρα ἐστὶν ἡ βασιλεία Lk 6:20. οὐκ ἔστιν ἐμὸν δοῦναι Mk 10:40 (cp. Just., A I, 4, 2 ὑμέτερον ἀγωνιᾶσαί ἐστι ‘it is a matter for your concern’).—To denote function (X., An. 2, 1, 4) οὐχ ὑμῶν ἐστιν it is no concern of yours Ac 1:7—Of quality παιδεία οὐ δοκεῖ χαρᾶς εἶναι discipline does not seem to be (partake of) joy Hb 12:11.—10:39.⑪ as an auxiliary: very commonly the simple tense forms are replaced by the periphrasis εἶναι and the ptc. (B-D-F §352–55; Mlt. 225–27, 249; Mlt-H. 451f; Rdm.2 102, 105, 205; Kühner-G. I 38ff; Rob. 374–76, 1119f; CTurner, Marcan Usage: JTS 28, 1927 349–51; GKilpatrick, BT 7, ’56, 7f; very oft. LXX).ⓐ (as in Hom et al.) w. the pf. ptc. to express the pf., plpf. and fut. pf. act. and pass. (s. Mayser 329; 377) ἦσαν ἐληλυθότες they had come Lk 5:17. ἦν αὐτῶν ἡ καρδία πεπωρωμένη their hearts were hardened Mk 6:52. ἠλπικότες ἐσμέν we have set our hope 1 Cor 15:19. ὁ καιρὸς συνεσταλμένος ἐστίν the time has become short 7:29. ἦν ἑστώς (En 12:3) he was standing (more exactly he took his stand) Lk 5:1.ⓑ w. pres. ptc. (B-D-F §353).α. to express the pres. ἐστὶν προσαναπληροῦσα τὰ ὑστερήματα supplies the wants 2 Cor 9:12 (Just., A I, 26, 5 Μαρκίων … καὶ νῦν ἔτι ἐστὶ διδάσκων; Mel., P. 61, 441 ἐστὶν … κηρυσσόμενον).β. impf. or aor. ἦν καθεύδων he was sleeping Mk 4:38. ἦσαν ἀναβαίνοντες … ἦν προάγων 10:32; cp. Lk 1:22; 5:17; 11:14 al. (JosAs 1:3 ἦν συνάγων τὸν σίτον; Mel., P. 80, 580 ἦσθα εὐφραινόμενος). ἦν τὸ φῶς τὸ ἀλήθινόν … ἐρχόμενον εἰς τὸν κόσμον the true light entered the world J 1:9, w. ἦν introducing a statement in dramatic contrast to the initial phrase of vs. 8.—To denote age (Demetr.: 722 Fgm. 1, 2 al. Jac.; POxy 275, 9 [66 A.D.] οὐδέπω ὄντα τῶν ἐτῶν; Tob 14:11) Mk 5:42; Lk 3:23; Ac 4:22; GJs 12:3.—Mussies 304–6.γ. fut. ἔσῃ σιωπῶν you will be silent Lk 1:20; cp. 5:10; Mt 24:9; Mk 13:13; Lk 21:17, 24 al.; 2 Cl 17:7 Bihlm. (the child) shall serve him (God).ⓒ w. aor. ptc. as plpf. (Aelian, NA 7, 11; Hippiatr. 34, 14, vol. I p. 185, 3 ἦν σκευάσας; ISyriaW 2070b ἦν κτίσας; AcThom 16; 27 [Aa II/2 p. 123, 2f; p. 142, 10]; B-D-F §355 m.—JVogeser, Z. Sprache d. griech. Heiligenlegenden, diss. Munich 1907, 14; JWittmann, Sprachl. Untersuchungen zu Cosmas Indicopleustes, diss. Munich 1913, 20; SPsaltes, Gramm. d. byzant. Chroniken 1913, 230; Björck [διδάσκω end] 75; B-D-F §355). ἦν βληθείς had been thrown Lk 23:19; J 18:30 v.l.—GPt 6:23; 12:51. (Cp. Just., A II, 10, 2 διʼ εὑρέσεως … ἐστὶ πονηθέντα αὐτοῖς ‘they achieved through investigation’).ⓓ Notice esp. the impersonals δέον ἐστίν it is necessary (Pla. et al.; POxy 727, 19; Sir praef. ln. 3; 1 Macc 12:11 δέον ἐστὶν καὶ πρέπον) Ac 19:36; εἰ δέον ἐστίν if it must be 1 Pt 1:6 (s. δεῖ 2a); 1 Cl 34:2; πρέπον ἐστίν it is appropriate (Pla. et al.; POxy 120, 24; 3 Macc 7:13) Mt 3:15; 1 Cor 11:13.ⓔ In many cases the usage w. the ptc. serves to emphasize the duration of an action or condition (BGU 183, 25 ἐφʼ ὸ̔ν χρόνον ζῶσα ᾖ Σαταβούς); JosAs 2:1 ἦν … ἐξουθενοῦσα καὶ καταπτύουσα πάντα ἄνδρα). ἦν διδάσκων he customarily taught Mk 1:22; Lk 4:31; 19:47. ἦν θέλων he cherished the wish 23:8. ἦσαν νηστεύοντες they were keeping the fast Mk 2:18. ἦσαν συλλαλοῦντες they were conversing for a while 9:4. ἦν προσδεχόμενος he was waiting for (the kgdm.) 15:43. ἦν συγκύπτουσα she was bent over Lk 13:11.ⓕ to emphasize the adjectival idea inherent in the ptc. rather than the concept of action expressed by the finite verb ζῶν εἰμι I am alive Rv 1:18. ἦν ὑποτασσόμενος he was obedient Lk 2:51. ἦν ἔχων κτήματα πολλά he was very rich Mt 19:22; Mk 10:22. ἴσθι ἐξουσίαν ἔχων you shall have authority Lk 19:17 (Lucian, Tim. 35 ἴσθι εὐδαιμονῶν). ἦν καταλλάσσων (God) was reconciling 2 Cor 5:19 (cp. Mel., P. 83, 622 οὗτος ἦν ὁ ἐκλεξάμενός σε; Ath. 15, 2 οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ … καρπούμενος).—LMcGaughy, Toward a Descriptive Analysis of ΕΙΝΑΙ as a Linking Verb in the Gk. NT, diss. Vanderbilt, ’70 (s. esp. critique of treatment of εἰμί in previous edd. of this lexicon pp. 12–15).—Mlt. 228. B. 635. DELG. M-M. EDNT. TW. Sv. -
6 πνεῦμα
πνεῦμα, ατος, τό (πνέω; Aeschyl., Pre-Socr., Hdt.+. On the history of the word s. Rtzst., Mysterienrel.3 308ff).① air in movement, blowing, breathing (even the glowing exhalations of a volcanic crater: Diod S 5, 7, 3)ⓐ wind (Aeschyl. et al.; LXX, EpArist, Philo; Jos., Ant. 2, 343; 349; SibOr 8, 297) in wordplay τὸ πνεῦμα πνεῖ the wind blows J 3:8a (EpJer 60 πνεῦμα ἐν πάσῃ χώρᾳ πνεῖ. But s. TDonn, ET 66, ’54f, 32; JThomas, Restoration Qtrly 24, ’81, 219–24). ὀθόνη πλοίου ὑπὸ πνεύματος πληρουμένη MPol 15:2. Of God ὁ ποιῶν τοὺς ἀγγέλους αὐτοῦ πνεύματα who makes his angels winds Hb 1:7; 1 Cl 36:3 (both Ps 103:4).ⓑ the breathing out of air, blowing, breath (Aeschyl. et al.; Pla., Tim. 79b; LXX) ὁ ἄνομος, ὅν ὁ κύριος Ἰησοῦς ἀνελεῖ τῷ πνεύματι τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ 2 Th 2:8 (cp. Is 11:4; Ps 32:6).② that which animates or gives life to the body, breath, (life-)spirit (Aeschyl. et al.; Phoenix of Colophon 1, 16 [Coll. Alex. p. 231] πν.=a breathing entity [in contrast to becoming earth in death]; Polyb. 31, 10, 4; Ps.-Aristot., De Mundo 4 p. 394b, 8ff; PHib 5, 54 [III B.C.]; PGM 4, 538; 658; 2499; LXX; TestAbr A 17 p. 98, 19 [Stone p. 44] al.; JosAs 19:3; SibOr 4, 46; Tat. 4:2) ἀφιέναι τὸ πνεῦμα give up one’s spirit, breathe one’s last (Eur., Hec. 571; Porphyr., Vi. Plotini 2) Mt 27:50. J says for this παραδιδόναι τὸ πν. 19:3 (cp. ApcMos 31 ἀποδῶ τὸ πν.; Just., D. 105, 5). Of the return of the (life-)spirit of a deceased person into her dead body ἐπέστρεψεν τὸ πν. αὐτῆς Lk 8:55 (cp. Jdg 15:19). εἰς χεῖράς σου παρατίθεμαι τὸ πν. μου into your hands I entrust my spirit 23:46 (Ps 30:6; for alleged focus on ἐλπίζειν s. EBons, BZ 38, ’94, 93–101). κύριε Ἰησοῦ, δέξαι τὸ πνεῦμά μου Ac 7:59; composite of both passages AcPl Ha 10, 23 (cp. ApcMos 42). τὸ πν. μου ὁ δεσπότης δέξεται GJs 23:3 (on the pneuma flying upward after death cp. Epicharm. in Vorsokrat. 23 [=13, 4th ed.], B 9 and 22; Eur., Suppl. 533 πνεῦμα μὲν πρὸς αἰθέρα, τὸ σῶμα δʼ ἐς γῆν; PGM 1, 177ff τελευτήσαντός σου τὸ σῶμα περιστελεῖ, σοῦ δὲ τὸ πνεῦμα … εἰς ἀέρα ἄξει σὺν αὑτῷ ‘when you are dead [the angel] will wrap your body … and take your spirit with him into the sky’). τὸ σῶμα χωρὶς πν. νεκρόν ἐστιν Js 2:26. πν. ζωῆς ἐκ τ. θεοῦ εἰσῆλθεν ἐν αὐτοῖς (i.e. the prophet-witnesses who have been martyred) Rv 11:11 (cp. Ezk 37:10 v.l. εἰσῆλθεν εἰς αὐτοὺς πνεῦμα ζωῆς; vs. 5). Of the spirit that animated the image of a beast, and enabled it to speak and to have Christians put to death 13:15.—After a person’s death, the πν. lives on as an independent being, in heaven πνεύματα δικαὶων τετελειωμένων Hb 12:23 (cp. Da 3:86 εὐλογεῖτε, πνεύματα καὶ ψυχαὶ δικαίων, τὸν κύριον). According to non-biblical sources, the πν. are in the netherworld (cp. En 22:3–13; Sib Or 7, 127) or in the air (PGM 1, 178), where evil spirits can prevent them from ascending higher (s. ἀήρ2b). τοῖς ἐν φυλακῇ πνεύμασιν πορευθεὶς ἐκήρυξεν 1 Pt 3:19 belongs here if it refers to Jesus’ preaching to the spirits of the dead confined in Hades (so Usteri et al.; s. also JMcCulloch, The Harrowing of Hell, 1930), whether it be when he descended into Hades, or when he returned to heaven (so RBultmann, Bekenntnis u. Liedfragmente im 1 Pt: ConNeot11, ’47, 1–14).—CClemen, Niedergefahren zu den Toten 1900; JTurmel, La Descente du Christ aux enfers 1905; JMonnier, La Descente aux enfers 1906; HHoltzmann, ARW 11, 1908, 285–97; KGschwind, Die Niederfahrt Christi in die Unterwelt 1911; DPlooij, De Descensus in 1 Pt 3:19 en 4:6: TT 47, 1913, 145–62; JBernard, The Descent into Hades a Christian Baptism (on 1 Pt 3:19ff): Exp. 8th ser., 11, 1916, 241–74; CSchmidt, Gespräche Jesu mit seinen Jüngern: TU 43, 1919, 452ff; JFrings, BZ 17, 1926, 75–88; JKroll, Gott u. Hölle ’32; RGanschinietz, Katabasis: Pauly-W. X/2, 1919, 2359–449; Clemen2 89–96; WBieder, Die Vorstellung v. d. Höllenfahrt Jesu Chr. ’49; SJohnson, JBL 79, ’60, 48–51; WDalton, Christ’s Proclamation to the Spirits ’65. S. also the lit. in Windisch, Hdb.2 1930, exc. on 1 Pt 3:20; ESelwyn, The First Ep. of St. Peter ’46 and 4c below.—This is prob. also the place for θανατωθεὶς μὲν σαρκὶ ζωοποιηθεὶς δὲ πνεύματι• ἐν ᾧ καὶ … 1 Pt 3:18f (some mss. read πνεύματι instead of πνεύμασιν in vs. 19, evidently in ref. to the manner of Jesus’ movement; πνεῦμα is that part of Christ which, in contrast to σάρξ, did not pass away in death, but survived as an individual entity after death; s. ἐν 7). Likew. the contrast κατὰ σάρκα … κατὰ πνεῦμα Ro 1:3f. Cp. 1 Ti 3:16.③ a part of human personality, spiritⓐ when used with σάρξ, the flesh, it denotes the immaterial part 2 Cor 7:1; Col 2:5. Flesh and spirit=the whole personality, in its outer and inner aspects, oft. in Ign.: IMg 1:2; 13:1a; ITr ins; 12:1; IRo ins; ISm 1:1; IPol 5:1; AcPl Ant 13, 18 (=Aa I 237, 3).—In the same sense beside σῶμα, the body (Simplicius, In Epict. p. 50, 1; Ps.-Phoc. 106f; PGM 1, 178) 1 Cor 5:3–5; 7:34.—The inner life of humans is divided into ψυχὴ καὶ πνεῦμα (cp. Ps.-Pla., Axioch. 10 p. 370c τὶ θεῖον ὄντως ἐνῆν πνεῦμα τῇ ψυχῇ=a divine spirit was actually in the soul; Wsd 15:11; Jos., Ant. 1, 34; Tat. 13, 2; 15, 1 et al.; Ath. 27, 1. S. also Herm. Wr. 10, 13; 16f; PGM 4, 627; 630. ἐκ τριῶν συνεστάναι λέγουσι τὸν ἄνθρωπον ἐκ ψυχῆς καὶ σώματος καὶ πνεύματος Did., Gen. 55, 14) Hb 4:12. Cp. Phil 1:27. τὸ πνεῦμα καὶ ἡ ψυχὴ καὶ τὸ σῶμα 1 Th 5:23 (s. GMilligan, Thess. 1908, 78f; EvDobschütz in Meyer X7 1909, 230ff; EBurton, Spirit, Soul, and Flesh 1918; AFestugière, La Trichotomie des 1 Th 5:23 et la Philos. gr.: RSR 20, 1930, 385–415; CMasson, RTP 33, ’45, 97–102; FGrant, An Introd. to NT Thought ’50, 161–66). σαρκί, ψυχῇ, πνεύματι IPhld 11:2.ⓑ as the source and seat of insight, feeling, and will, gener. as the representative part of human inner life (cp. PGM 4, 627; 3 Km 20:5; Sir 9:9 al.; Just., D. 30, 1; Did., Gen. 232, 5) ἐπιγνοὺς ὁ Ἰησοῦς τῷ πν. αὐτοῦ Mk 2:8. ἀναστενάξας τῷ πν. αὐτοῦ λέγει 8:12 (s. ἀναστενάζω). ἠγαλλίασεν τὸ πν. μου Lk 1:47 (in parallelism w. ψυχή vs. 46, as Sir 9:9). ἠγαλλιάσατο τῷ πν. 10:21 v.l., Ἰησοῦς ἐνεβριμήσατο τῷ πν. J 11:33 (s. ἐμβριμάομαι 3); Ἰης. ἐταράχθη τῷ πν. 13:21. παρωξύνετο τὸ πν. αὐτοῦ ἐν αὐτῷ Ac 17:16; ζέων τῷ πν. with spirit-fervor 18:25 (s. ζέω). τὸ παιδίον ἐκραταιοῦτο πνεύματι Lk 1:80; 2:40 v.l.; ἔθετο ὁ Παῦλος ἐν τῷ πν. Paul made up his mind Ac 19:21 (some would put this pass. in 6c, but cp. Lk 1:66 and analogous formulations Hom. et al. in L-S-J-M s.v. τίθημι A6). προσκυνήσουσιν τῷ πατρὶ ἐν πνεύματι of the spiritual, i.e. the pure, inner worship of God, that has nothing to do w. holy times, places, appurtenances, or ceremonies J 4:23; cp. vs. 24b. πν. συντετριμμένον (Ps 50:19) 1 Cl 18:17; 52:4.—2 Cl 20:4; Hv 3, 12, 2; 3, 13, 2.—This usage is also found in Paul. His conviction (s. 5 below) that the Christian possesses the (divine) πνεῦμα and thus is different fr. all other people, leads him to choose this word in preference to others, in order to characterize a believer’s inner being gener. ᾧ λατρεύω ἐν τῷ πν. μου Ro 1:9. οὐκ ἔσχηκα ἄνεσιν τῷ πν. μου 2 Cor 2:13. Cp. 7:13. As a matter of fact, it can mean simply a person’s very self or ego: τὸ πνεῦμα συμμαρτυρεῖ τῷ πνεύματι ἡμῶν the Spirit (of God) bears witness to our very self Ro 8:16 (cp. PGM 12, 327 ἠκούσθη μου τὸ πνεῦμα ὑπὸ πνεύματος οὐρανοῦ). ἀνέπαυσαν τὸ ἐμὸν πν. καὶ τὸ ὑμῶν they have refreshed both me and you 1 Cor 16:18. ἡ χάρις τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰ. Χρ. μετά τοῦ πν. (ὑμῶν) Gal 6:18; Phil 4:23; Phlm 25. Cp. 2 Ti 4:22. Likew. in Ign. τὸ ἐμὸν πν. my (unworthy) self IEph 18:1; IRo 9:3; cp. 1 Cor 2:11a—On the relation of the divine Spirit to the believer’s spiritual self, s. SWollenweider, Der Geist Gottes als Selbst der Glaubenden: ZTK 93, ’96, 163–92.—Only a part of the inner life, i.e. that which concerns the will, is meant in τὸ μὲν πνεῦμα πρόθυμον, ἡ δὲ σὰρξ ἀσθενής Mt 26:41; Mk 14:38; Pol 7:2. That which is inferior, anxiety, fear of suffering, etc. is attributed to the σάρξ.—The mng. of the expr. οἱ πτωχοὶ τῷ πνεύματι Mt 5:3 is difficult to determine w. certainty (cp. Pla., Ep. 7, 335a πένης ἀνὴρ τὴν ψυχήν. The dat. as τῇ ψυχῇ M. Ant. 6, 52; 8, 51). The sense is prob. those who are poor in their inner life, because they do not have a misdirected pride in their own spiritual riches (s. AKlöpper, Über den Sinn u. die ursprgl. Form der ersten Seligpreisung der Bergpredigt bei Mt: ZWT 37, 1894, 175–91; RKabisch, Die erste Seligpreisung: StKr 69, 1896, 195–215; KKöhler, Die ursprgl. Form der Seligpreisungen: StKr 91, 1918, 157–92; JBoehmer, De Schatkamer 17, 1923, 11–16, TT [Copenhagen] 4, 1924, 195–207, JBL 45, 1926, 298–304; WMacgregor, ET 39, 1928, 293–97; VMacchioro, JR 12, ’32, 40–49; EEvans, Theology 47, ’44, 55–60; HLeisegang, Pneuma Hagion 1922, 134ff; Betz, SM 116 n. 178 for Qumran reff.).ⓒ spiritual state, state of mind, disposition ἐν ἀγάπῃ πνεύματί τε πραΰτητος with love and a gentle spirit 1 Cor 4:21; cp. Gal 6:1. τὸ πν. τοῦ νοὸς ὑμῶν Eph 4:23 (s. νοῦς 2a). ἐν τῷ ἀφθάρτῳ τοῦ ἡσυχίου πνεύματος with the imperishable (gift) of a quiet disposition 1 Pt 3:4.④ an independent noncorporeal being, in contrast to a being that can be perceived by the physical senses, spirit (ELangton, Good and Evil Spirits ’42).ⓐ God personally: πνεῦμα ὁ θεός J 4:24a (Ath. 16, 2; on God as a spirit, esp. in the Stoa, s. MPohlenz, D. Stoa ’48/49. Hdb. ad loc. Also Celsus 6, 71 [Stoic]; Herm. Wr. 18, 3 ἀκάματον μέν ἐστι πνεῦμα ὁ θεός).ⓑ good, or at least not expressly evil spirits or spirit-beings (cp. CIG III, 5858b δαίμονες καὶ πνεύματα; Proclus on Pla., Cratyl. p. 69, 6; 12 Pasqu.; En 15:4; 6; 8; 10; TestAbr A 4 p. 81, 15f [Stone p. 10, 15f] πάντα τὰ ἐπουράνια πνεύματα; TestAbr B 13 p. 117, 26 [Stone p. 82] ὑψηλὸν πν.; PGM 3, 8 ἐπικαλοῦμαί σε, ἱερὸν πνεῦμα; 4, 1448; 3080; 12, 249) πνεῦμα w. ἄγγελος (cp. Jos., Ant. 4, 108; Ps.-Clem., Hom. 3, 33; 8, 12) Ac 23:8f. God is ὁ παντὸς πνεύματος κτίστης καὶ ἐπίσκοπος 1 Cl 59:3b.—Pl., God the μόνος εὐεργέτης πνεύματων 1 Cl 59:3a. Cp. 64 (s. on this Num 16:22; 27:16. Prayers for vengeance fr. Rheneia [Dssm., LO 351–55=LAE 423ff=SIG 1181, 2] τὸν θεὸν τὸν κύριον τῶν πνευμάτων; PGM 5, 467 θεὸς θεῶν, ὁ κύριος τῶν πν.; sim. the magic pap PWarr 21, 24; 26 [III A.D.]); the πατὴρ τῶν πνευμάτων Hb 12:9. Intermediary beings (in polytheistic terminology: δαίμονες) that serve God are called λειτουργικὰ πνεύματα Hb 1:14. In Rv we read of the ἑπτὰ πνεύματα (τοῦ θεοῦ) 1:4; 3:1; 4:5; 5:6; s. ASkrinjar, Biblica 16, ’35, 1–24; 113–40.— Ghost Lk 24:37, 39.ⓒ evil spirits (PGM 13, 798; 36, 160; TestJob 27, 2; ApcSed [both Satan]; AscIs 3:28; Just., D. 39, 6 al.; Ath. 25, 3), esp. in accounts of healing in the Synoptics: (τὸ) πνεῦμα (τὸ) ἀκάθαρτον (Just., D. 82, 3) Mt 12:43; Mk 1:23, 26; 3:30; 5:2, 8; 7:25; 9:25a; Lk 8:29; 9:42; 11:24; Rv 18:2. Pl. (TestBenj 5:2) Mt 10:1; Mk 1:27; 3:11; 5:13; 6:7; Lk 4:36; 6:18; Ac 5:16; 8:7; Rv 16:13; ending of Mk in the Freer ms.—τὸ πν. τὸ πονηρόν Ac 19:15f. Pl. (En 99:7; TestSim 4:9; 6:6, TestJud 16:1; Just., D. 76, 6) Lk 7:21; 8:2; Ac 19:12f.—πν. ἄλαλον Mk 9:17; cp. vs. 25b (s. ἄλαλος). πν. πύθων Ac 16:16 (s. πύθων). πν. ἀσθενείας Lk 13:11. Cp. 1 Ti 4:1b. πνεῦμα δαιμονίου ἀκαθάρτου (s. δαιμόνιον 2) Lk 4:33. πνεύματα δαιμονίων Rv 16:14 (in effect = personified ‘exhalations’ of evil powers; for the combination of πν. and δαιμ. cp. the love spell Sb 4324, 16f τὰ πνεύματα τῶν δαιμόνων τούτων).—Abs. of a harmful spirit Mk 9:20; Lk 9:39; Ac 16:18. Pl. Mt 8:16; 12:45; Lk 10:20; 11:26.—1 Pt 3:19 (s. 2 above) belongs here if the πνεύματα refer to hostile spirit-powers, evil spirits, fallen angels (so FSpitta, Christi Predigt an die Geister 1890; HGunkel, Zum religionsgesch. Verständnis des NT 1903, 72f; WBousset, ZNW 19, 1920, 50–66; Rtzst., Herr der Grösse 1919, 25ff; Knopf, Windisch, FHauck ad loc.; BReicke, The Disobedient Spirits and Christian Baptism ’46, esp. 54–56, 69).—Hermas also has the concept of evil spirits that lead an independent existence, and live and reign within the inner life of a pers.; the Holy Spirit, who also lives or would like to live there, is forced out by them (cp. TestDan 4) Hm 5, 1, 2–4; 5, 2, 5–8; 10, 1, 2. τὸ πν. τὸ ἅγιον … ἕτερον πονηρὸν πν. 5, 1, 2. These πνεύματα are ὀξυχολία 5, 1, 3; 5, 2, 8 (τὸ πονηρότατον πν.); 10, 1, 2; διψυχία 9:11 (ἐπίγειον πν. ἐστι παρὰ τοῦ διαβόλου); 10, 1, 2; λύπη 10, 1, 2 (πάντων τῶν πνευμάτων πονηροτέρα) and other vices. On the complicated pneuma-concept of the Mandates of Hermas s. MDibelius, Hdb. exc. on Hm 5, 2, 7; cp. Leutzsch, Hermas 453f n. 133.⑤ God’s being as controlling influence, with focus on association with humans, Spirit, spirit as that which differentiates God fr. everything that is not God, as the divine power that produces all divine existence, as the divine element in which all divine life is carried on, as the bearer of every application of the divine will. All those who belong to God possess or receive this spirit and hence have a share in God’s life. This spirit also serves to distinguish Christians fr. all unbelievers (cp. PGM 4, 1121ff, where the spirit is greeted as one who enters devotees and, in accordance w. God’s will, separates them fr. themselves, i.e. fr. the purely human part of their nature); for this latter aspect s. esp. 6 below.ⓐ the Spirit of God, of the Lord (=God) etc. (LXX; TestSim 4:4; JosAs 8:11; ApcSed 14:6; 15:6; ApcMos 43; SibOr 3, 701; Ps.-Phoc. 106; Philo; Joseph. [s. c below]; apolog. Cp. Plut., Numa 4, 6 πνεῦμα θεοῦ, capable of begetting children; s. παρθένος a) τὸ πν. τοῦ θεοῦ 1 Cor 2:11b, 14; 3:16; 6:11; 1J 4:2a (Just., D. 49, 3; Tat. 13, 3; Ath. 22, 3). τὸ τοῦ θεοῦ πν. 1 Pt 4:14 (Just., A I, 60, 6). τὸ πν. τὸ ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ 1 Cor 2:12b. τὸ πν. κυρίου Ac 5:9; B 6:14; B 9:2 (cp. Mel., P. 32, 222). τὸ πνεῦμά μου or αὐτοῦ: Mt 12:18 (Is 42:1); Ac 2:17f (Jo 3:1f.—Cp. 1QS 4:21); 1 Cor 2:10a v.l.; Eph 3:16; 1 Th 4:8 (where τὸ ἅγιον is added); 1J 4:13.—τὸ πν. τοῦ πατρὸς ὑμῶν Mt 10:20. τὸ πν. τοῦ ἐγείραντος τὸν Ἰησοῦν Ro 8:11a.—Without the art. πν. θεοῦ (JosAs 4:9; Tat. 15:3; Theoph. Ant. 1, 5 [p. 66, 18]) the Spirit of God Mt 3:16; 12:28; Ro 8:9b, 14, 19; 1 Cor 7:40; 12:3a; 2 Cor 3:3 (πν. θεοῦ ζῶντος); Phil 3:3. πν. κυρίου Lk 4:18 (Is 61:1); Ac 8:39 (like J 3:8; 20:22; Ac 2:4, this pass. belongs on the borderline betw. the mngs. ‘wind’ and ‘spirit’; cp. Diod S 3, 60, 3 Ἕσπερον ἐξαίφνης ὑπὸ πνευμάτων συναρπαγέντα μεγάλων ἄφαντον γενέσθαι ‘Hesperus [a son of Atlas] was suddenly snatched by strong winds and vanished fr. sight’. S. HLeisegang, Der Hl. Geist I 1, 1919, 19ff; OCullmann, TZ. 4, ’48, 364); 1 Cl 21:2.ⓑ the Spirit of Christ, of the Lord (=Christ) etc. τὸ πν. Ἰησοῦ Ac 16:7. τὸ πν. Χριστοῦ AcPlCor 2:32. τὸ ἐν αὐτοῖς πν. Χριστοῦ 1 Pt 1:11. πν. Χριστοῦ Ro 8:9c. πν. τοῦ Χριστοῦ AcPl Ha 8, 18. ἀπὸ τοῦ πν. τοῦ χριστοῦ AcPlCor 2:10. τὸ πν. Ἰης. Χριστοῦ Phil 1:19. τὸ πν. κυρίου 2 Cor 3:17b (JHermann, Kyrios und Pneuma, ’61). τὸ πν. τοῦ υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ (=θεοῦ) Gal 4:6. As possessor of the divine Spirit, and at the same time controlling its distribution among humans, Christ is called κύριος πνεύματος Lord of the Spirit 2 Cor 3:18 (s. Windisch ad loc.); but many prefer to transl. from the Lord who is the Spirit.—CMoule, OCullmann Festschr., ’72, 231–37.ⓒ Because of its heavenly origin and nature this Spirit is called (the) Holy Spirit (cp. PGM 4, 510 ἵνα πνεύσῃ ἐν ἐμοὶ τὸ ἱερὸν πνεῦμα.—Neither Philo nor Josephus called the Spirit πν. ἅγιον; the former used θεῖον or θεοῦ πν., the latter πν. θεῖον: Ant. 4, 118; 8, 408; 10, 239; but ἅγιον πνεῦμα Orig. C. Cels 1, 40, 16).α. w. the art. τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον (Is 63:10f; Ps 50:13; 142:10 v.l.; cp. Sus 45 Theod.; TestAbr A 4 p. 81, 10 [Stone p. 10]; JosAs 8:11 [codd. ADE]; AscIs 3, 15, 26; Just., D. 36, 6 al.) Mt 12:32 = Mk 3:29 = Lk 12:10 (τὸ ἅγιον πνεῦμα; on the ‘sin against the Holy Spirit’ s. HLeisegang, Pneuma Hagion 1922, 96–112; AFridrichsen, Le péché contre le Saint-Esprit: RHPR 3, 1923, 367–72). Mk 12:36; 13:11; Lk 2:26; 3:22; 10:21; J 14:26; Ac 1:16; 2:33; 5:3, 32; 7:51; 8:18 v.l.; 10:44, 47; 11:15; 13:2; 15:8, 28; 19:6; 20:23, 28; 21:11; 28:25; Eph 1:13 (τὸ πν. τῆς ἐπαγγελίας τὸ ἅγιον); 4:30 (τὸ πν. τὸ ἅγιον τοῦ θεοῦ); Hb 3:7; 9:8; 10:15; 1 Cl 13:1; 16:2; 18:11 (Ps 50:13); 22:1; IEph 9:1; Hs 5, 5, 2; 5, 6, 5–7 (on the relationship of the Holy Spirit to the Son in Hermas s. ALink, Christi Person u. Werk im Hirten des Hermas 1886; JvWalter, ZNW 14, 1913, 133–44; MDibelius, Hdb. exc. following Hs 5, 6, 8 p. 572–76).—τὸ ἅγιον πνεῦμα (Wsd 9:17; OdeSol 11:2; TestJob 51:2; ApcEsdr 7:16; Just. D. 25, 1 al.) Mt 28:19; Lk 12:10 (s. above), 12; Ac 1:8; 2:38 (epexegetic gen.); 4:31; 9:31; 10:45; 13:4; 16:6; 1 Cor 6:19; 2 Cor 13:13; 1J 5:7 v.l. (on the Comma Johanneum s. λόγο 3); GJs 24:4 (s. χρηματίζω 1bα). As the mother of Jesus GHb 20, 61 (HLeisegang, Pneuma Hagion 1922, 64ff; SHirsch, D. Vorstellg. v. e. weibl. πνεῦμα ἅγ. im NT u. in d. ältesten christl. Lit. 1927. Also WBousset, Hauptprobleme der Gnosis 1907, 9ff).β. without the art. (s. B-D-F §257, 2; Rob. 761; 795) πνεῦμα ἅγιον (PGM 3, 289; Da 5:12 LXX; PsSol 17:37; AssMos Fgm. b; Just., D. 4, 1 al.; Ath. 24, 1. S. also Da Theod. 4:8, 9, 18 θεοῦ πνεῦμα ἅγιον or πνεῦμα θεοῦ ἅγιον) Mk 1:8; Lk 1:15, 35, 41, 67; 2:25; 4:1; 11:13; J 20:22 (Cassien, La pentecôte johannique [J 20:19–23] ’39.—See also 1QS 4:20f); Ac 2:4a; 4:8; 7:55; 8:15, 17, 19; 9:17; 10:38; 11:24; 13:9; 19:2ab; Hb 2:4; 6:4; 1 Pt 1:12 v.l.; 1 Cl 2:2; AcPl 6:18; 9:4 (restored after Aa I 110, 11); AcPlCor 2:5.—So oft. in combination w. a prep.: διὰ πνεύματος ἁγίου Ac 1:2; 4:25; Ro 5:5; 2 Ti 1:14; 1 Cl 8:1 (cp. διὰ πν. αἰωνίου Hb 9:14). διὰ φωνῆς πν. ἁγίου AcPl Ha 11, 6. ἐκ πνεύματος ἁγίου (Eus., PE 3, 12, 3 of the Egyptians: ἐκ τ. πνεύματος οἴονται συλλαμβάνειν τὸν γῦπα. Here πνεῦμα= ‘wind’; s. Horapollo 1, 11 p. 14f. The same of other birds since Aristot.—On the neut. πνεῦμα as a masc. principle cp. Aristoxenus, Fgm. 13 of the two original principles: πατέρα μὲν φῶς, μητέρα δὲ σκότος) Mt 1:18, 20; IEph 18:2; GJs 14:2; 19:1 (pap). ἐν πνεύματι ἁγίῳ (PsSol 17:37; ApcZeph; Ar. 15, 1) Mt 3:11; Mk 1:8 v.l.; Lk 3:16; J 1:33b; Ac 1:5 (cp. 1QS 3:7f); 11:16; Ro 9:1; 14:17; 15:16; 1 Cor 12:3b; 2 Cor 6:6; 1 Th 1:5; 1 Pt 1:12 (without ἐν v.l.); Jd 20. ὑπὸ πνεύματος ἁγίου 2 Pt 1:21. Cp. ἐν δυνάμει πνεύματος ἁγίου Ro 15:13, 19 v.l. (for πνεύματος θεοῦ). μετὰ χαρᾶς πνεύματος ἁγίου 1 Th 1:6. διὰ ἀνακαινώσεως πνεύματος ἁγίου Tit 3:5.ⓓ abs.α. w. the art. τὸ πνεῦμα. In this connection the art. is perh. used anaphorically at times, w. the second mention of a word (s. B-D-F §252; Rob. 762); perh. Mt 12:31 (looking back to vs. 28 πν. θεοῦ); Mk 1:10, 12 (cp. vs. 8 πν. ἅγιον); Lk 4:1b, 14 (cp. vs. 1a); Ac 2:4b (cp. vs. 4a).—As a rule it is not possible to assume that anaphora is present: Mt 4:1; J 1:32, 33a; 3:6a, 8b (in wordplay), 34; 7:39a; Ac 8:29; 10:19; 11:12, 28; 19:1 D; 20:3 D, 22; 21:4; Ro 8:23 (ἀπαρχή 1bβ; 2), 26a, 27; 12:11; 15:30; 2 Cor 1:22 and 5:5 (KErlemann, ZNW 83, ’92, 202–23, and s. ἀρραβών); 12:18 (τῷ αὐτῷ πν.); Gal 3:2, 5, 14 (ἐπαγγελία 1bβ); Eph 4:3 (gen. of the author); 6:17 (perh. epexegetic gen.); 1 Ti 4:1a; Js 4:5; 1J 3:24; 5:6ab (some mss. add καὶ πνεύματος to the words διʼ ὕδατος κ. αἵματος at the beg. of the verse; this is approved by HvSoden, Moffatt, Vogels, Merk, and w. reservations by CDodd, The Joh. Epistles ’46, TManson, JTS 48, ’47, 25–33), vs. 8; Rv 2:7, 11, 17, 29; 3:6, 13, 22; 14:13; 22:17; B 19:2, B 7= D 4:10 (s. ἐτοιμάζω b). ἐν τῷ πνεύματι (led) by the Spirit Lk 2:27.—Paul links this Spirit of God, known to every Christian, with Christ as liberating agent in contrast to legal constraint ὁ κύριος τὸ πνεῦμα ἐστιν the Lord means Spirit 2 Cor 3:17a (UHolzmeister, 2 Cor 3:17 Dominus autem Spiritus est 1908; JNisius, Zur Erklärung v. 2 Cor 3:16ff: ZKT 40, 1916, 617–75; JKögel, Ὁ κύριος τὸ πνεῦμά ἐστιν: ASchlatter Festschr. 1922, 35–46; C Guignebert, Congr. d’Hist. du Christ. II 1928, 7–22; EFuchs, Christus u. d. Geist b. Pls ’32; HHughes, ET 45, ’34, 235f; CLattey, Verb. Dom. 20, ’40, 187–89; DGriffiths ET 55, ’43, 81–83; HIngo, Kyrios und Pneuma, ’61 [Paul]; JDunn, JTS 21, ’70, 309–20).β. without the art. πνεῦμα B 1:3. κοινωνία πνεύματος Phil 2:1 (κοινωνία 1 and 2). πνεύματι in the Spirit or through the Spirit Gal 3:3; 5:5, 16, 18; 1 Pt 4:6. εἰ ζῶμεν πνεύματι, πνεύματι καὶ στοιχῶμεν if we live by the Spirit, let us also walk by the Spirit Gal 5:25. Freq. used w. a prep.: διὰ πνεύματος 1 Pt 1:22 v.l. ἐξ (ὕδατος καὶ) πνεύματος J 3:5. ἐν πνεύματι in, by, through the Spirit Mt 22:43; Eph 2:22; 3:5; 5:18; 6:18; Col 1:8 (ἀγάπη ἐν πνεύματι love called forth by the Spirit); B 9:7. κατὰ πνεῦμα Ro 8:4f; Gal 4:29. ἐν ἁγιασμῷ πνεύματος 2 Th 2:13; 1 Pt 1:2 (s. ἁγιασμός).—In neg. expressions: οὔπω ἧν πνεῦμα the Spirit had not yet come J 7:39b. ψυχικοὶ πνεῦμα μὴ ἔχοντες worldly people, who do not have the Spirit Jd 19.—ἓν πνεῦμα one and the same Spirit 1 Cor 12:13; Eph 2:18; 4:4; one (in) Spirit 1 Cor 6:17.ⓔ The Spirit is more closely defined by a gen. of thing: τὸ πν. τῆς ἀληθείας (TestJud 20:5) J 14:17; 15:26; 16:13 (in these three places the Spirit of Truth is the Paraclete promised by Jesus upon his departure); 1J 4:6 (opp. τὸ πνεῦμα τῆς πλάνης, as TestJud 20:1; PsSol 8:14 πλ. πλανήσεως; Just., D. 7, 3 πλάνου καὶ ἀκαθάρτου πνεύματος; cp. 1QS 4:23); τὸ τῆς δόξης πν. 1 Pt 4:14. τὸ πν. τῆς ζωῆς the Spirit of life Ro 8:2. το πν. τῆς πίστεως 2 Cor 4:13. πν. σοφίας καὶ ἀποκαλύψεως Eph 1:17 (cp. Just., D. 87, 4). πν. υἱοθεσίας Ro 8:15b (opp. πν. δουλείας vs. 15a). πν. δυνάμεως AcPl Ha 8, 25. πν. δυνάμεως καὶ ἀγάπης καὶ σωφρονισμοῦ 2 Ti 1:7 (opp. πν. δειλίας). τὸ πν. τῆς χάριτος (s. TestJud 24:2) Hb 10:29 (Zech 12:10); cp. 1 Cl 46:6.ⓕ Of Christ ‘it is written’ in Scripture: (ἐγένετο) ὁ ἔσχατος Ἀδὰμ εἰς πνεῦμα ζῳοποιοῦν 1 Cor 15:45. The scripture pass. upon which the first part of this verse is based is Gen 2:7, where Wsd 15:11 also substitutes the words πνεῦμα ζωτικόν for πνοὴν ζωῆς (cp. Just., D. 6, 2). On the other hand, s. Philo, Leg. All. 1, 42 and s. the lit. s.v. Ἀδάμ ad loc.ⓖ The (divine) Pneuma stands in contrast to everything that characterizes this age or the finite world gener.: οὐ τὸ πν. τοῦ κόσμου ἀλλὰ τὸ πν. τὸ ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ 1 Cor 2:12; cp. Eph 2:2 and 1 Ti 4:1ab.α. in contrast to σάρξ, which is more closely connected w. sin than any other earthly material (Just., D. 135, 6): J 3:6; Ro 8:4–6, 9a, 13; Gal 3:3; 5:17ab; 6:8. Cp. B 10:9. πᾶσα ἐπιθυμία κατὰ τοῦ πνεύματος στρατεύεται Pol 5:3.β. in contrast to σῶμα (=σάρξ) Ro 8:10 and to σάρξ (=σῶμα, as many hold) J 6:63a (for τὸ πν. ἐστιν τὸ ζῳοποιοῦν cp. Philo, Op. Mund. 30; Herm. Wr. in Cyrill., C. Jul. I 556c=542, 24 Sc. the pneuma τὰ πάντα ζῳοποιεῖ καὶ τρέφει. S. also f above). Cp. Ro 8:11b.γ. in contrast to γράμμα, which is the characteristic quality of God’s older declaration of the divine will in the law: Ro 2:29; 7:6; 2 Cor 3:6ab, 8 (cp. vs. 7).δ. in contrast to the wisdom of humans 1 Cor 2:13.⑥ the Spirit of God as exhibited in the character or activity of God’s people or selected agents, Spirit, spirit (s. HPreisker, Geist u. Leben ’33).ⓐ πνεῦμα is accompanied by another noun, which characterizes the working of the Spirit more definitely: πνεῦμα καὶ δύναμις spirit and power Lk 1:17; 1 Cor 2:4. Cp. Ac 10:38; 1 Th 1:5. πνεῦμα καὶ ζωή J 6:63b. πνεῦμα κ. σοφία Ac 6:3; cp. vs. 10 (cp. TestReub 2:6 πνεῦμα λαλίας). πίστις κ. πνεῦμα ἅγιον 6:5 (cp. Just., D. 135, 6). χαρὰ καὶ πνεῦμα ἅγ. 13:52.ⓑ Unless frustrated by humans in their natural condition, the Spirit of God produces a spiritual type of conduct Gal 5:16, 25 and produces the καρπὸς τοῦ πνεύματος vs. 22 (s. Vögtle under πλεονεξία).ⓒ The Spirit inspires certain people of God B 12:2; B 13:5, above all, in their capacity as proclaimers of a divine revelation (Strabo 9, 3, 5 the πνεῦμα ἐνθουσιαστικόν, that inspired the Pythia; Περὶ ὕψους 13, 2; 33, 5 of the divine πν. that impels prophets and poets to express themselves; schol. on Pla. 856e of a μάντις: ἄνωθεν λαμβάνειν τὸ πνεῦμα καὶ πληροῦσθαι τοῦ θεοῦ; Aristobulus in Eus., PE 8, 10, 4 [=Fgm. 2, 4 p. 136 Holladay] τὸ θεῖον πν., καθʼ ὸ̔ καὶ προφήτης ἀνακεκήρυκται ‘[Moses possessed] the Divine Spirit with the result that he was proclaimed a prophet’; AscIs 1:7 τὸ πν. τὸ λαλοῦν ἐν ἐμοί; AssMos Fgm. f εἶδεν πνεύματι ἐπαρθείς; Just., A I, 38, 1 al.; Ath. 10, 3 τὸ προφητικὸν πν. Cp. Marinus, Vi. Procli 23 of Proclus: οὐ γὰρ ἄνευ θείας ἐπινοίας … διαλέγεσθαι; Orig., C. Cels. 3, 28, 23). προφητεία came into being only as ὑπὸ πνεύματος ἁγίου φερόμενοι ἐλάλησαν ἀπὸ θεοῦ ἄνθρωποι 2 Pt 1:21; cp. Ac 15:29 v.l.; cp. 1 Cl 8:1. David Mt 22:43; Mk 12:36; cp. Ac 1:16; 4:25. Isaiah Ac 28:25. Moses B 10:2, B 9; the Spirit was also active in giving the tables of the law to Moses 14:2. Christ himself spoke in the OT διὰ τοῦ πνεύματος τοῦ ἁγίου 1 Cl 22:1. The ἱεραὶ γραφαί are called αἱ διὰ τοῦ πν. τοῦ ἁγίου 45:2.—The Christian prophet Agabus also ἐσήμαινεν διὰ τοῦ πν. Ac 11:28; cp. Ac 21:11. Likew. Ign. IPhld 7:2. In general the Spirit reveals the most profound secrets to those who believe 1 Cor 2:10ab.—1 Cl claims to be written διὰ τοῦ ἁγ. πν. 63:2. On Ac 19:21 s. 3b.ⓓ The Spirit of God, being one, shows the variety and richness of its life in the different kinds of spiritual gifts which are granted to certain Christians 1 Cor 12:4, 7, 11; cp. vs. 13ab.—Vss. 8–10 enumerate the individual gifts of the Spirit, using various prepositions: διὰ τοὺ πν. vs. 8a; κατὰ τὸ πν. vs. 8b; ἐν τῷ πν. vs. 9ab. τὸ πν. μὴ σβέννυτε do not quench the Spirit 1 Th 5:19 refers to the gift of prophecy, acc. to vs. 20.—The use of the pl. πνεύματα is explained in 1 Cor 14:12 by the varied nature of the Spirit’s working; in vs. 32 by the number of persons who possess the prophetic spirit; on the latter s. Rv 22:6 and 19:10.ⓔ One special type of spiritual gift is represented by ecstatic speaking. Of those who ‘speak in tongues’ that no earthly person can understand: πνεύματι λαλεῖ μυστήρια expresses secret things in a spiritual way 1 Cor 14:2. Cp. vss. 14–16 and s. νοῦς 1b. τὸ πνεῦμα ὑπερεντυγχάνει στεναγμοῖς ἀλαλήτοις the Spirit pleads in our behalf with groans beyond words Ro 8:26b. Of speech that is ecstatic, but expressed in words that can be understood λαλεῖν ἐν πνεύματι D 11:7, 8; cp. vs. 9 (on the subject-matter 1 Cor 12:3; Jos., Ant. 4, 118f; TestJob 43:2 ἀναλαβὼν Ἐλιφᾶς πν. εἶπεν ὕμνον). Of the state of mind of the seer of the Apocalypse: ἐν πνεύματι Rv 17:3; 21:10; γενέσθαι ἐν πν. 1:10; 4:2 (s. γίνομαι 5c, ἐν 4c and EMoering, StKr 92, 1920, 148–54; RJeske, NTS 31, ’85, 452–66); AcPl Ha 6, 27. On the Spirit at Pentecost Ac 2:4 s. KLake: Beginn. I 5, ’33, 111–21. κατασταλέντος τοῦ πν. τοῦ ἐν Μύρτῃ when the Spirit (of prophecy) that was in Myrta ceased speaking AcPl Ha 7, 9.ⓕ The Spirit leads and directs Christian missionaries in their journeys (Aelian, NA 11, 16 the young women are led blindfolded to the cave of the holy serpent; they are guided by a πνεῦμα θεῖον) Ac 16:6, 7 (by dreams, among other methods; cp. vs. 9f and s. Marinus, Vi. Procli 27: Proclus ἔφασκεν προθυμηθῆναι μὲν πολλάκις γράψαι, κωλυθῆναι δὲ ἐναργῶς ἔκ τινων ἐνυπνίων). In Ac 16:6–7 τὸ ἅγιον πν. and τὸ πν. Ἰησοῦ are distinguished.⑦ an activating spirit that is not fr. God, spirit: πν. ἔτερον a different (kind of) spirit 2 Cor 11:4. Cp. 2 Th 2:2; 1J 4:1–3. Because there are persons activated by such spirits, it is necessary to test the var. kinds of spirits (the same problem Artem. 3, 20 περὶ διαφορᾶς μάντεων, οἷς δεῖ προσέχειν καὶ οἷς μή) 1 Cor 12:10; 1J 4:1b. ὁ διάβολος πληροῖ αὐτὸν αὐτοῦ πν. Hm 11:3. Also οὐκ οἴδατε ποίου πνεύματός ἐστε Lk 9:55 v.l. distinguishes betw. the spirit shown by Jesus’ disciples, and another kind of spirit.—Even more rarely a spirit divinely given that is not God’s own; so (in a quot. fr. Is 29:10) a πνεῦμα κατανύξεως Ro 11:8.⑧ an independent transcendent personality, the Spirit, which appears in formulas that became more and more fixed and distinct (cp. Ath. 12, 2; Hippol., Ref. 7, 26, 2.—Ps.-Lucian, Philopatr. 12 θεόν, υἱόν πατρός, πνεῦμα ἐκ πατρὸς ἐκπορευόμενον ἓν ἐκ τριῶν καὶ ἐξ ἑνὸς τρία, ταῦτα νόμιζε Ζῆνα, τόνδʼ ἡγοῦ θεόν=‘God, son of the father, spirit proceeding from the father, one from three and three from one, consider these as Zeus, think of this one as God’. The entire context bears a Christian impress.—As Aion in gnostic speculation Iren. 1, 2, 5 [Harv. I 21, 2]): βαπτίζοντες αὐτοὺς εἰς τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ πατρὸς καὶ τοῦ υἱοῦ καὶ τοῦ ἁγίου πνεύματος Mt 28:19 (on the text s. βαπτίζω 2c; on the subject-matter GWalther, Die Entstehung des Taufsymbols aus dem Taufritus: StKr 95, 1924, 256ff); D 7:1, 3. Cp. 2 Cor 13:13; 1 Cl 58:2; IEph 9:1; IMg 13:1b, 2; MPol 14:3; 22:1, 3; Epil Mosq 5. On this s. HUsener, Dreiheit: RhM 58, 1903, 1ff; 161ff; 321ff; esp. 36ff; EvDobschütz, Zwei-u. dreigliedrige Formeln: JBL 50, ’31, 116–47 (also Heinrici Festschr. 1914, 92–100); Norden, Agn. Th. 228ff; JMainz, Die Bed. der Dreizahl im Judentum 1922; Clemen2 125–28; NSöderblom, Vater, Sohn u. Geist 1909; DNielsen, Der dreieinige Gott I 1922; GKrüger, Das Dogma v. der Dreieinigkeit 1905, 46ff; AHarnack, Entstehung u. Entwicklung der Kirchenverfassung 1910, 187ff; JHaussleiter, Trinitarischer Glaube u. Christusbekenntnis in der alten Kirche: BFCT XXV 4, 1920; JLebreton, Histoire du dogme de la Trinité I: Les origines6 1927; RBlümel, Pls u. d. dreieinige Gott 1929.—On the whole word FRüsche, D. Seelenpneuma ’33; HLeisegang, Der Hl. Geist I 1, 1919; EBurton, ICC Gal 1921, 486–95; PVolz, Der Geist Gottes u. d. verwandten Erscheinungen im AT 1910; JHehn, Zum Problem des Geistes im alten Orient u. im AT: ZAW n.s. 2, 1925, 210–25; SLinder, Studier till Gamla Testamentets föreställningar om anden 1926; AMarmorstein, Der Hl. Geist in der rabb. Legende: ARW 28, 1930, 286–303; NSnaith, The Distinctive Ideas of the OT ’46, 229–37; FDillistone, Bibl. Doctrine of the Holy Spirit: Theology Today 3, ’46/47, 486–97; TNicklin, Gospel Gleanings ’50, 341–46; ESchweizer, CDodd Festschr., ’56, 482–508; DLys, Rûach, Le Souffle dans l’AT, ’62; DHill, Gk. Words and Hebr. Mngs. ’67, 202–93.—HGunkel, Die Wirkungen des Hl. Geistes2 1899; HWeinel, Die Wirkungen des Geistes u. der Geister im nachap. Zeitalter 1899; EWinstanley, The Spirit in the NT 1908; HSwete, The Holy Spirit in the NT 1909, The Holy Spirit in the Ancient Church 1912; EScott, The Spirit in the NT 1923; FBüchsel, Der Geist Gottes im NT 1926; EvDobschütz, Der Geistbesitz des Christen im Urchristentum: Monatsschr. für Pastoral-theol. 20, 1924, 228ff; FBadcock, ‘The Spirit’ and Spirit in the NT: ET 45, ’34, 218–21; RBultmann, Theologie des NT ’48, 151–62 (Eng. tr. KGrobel, ’51, I 153–64); ESchweizer, Geist u. Gemeinde im NT ’52, Int 6, ’52, 259–78.—WTosetti, Der Hl. Geist als göttliche Pers. in den Evangelien 1918; HLeisegang, Pneuma Hagion. Der Ursprung des Geistbegriffs der Syn. Ev. aus der griech. Mystik 1922; AFrövig, Das Sendungsbewusstsein Jesu u. der Geist 1924; HWindisch, Jes. u. d. Geist nach Syn. Überl.: Studies in Early Christianity, presented to FCPorter and BWBacon 1928, 209–36; FSynge, The Holy Spirit in the Gospels and Acts: CQR 120, ’35, 205–17; CBarrett, The Holy Spirit and the Gospel Trad. ’47.—ESokolowski, Die Begriffe Geist u. Leben bei Pls 1903; KDeissner, Auferstehungshoffnung u. Pneumagedanke bei Pls 1912; GVos, The Eschatological Aspect of the Pauline Conception of the Spirit: Bibl. and Theol. Studies by the Faculty of Princeton Theol. Sem. 1912, 209–59; HBertrams, Das Wesen des Geistes nach d. Anschauung des Ap. Pls 1913; WReinhard, Das Wirken des Hl. Geistes im Menschen nach den Briefen des Ap. Pls 1918; HHoyle, The Holy Spirit in St. Paul 1928; PGächter, Z. Pneumabegriff des hl. Pls: ZKT 53, 1929, 345–408; ASchweitzer, D. Mystik des Ap. Pls 1930, 159–74 al. [Mysticism of Paul the Apostle, tr. WMontgomery ’31, 160–76 al.]; E-BAllo, RB 43, ’34, 321–46 [1 Cor]; Ltzm., Hdb. exc. after Ro 8:11; Synge [s. above], CQR 119, ’35, 79–93 [Pauline epp.]; NWaaning, Onderzoek naar het gebruik van πνεῦμα bij Pls, diss. Amsterd. ’39; RJewett, Paul’s Anthropological Terms, ’71, 167–200.—HvBaer, Der Hl. Geist in den Lukasschriften 1926; MGoguel, La Notion joh. de l’Esprit 1902; JSimpson, The Holy Spirit in the Fourth Gospel: Exp., 9th ser., 4, 1925, 292–99; HWindisch, Jes. u. d. Geist im J.: Amicitiae Corolla (RHarris Festschr.) ’33, 303–18; WLofthouse, The Holy Spirit in Ac and J: ET 52, ’40/41, 334–36; CBarrett, The Holy Spirit in the Fourth Gospel: JTS 1 n.s., ’50, 1–15; FCrump, Pneuma in the Gospels, diss. Catholic Univ. of America, ’54; GLampe, Studies in the Gospels (RHLightfoot memorial vol.) ’55, 159–200; NHamilton, The Holy Spirit and Eschatology in Paul, ’57; WDavies, Paul and the Dead Sea Scrolls, Flesh and Spirit: The Scrolls and the NT, ed. KStendahl, ’57, 157–82.—GJohnston, ‘Spirit’ and ‘Holy Spirit’ in the Qumran Lit.: NT Sidelights (ACPurdy Festschr.) ’60, 27–42; JPryke, ‘Spirit’ and ‘Flesh’ in Qumran and NT, RevQ 5, ’65, 346–60; HBraun, Qumran und d. NT II, ’66, 150–64; DHill, Greek Words and Hebrew Meanings, ’67, 202–93; WBieder, Pneumatolog. Aspekte im Hb, OCullmann Festschr. ’72, 251–59; KEasley, The Pauline Usage of πνεύματι as a Reference to the Spirit of God: JETS 27, ’84, 299–313 (statistics).—B. 260; 1087. Pauly-W. XIV 387–412. BHHW I 534–37. Schmidt, Syn. II 218–50. New Docs 4, 38f. DELG s.v. πνέω. M-M. Dict. de la Bible XI 126–398. EDNT. TW. Sv. -
7 ἐν
ἐν prep. w. dat. (Hom.+). For lit. s. ἀνά and εἰς, beg. For special NT uses s. AOepke, TW II 534–39. The uses of this prep. are so many and various, and oft. so easily confused, that a strictly systematic treatment is impossible. It must suffice to list the main categories, which will help establish the usage in individual cases. The earliest auditors/readers, not being inconvenienced by grammatical and lexical debates, would readily absorb the context and experience little difficulty.① marker of a position defined as being in a location, in, among (the basic idea, Rob. 586f)ⓐ of the space or place within which someth. is found, in: ἐν τῇ πόλει Lk 7:37. ἐν Βηθλέεμ Mt 2:1. ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ 3:1 (Just., D. 19, 5, cp. A I, 12, 6 ἐν ἐρημίᾳ) ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ Ac 5:42. ἐν οἴκῳ 1 Ti 3:15 and very oft. ἐν τοῖς τοῦ πατρός μου in my Father’s house Lk 2:49 and perh. Mt 20:15 (cp. Jos., Ant. 16, 302, C. Ap. 1, 118 ἐν τοῖς τοῦ Διός; PTebt 12, 3; POxy 523, 3; Tob 6:11 S; Goodsp., Probs. 81–83). ἐν τῇ ἀγορᾷ Mt 20:3. ἐν (τῷ) οὐρανῷ in heaven (Arat., Phaen. 10; Diod S 4, 61, 6; Plut., Mor. 359d τὰς ψυχὰς ἐν οὐρανῷ λάμπειν ἄστρα; Tat. 12, 2 τὰ ἄστρα τὰ ἐν αὐτῷ) Ac 2:19 (Jo 3:3); Rv 12:1; IEph 19:2.—W. quotations and accounts of the subject matter of literary works: in (Ps.-Demetr. c. 226 ὡς ἐν τῷ Εὐθυδήμῳ; Simplicius in Epict. p. 28, 37 ἐν τῷ Φαίδωνι; Ammon. Hermiae in Aristot. De Interpret. c. 9 p. 136, 20 Busse ἐν Τιμαίῳ παρειλήφαμεν=we have received as a tradition; 2 Macc 2:4; 1 Esdr 1:40; 5:48; Sir 50:27; Just., A I, 60, 1 ἐν τῷ παρὰ Πλάτωνι Τιμαίῳ) ἐν τῇ ἐπιστολῇ 1 Cor 5:9. ἐν τῷ νόμῳ Lk 24:44; J 1:45. ἐν τοῖς προφήταις Ac 13:40. ἐν Ἠλίᾳ in the story of Elijah Ro 11:2 (Just., D. 120, 3 ἐν τῷ Ἰούδα). ἐν τῷ Ὡσηέ 9:25 (Just., D. 44, 2 ἐν τῷ Ἰεζεκιήλ). ἐν Δαυίδ in the Psalter ( by David is also prob.: s. 6) Hb 4:7. ἐν ἑτέρῳ προφήτῃ in another prophet B 6:14. Of inner life φανεροῦσθαι ἐν ταῖς συνειδήσεσι be made known to (your) consciences 2 Cor 5:11. ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ Mt 5:28; 13:19; 2 Cor 11:12 et al.ⓑ on ἐν τῷ ὄρει (X., An. 4, 3, 31; Diod S 14, 16, 2 λόφος ἐν ᾧ=a hill on which; Jos., Ant. 12, 259; Just., D. 67, 9 ἐν ὄρει Χωρήβ) J 4:20f; Hb 8:5 (Ex 25:40). ἐν τῇ ἀγορᾷ in the market Mt 20:3. ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ on the way Mt 5:25. ἐν πλαξίν on tablets 2 Cor 3:3. ἐν ταῖς γωνίαις τῶν πλατειῶν on the street corners Mt 6:5.ⓒ within the range of, at, near (Soph., Fgm. 37 [34 N.2] ἐν παντὶ λίθῳ=near every stone; Artem. 4, 24 p. 217, 19 ἐν Τύρῳ=near Tyre; Polyaenus 8, 24, 7 ἐν τῇ νησῖδι=near the island; Diog. L. 1, 34; 85; 97 τὰ ἐν ποσίν=what is before one’s feet; Jos., Vi. 227 ἐν Χαβωλώ) ἐν τῷ γαζοφυλακείῳ (q.v.) J 8:20. ἐν τῷ Σιλωάμ near the pool of Siloam Lk 13:4. καθίζειν ἐν τῇ δεξιᾷ τινος sit at someone’s right hand (cp. 1 Esdr 4:29) Eph 1:20; Hb 1:3; 8:1.ⓓ among, in (Hom.+; PTebt 58, 41 [111 B.C.]; Sir 16:6; 31:9; 1 Macc 4:58; 5:2; TestAbr B 9 p. 13, 27 [Stone p. 74]; Just., A I, 5, 4 ἐν βαρβάροις) ἐν τῇ γενεᾷ ταύτῃ in the generation now living Mk 8:38. ἐν τῷ γένει μου among my people Gal 1:14 (Just., D. 51, 1 al. ἐν τῷ γένει ὑμῶν). ἐν ἡμῖν Hb 13:26. ἐν τῷ ὄχλῳ in the crowd Mk 5:30 (cp. Sir 7:7). ἐν ἀλλήλοις mutually (Thu. 1, 24, 4; Just., D. 101, 3) Ro 1:12; 15:5. ἐν τοῖς ἡγεμόσιν (=among the commanding officers: Diod S 18, 61, 2; Appian, Bell. Civ. 5, 21 §84) Ἰούδα Mt 2:6 et al. ἐν ἀνθρώποις among people (as Himerius, Or. 48 [14], 11; Just., A I, 23, 3, D. 64, 7) Lk 2:14; cp. Ac 4:12.ⓔ before, in the presence of, etc. (cp. Od. 2, 194; Eur., Andr. 359; Pla., Leg. 9, 879b; Demosth. 24, 207; Polyb. 5, 39, 6; Epict. 3, 22, 8; Appian, Maced. 18 §2 ἐν τοῖς φίλοις=in the presence of his friends; Sir 19:8; Jdth 6:2; PPetr. II, 4 [6], 16 [255/254 B.C.] δινὸν γάρ ἐστιν ἐν ὄχλῳ ἀτιμάζεσθαι=before a crowd) σοφίαν λαλοῦμεν ἐν τοῖς τελείοις in the presence of mature (i.e. spiritually sophisticated) adults 1 Cor 2:6 (cp. Simplicius in Epict. p. 131, 20 λέγειν τὰ θεωρήματα ἐν ἰδιώταις). ἐν τ. ὠσὶν ὑμῶν in your hearing Lk 4:21 (cp. Judg 17:2; 4 Km 23:2; Bar 1:3f), where the words can go linguistically just as well w. πεπλήρωται as w. ἡ γραφὴ αὕτη (this passage of scripture read in your hearing). ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖς τινος in someone’s eyes, i.e. judgment (Wsd 3:2; Sir 8:16; Jdth 3:4; 12:14; 1 Macc 1:12) Mt 21:42 (Ps 117:23). ἔν τινι in the same mng. as early as Trag. (Soph., Oed. C. 1213 ἐν ἐμοί=in my judgment, Ant. 925 ἐν θεοῖς καλά; also Pla., Prot. 337b; 343c) ἐν ἐμοί 1 Cor 14:11; possibly J 3:21 (s. 4c below) and Jd 1 belong here.—In the ‘forensic’ sense ἔν τινι can mean in someone’s court or forum (Soph., Ant. 459; Pla., Gorg. 464d, Leg. 11, 916b; Ael. Aristid. 38, 3 K.=7 p. 71 D.; 46 p. 283, 334 D.; Diod S 19, 51, 4; Ps.-Heraclit., Ep. 4, 6; but in several of these pass. the mng. does not go significantly beyond ‘in the presence of’ [s. above]) ἐν ὑμῖν 1 Cor 6:2 ( by you is also tenable; s. 6 below).ⓕ esp. to describe certain processes, inward: ἐν ἑαυτῷ to himself, i.e. in silence, διαλογίζεσθαι Mk 2:8; Lk 12:17; διαπορεῖν Ac 10:17; εἰδέναι J 6:61; λέγειν Mt 3:9; 9:21; Lk 7:49; εἰπεῖν 7:39 al.; ἐμβριμᾶσθαι J 11:38.② marker of a state or condition, inⓐ of being clothed and metaphors assoc. with such condition in, with (Hdt. 2, 159; X., Mem. 3, 11, 4; Diod S 1, 12, 9; Herodian 2, 13, 3; Jdth 10:3; 1 Macc 6:35; 2 Macc 3:33) ἠμφιεσμένον ἐν μαλακοῖς dressed in soft clothes Mt 11:8. περιβάλλεσθαι ἐν ἱματίοις Rv 3:5; 4:4. ἔρχεσθαι ἐν ἐνδύμασι προβάτων come in sheep’s clothing Mt 7:15. περιπατεῖν ἐν στολαῖς walk about in long robes Mk 12:38 (Tat. 2, 1 ἐν πορφυρίδι περιπατῶν); cp. Ac 10:30; Mt 11:21; Lk 10:13. ἐν λευκοῖς in white (Artem. 2, 3; 4, 2 ἐν λευκοῖς προϊέναι; Epict. 3, 22, 1) J 20:12; Hv 4, 2, 1. Prob. corresp. ἐν σαρκί clothed in flesh (cp. Diod S 1, 12, 9 deities appear ἐν ζῴων μορφαῖς) 1 Ti 3:16; 1J 4:2; 2J 7. ἐν πάσῃ τῇ δόξῃ αὐτοῦ in all his glory Mt 6:29 (cp. 1 Macc 10:86). ἐν τ. δόξῃ τοῦ πατρός clothed in his Father’s glory 16:27; cp. 25:31; Mk 8:38; Lk 9:31.ⓑ of other states and conditions (so freq. w. γίνομαι, εἰμί; Attic wr.; PPetr II, 11 [1], 8 [III B.C.] γράφε, ἵνα εἰδῶμεν ἐν οἷς εἶ; 39 [g], 16; UPZ 110, 176 [164 B.C.] et al.; LXX; Just., A I, 13, 2 πάλιν ἐν ἀφθαρσίᾳ γενέσθαι; 67, 6 τοῖς ἐν χρείᾳ οὖσι; Tat. 20, 1f οὐκ ἔστι γὰρ ἄπειρος ὁ οὐρανός, … πεπερασμένος δὲ καὶ ἐν τέρματι; Mel., HE 4, 26, 6 ἐν … λεηλασίᾳ ‘plundering’): ὑπάρχων ἐν βασάνοις Lk 16:23. ἐν τῷ θανάτῳ 1J 3:14. ἐν ζωῇ Ro 5:10. ἐν τοῖς δεσμοῖς Phlm 13 (Just., A II, 2, 11 ἐν δ. γενέσθαι). ἐν πειρασμοῖς 1 Pt 1:6; ἐν πολλοῖς ὢν ἀστοχήμασι AcPlCor 2:1. ἐν ὁμοιώματι σαρκός Ro 8:3. ἐν πολλῷ ἀγῶνι 1 Th 2:2. ἐν φθορᾷ in a state of corruptibility 1 Cor 15:42. ἐν ἑτοίμῳ ἔχειν 2 Cor 10:6 (cp. PEleph 10, 7 [223/222 B.C.] τ. λοιπῶν ἐν ἑτοίμῳ ὄντων; PGen 76, 8; 3 Macc 5:8); ἐν ἐκστάσει in a state of trance Ac 11:5 (opp. Just., D, 115, 3 ἐν καταστάσει ὤν). Of qualities: ἐν πίστει κ. ἀγάπῃ κ. ἁγιασμῷ 1 Ti 2:15; ἐν κακίᾳ καὶ φθόνῳ Tit 3:3; ἐν πανουργίᾳ 2 Cor 4:2; ἐν εὐσεβείᾳ καὶ σεμνότητι 1 Ti 2:2; ἐν τῇ ἀνοχῇ τοῦ θεοῦ Ro 3:26; ἐν μυστηρίῳ 1 Cor 2:7; ἐν δόξῃ Phil 4:19.③ marker of extension toward a goal that is understood to be within an area or condition, into: ἐν is somet. used w. verbs of motion where εἰς would normally be expected (Diod S 23, 8, 1 Ἄννων ἐπέρασε ἐν Σικελίᾳ; Hero I 142, 7; 182, 4; Paus. 7, 4, 3 διαβάντες ἐν τῇ Σάμῳ; Epict. 1, 11, 32; 2, 20, 33; Aelian, VH 4, 18; Vett. Val. 210, 26; 212, 6 al., s. index; Pel.-Leg. 1, 4; 5; 2, 1; PParis 10, 2 [145 B.C.] ἀνακεχώρηκεν ἐν Ἀλεξανδρείᾳ; POxy 294, 4; BGU 22, 13; Tob 5:5 BA; 1 Macc 10:43; TestAbr B 2 p. 106, 23=Stone p. 60 [s. on the LXX Thackeray 25]; πέμψον αὐτοὺς ἐν πολέμῳ En 10:9; TestAbr A 6 p. 83, 22 [Stone p. 14] δάκρυα … ἐν τῷ νιπτῆρι πίπτοντα): εἰσέρχεσθαι Lk 9:46; Rv 11:11; ἀπάγειν GJs 6:1; ἀνάγειν 7:1; εἰσάγειν 10:1; καταβαίνειν J 5:3 (4) v.l.; ἀναβαίνειν GJs 22:13; ἀπέρχεσθαι (Diod S 23, 18, 5) Hs 1:6; ἥκειν GJs 5:1; ἀποστέλλειν 25:1. To be understood otherwise: ἐξῆλθεν ὁ λόγος ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ Ἰουδαίᾳ the word went out = spread in all Judaea Lk 7:17; likew. 1 Th 1:8. The metaphorical expr. ἐπιστρέψαι ἀπειθεῖς ἐν φρονήσει δικαίων turn the disobedient to the wisdom of the righteous Lk 1:17 is striking but consistent w. the basic sense of ἐν. S. also γίνομαι, δίδωμι, ἵστημι, καλέω, and τίθημι. ἐν μέσῳ among somet. answers to the question ‘whither’ (B-D-F §215, 3) Mt 10:16; Lk 10:3; 8:7.④ marker of close association within a limit, inⓐ fig., of pers., to indicate the state of being filled w. or gripped by someth.: in someone=in one’s innermost being ἐν αὐτῷ κατοικεῖ πᾶν τὸ πλήρωμα in him dwells all the fullness Col 2:9. ἐν αὐτῷ ἐκτίσθη τὰ πάντα (prob. to be understood as local, not instrumental, since ἐν αὐ. would otherwise be identical w. διʼ αὐ. in the same vs.) everything was created in association with him 1:16 (cp. M. Ant. 4, 23 ἐν σοὶ πάντα; Herm. Wr. 5, 10; AFeuillet, NTS 12, ’65, 1–9). ἐν τῷ θεῷ κέκρυπται ἡ ζωὴ ὑμῶν your life is hid in God 3:3; cp. 2:3. Of sin in humans Ro 7:17f; cp. κατεργάζεσθαι vs. 8. Of Christ who, as a spiritual being, fills people so as to be in charge of their lives 8:10; 2 Cor 13:5, abides J 6:56, lives Gal 2:20, and takes form 4:19 in them. Of the divine word: οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν ἡμῖν 1J 1:10; μένειν ἔν τινι J 5:38; ἐνοικεῖν Col 3:16. Of God’s spirit: οἰκεῖν (ἐνοικεῖν) ἔν τινι Ro 8:9, 11; 1 Cor 3:16; 2 Ti 1:14. Of spiritual gifts 1 Ti 4:14; 2 Ti 1:6. Of miraculous powers ἐνεργεῖν ἔν τινι be at work in someone Mt 14:2; Mk 6:14; ποιεῖν ἔν τινι εὐάρεστον Hb 13:21. The same expr. of God or evil spirits, who somehow work in people: 1 Cor 12:6; Phil 2:13; Eph 2:2 al.ⓑ of the whole, w. which the parts are closely joined: μένειν ἐν τῇ ἀμπέλῳ remain in the vine J 15:4. ἐν ἑνὶ σώματι μέλη πολλὰ ἔχομεν in one body we have many members Ro 12:4. κρέμασθαι ἔν τινι depend on someth. Mt 22:40.ⓒ esp. in Paul. or Joh. usage, to designate a close personal relation in which the referent of the ἐν-term is viewed as the controlling influence: under the control of, under the influence of, in close association with (cp. ἐν τῷ Δαυιδ εἰμί 2 Km 19:44): of Christ εἶναι, μένειν ἐν τῷ πατρί (ἐν τῷ θεῷ) J 10:38; 14:10f (difft. CGordon, ‘In’ of Predication or Equivalence: JBL 100, ’81, 612f); and of Christians 1J 3:24; 4:13, 15f; be or abide in Christ J 14:20; 15:4f; μένειν ἐν τῷ υἱῷ καὶ ἐν τῷ πατρί 1J 2:24. ἔργα ἐν θεῷ εἰργασμένα done in communion with God J 3:21 (but s. 1e above).—In Paul the relation of the individual to Christ is very oft. expressed by such phrases as ἐν Χριστῷ, ἐν κυρίῳ etc., also vice versa (FNeugebauer, NTS 4, ’57/58, 124–38; AWedderburn, JSNT 25, ’85, 83–97) ἐν ἐμοὶ Χριστός Gal 2:20, but here in the sense of a above.—See, e.g., Dssm., D. ntl. Formel ‘in Christo Jesu’ 1892; EWeber, D. Formel ‘in Chr. Jesu’ u. d. paul. Christusmystik: NKZ 31, 1920, 213ff; LBrun, Zur Formel ‘in Chr. Jesus’ im Phil: Symbolae Arctoae 1, 1922, 19–37; MHansen, Omkring Paulus-Formeln ‘i Kristus’: TK 4/10, 1929, 135–59; HBöhlig, ʼΕν κυρίῳ: GHeinrici Festschr. 1914, 170–75; OSchmitz, D. Christusgemeinschaft d. Pls2 ’56; AWikenhauser, D. Christusmystik d. Pls2 ’56; KMittring, Heilswirklichkeit b. Pls; Beitrag z. Verständnis der unio cum Christo in d. Plsbriefen 1929; ASchweitzer, D. Mystik d. Ap. Pls 1930 (Eng. tr., WMontgomery, The Myst. of Paul the Ap., ’31); WSchmauch, In Christus ’35; BEaston, Pastoral Ep. ’47, 210f; FBüchsel, ‘In Chr.’ b. Pls: ZNW 42, ’49, 141–58. Also HKorn, D. Nachwirkungen d. Christusmystik d. Pls in den Apost. Vätern, diss. Berlin 1928; EAndrews, Interpretation 6, ’52, 162–77; H-LParisius, ZNW 49, ’58, 285–88 (10 ‘forensic’ passages); JAllan, NTS 5, ’58/59, 54–62 (Eph), ibid. 10, ’63, 115–21 (pastorals); FNeugebauer, In Christus, etc. ’61; MDahl, The Resurrection of the Body ( 1 Cor 15) ’62, 110–13.—Paul has the most varied expressions for this new life-principle: life in Christ Ro 6:11, 23; love in Christ 8:39; grace, which is given in Christ 1 Cor 1:4; freedom in Chr. Gal 2:4; blessing in Chr. 3:14; unity in Chr. vs. 28. στήκειν ἐν κυρίῳ stand firm in the Lord Phil 4:1; εὑρεθῆναι ἐν Χ. be found in Christ 3:9; εἶναι ἐν Χ. 1 Cor 1:30; οἱ ἐν Χ. Ro 8:1.—1 Pt 5:14; κοιμᾶσθαι ἐν Χ., ἀποθνῄσκειν ἐν κυρίῳ 1 Cor 15:18.—Rv 14:13; ζῳοποιεῖσθαι 1 Cor 15:22.—The formula is esp. common w. verbs that denote a conviction, hope, etc. πεποιθέναι Gal 5:10; Phil 1:14; 2 Th 3:4. παρρησίαν ἔχειν Phlm 8. πέπεισμαι Ro 14:14. ἐλπίζειν Phil 2:19. καύχησιν ἔχειν Ro 15:17; 1 Cor 15:31. τὸ αὐτὸ φρονεῖν Phil 4:2. ὑπακούειν Eph 6:1. λαλεῖν 2 Cor 2:17; 12:19. ἀλήθειαν λέγειν Ro 9:1. λέγειν καὶ μαρτύρεσθαι Eph 4:17. But also apart fr. such verbs, in numerous pass. it is used w. verbs and nouns of the most varied sort, often without special emphasis, to indicate the scope within which someth. takes place or has taken place, or to designate someth. as being in close assoc. w. Christ, and can be rendered, variously, in connection with, in intimate association with, keeping in mind ἁγιάζεσθαι 1 Cor 1:2, or ἅγιος ἐν Χ. Phil 1:1; ἀσπάζεσθαί τινα 1 Cor 16:19. δικαιοῦσθαι Gal 2:17. κοπιᾶν Ro 16:12. παρακαλεῖν 1 Th 4:1. προσδέχεσθαί τινα Ro 16:2; Phil 2:29. χαίρειν 3:1; 4:4, 10. γαμηθῆναι ἐν κυρίῳ marry in the Lord=marry a Christian 1 Cor 7:39. προϊστάμενοι ὑμῶν ἐν κυρίῳ your Christian leaders (in the church) 1 Th 5:12 (but s. προί̈στημι 1 and 2).—εὐάρεστος Col 3:20. νήπιος 1 Cor 3:1. φρόνιμος 4:10. παιδαγωγοί vs. 15. ὁδοί vs. 17. Hence used in periphrasis for ‘Christian’ οἱ ὄντες ἐν κυρίῳ Ro 16:11; ἄνθρωπος ἐν Χ. 2 Cor 12:2; αἱ ἐκκλησίαι αἱ ἐν Χ. Gal 1:22; 1 Th 2:14; νεκροὶ ἐν Χ. 4:16; ἐκλεκτός Ro 16:13. δόκιμος vs. 10. δέσμιος Eph 4:1. πιστὸς διάκονος 6:21; ἐν Χ. γεννᾶν τινα become someone’s parent in the Christian life 1 Cor 4:15. τὸ ἔργον μου ὑμεῖς ἐστε ἐν κυρίῳ 9:1.—The use of ἐν πνεύματι as a formulaic expression is sim.: ἐν πν. εἶναι be under the impulsion of the spirit, i.e. the new self, as opposed to ἐν σαρκί under the domination of the old self Ro 8:9; cp. ἐν νόμῳ 2:12. λαλεῖν speak under divine inspiration 1 Cor 12:3. ἐγενόμην ἐν πνεύματι I was in a state of inspiration Rv 1:10; 4:2; opp. ἐν ἑαυτῷ γενόμενος came to himself Ac 12:11 (cp. X., An. 1, 5, 17 et al.).—The expr. ἐν πν. εἶναι is also used to express the idea that someone is under the special infl. of a good or even an undesirable spirit: Mt 22:43; Mk 12:36; Lk 2:27; 1 Cor 12:3; Rv 17:3; 21:10. ἄνθρωπος ἐν πν. ἀκαθάρτῳ (ὤν) Mk 1:23 (s. GBjörck, ConNeot 7, ’42, 1–3).—ἐν τῷ πονηρῷ κεῖσθαι be in the power of the evil one 1J 5:19. οἱ ἐν νόμῳ those who are subject to the law Ro 3:19. ἐν τῷ Ἀδὰμ ἀποθνῄσκειν die because of a connection w. Adam 1 Cor 15:22.—On the formula ἐν ὀνόματι (Χριστοῦ) s. ὄνομα 1, esp. dγג. The OT is the source of the expr. ὀμνύναι ἔν τινι swear by someone or someth. (oft. LXX) Mt 5:34ff; 23:16, 18ff; Rv 10:6; παραγγέλλομέν σοι ἐν Ἰησοῦ Ac 19:14 v.l. The usage in ὁμολογεῖν ἔν τινι acknowledge someone Mt 10:32; Lk 12:8 (s. ὁμολογέω 4b) is Aramaic.⑤ marker introducing means or instrument, with, a construction that begins w. Homer (many examples of instrumental ἐν in Radermacher’s edition of Ps.-Demetr., Eloc. p. 100; Reader, Polemo p. 258) but whose wide currency in our lit. is partly caused by the infl. of the LXX, and its similarity to the Hebr. constr. w. בְּ (B-D-F §219; Mlt. 104; Mlt-H. 463f; s. esp. M-M p. 210).ⓐ it can serve to introduce persons or things that accompany someone to secure an objective: ‘along with’α. pers., esp. of a military force, w. blending of associative (s. 4) and instrumental idea (1 Macc 1:17; 7:14, 28 al.): ἐν δέκα χιλιάσιν ὑπαντῆσαι meet, w. 10,000 men Lk 14:31 (cp. 1 Macc 4:6, 29 συνήντησεν αὐτοῖς Ἰούδας ἐν δέκα χιλιάσιν ἀνδρῶν). ἦλθεν ἐν μυριάσιν αὐτοῦ Jd 14 (cp. Jdth 16:3 ἦλθεν ἐν μυριάσι δυνάμεως αὐτοῦ).β. impers. (oft. LXX; PTebt 41, 5 [c. 119 B.C.]; 16, 14 [114 B.C.]; 45, 17 al., where people rush into the village or the house ἐν μαχαίρῃ, ἐν ὅπλοις). (Just., D. 86, 6 τῆς ἀξίνης, ἐν ἧ πεπορευμένοι ἦσαν … κόψαι ξύλα) ἐν ῥάβδῳ ἔρχεσθαι come with a stick (as a means of discipline) 1 Cor 4:21 (cp. Lucian, Dial. Mort. 23, 3 Ἑρμῆν καθικόμενον ἐν τῇ ῥάβδῳ; Gen 32:11; 1 Km 17:43; 1 Ch 11:23; Dssm., B 115f [BS 120]). ἐν πληρώματι εὐλογίας with the full blessing Ro 15:29. ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ αὐτοῦ Mt 16:28. ἐν αἵματι Hb 9:25 (cp. Mi 6:6). ἐν τῷ ὕδατι καὶ ἐν τῷ αἵματι 1J 5:6. ἐν πνεύματι καὶ δυνάμει τοῦ Ἠλίου equipped w. the spirit and power of Elijah Lk 1:17. φθάνειν ἐν τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ come with the preaching of the gospel 2 Cor 10:14. μὴ ἐν ζύμῃ παλαιᾷ not burdened w. old leaven 1 Cor 5:8.ⓑ it can serve to express means or instrumentality in terms of location for a specific action (cp. TestAbr A 12 p. 91, 5f [Stone p. 30] κρατῶν ἐν τῇ χειρὶ αὐτοῦ ζυγόν; Tat. 9, 2 οἱ ἐν τοῖς πεσσοῖς ἀθύροντες ‘those who play w. gaming pieces’ [as, e.g., in backgammon]): κατακαίειν ἐν πυρί Rv 17:16 (cp. Bar 1:2; 1 Esdr 1:52; 1 Macc 5:5 al.; as early as Il. 24, 38; cp. POxy 2747, 74; Aelian, HA 14, 15. Further, the ἐν Rv 17:16 is not textually certain). ἐν ἅλατι ἁλίζειν, ἀρτύειν Mt 5:13; Mk 9:50; Lk 14:34 (s. M-M p. 210; WHutton, ET 58, ’46/47, 166–68). ἐν τῷ αἵματι λευκαίνειν Rv 7:14. ἐν αἵματι καθαρίζειν Hb 9:22. ἐν ῥομφαίᾳ ἀποκτείνειν kill with the sword Rv 6:8 (1 Esdr 1:50; 1 Macc 2:9; cp. 3:3; Jdth 16:4; ἀπολεῖ ἐν ῥομφαίᾳ En 99:16; 4 [6] Esdr [POxy 1010] ἐν ῥ. πεσῇ … πεσοῦνται ἐν μαχαίρῃ; cp. Lucian, Hist. Conscrib. 12 ἐν ἀκοντίῳ φονεύειν). ἐν μαχαίρῃ πατάσσειν Lk 22:49 (διχοτομήσατε … ἐν μ. GrBar 16:3); ἐν μ. ἀπόλλυσθαι perish by the sword Mt 26:52. ποιμαίνειν ἐν ῥάβδῳ σιδηρᾷ Rv 2:27; 12:5; 19:15 (s. ποιμαίνω 2aγ and cp. PGM 36, 109). καταπατεῖν τι ἐν τοῖς ποσίν tread someth. w. the feet Mt 7:6 (cp. Sir 38:29). δύο λαοὺς βλέπω ἐν τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς μου I see two peoples with my eyes GJs 17:2 (ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖσιν ὀρᾶν=see with the eyes: cp. Il. 1, 587; Od. 8, 459; Callinus [VII B.C.], Fgm. 1, 20 Diehl2). ποιεῖν κράτος ἐν βραχίονι do a mighty deed w. one’s arm Lk 1:51 (cp. Sir 38:30); cp. 11:20. δικαιοῦσθαι ἐν τῷ αἵματι be justified by the blood Ro 5:9. ἐν ἁγιασμῷ πνεύματος 2 Th 2:13; 1 Pt 1:2; ἐν τ. παρακλήσει 2 Cor 7:7. εὐλογεῖν ἐν εὐλογίᾳ Eph 1:3. λαλοῦντες ἑαυτοῖς ἐν ψάλμοις 5:19. ἀσπάσασθαι … ἐν εὐχῇ greet w. prayer GJs 24:1. Of intellectual process γινώσκειν ἔν τινι know or recognize by someth. (cp. Thuc. 7, 11, 1 ἐν ἐπιστολαῖς ἴστε; Sir 4:24; 11:28; 26:29) J 13:35; 1J 3:19; cp. ἐν τῇ κλάσει τοῦ ἄρτου in the breaking of bread Lk 24:35 (s. 10c).—The ἐν which takes the place of the gen. of price is also instrumental ἠγόρασας ἐν τῷ αἵματί σου Rv 5:9 (cp. 1 Ch 21:24 ἀγοράζω ἐν ἀργυρίῳ).—ἐν ᾧ whereby Ro 14:21.—The idiom ἀλλάσσειν, μεταλλάσσειν τι ἔν τινι exchange someth. for someth. else Ro 1:23, 25 (cp. Ps 105:20) is not un-Greek (Soph., Ant. 945 Danaë had to οὐράνιον φῶς ἀλλάξαι ἐν χαλκοδέτοις αὐλαῖς=change the heavenly light for brass-bound chambers).⑥ marker of agency: with the help of (Diod S 19, 46, 4 ἐν τοῖς μετέχουσι τοῦ συνεδρίου=with the help of the members of the council; Philostrat., Vi. Apoll. 7, 9 p. 259, 31 ἐν ἐκείνῳ ἑαλωκότες) ἐν τῷ ἄρχοντι τ. δαιμονίων ἐκβάλλει τὰ δαιμόνια Mt 9:34. ἐν ἑτερογλώσσοις λαλεῖν 1 Cor 14:21. κρίνειν τ. οἰκουμένην ἐν ἀνδρί Ac 17:31 (cp. SIG2 850, 8 [173/172 B.C.] κριθέντω ἐν ἄνδροις τρίοις; Synes., Ep. 91 p. 231b ἐν ἀνδρί); perh. 1 Cor 6:2 (s. 1e); ἀπολύτρωσις ἐν Χρ. redemption through Christ Ro 3:24 (cp. ἐν αὐτῷ σωθήσεσθε Just., A I, 60, 3).⑦ marker of circumstance or condition under which someth. takes place: ἐν ᾧ κρίνεις Ro 2:1 (but s. B-D-F §219, 2); ἐν ᾧ δοκιμάζει 14:22; ἐν ᾧ καυχῶνται 2 Cor 11:12; ἐν ᾧ τις τολμᾷ 11:21; ἐν ᾧ καταλαλοῦσιν whereas they slander 1 Pt 2:12, cp. 3:16 (on these Petrine pass. s. also ὅς 1k); ἐν ᾧ ξενίζονται in view of your changed attitude they consider it odd 4:4. ἐν ᾧ in 3:19 may similarly refer to a changed circumstance, i.e. from death to life (WDalton, Christ’s Proclamation to the Spirits, ’65, esp. 135–42: ‘in this sphere, under this influence’ [of the spirit]). Other possibilities: as far as this is concerned: πνεῦμα• ἐν ᾧ spirit; as which (FZimmermann, APF 11, ’35, 174 ‘meanwhile’ [indessen]; BReicke, The Disobedient Spirits and Christian Baptism, ’46, 108–15: ‘on that occasion’=when he died).—Before a substantive inf. (oft. LXX; s. KHuber, Unters. über den Sprachchar. des griech. Lev., diss. Zürich 1916, 83): in that w. pres. inf. (POxy 743, 35 [2 B.C.] ἐν τῷ δέ με περισπᾶσθαι οὐκ ἠδυνάσθην συντυχεῖν Ἀπολλωνίῳ; Just., D. 10, 3 ἐν τῷ μήτε σάββατα τηρεῖν μήτε …) βασανιζομένους ἐν τῷ ἐλαύνειν as they were having rough going in the waves=having a difficult time making headway Mk 6:48. ἐθαύμαζον ἐν τῷ χρονίζειν … αὐτόν they marveled over his delay Lk 1:21. ἐν τῷ τὴν χεῖρα ἐκτείνειν σε in that you extend your hand Ac 4:30; cp. 3:26; Hb 8:13. W. aor. inf. ἐν τῷ ὑποτάξαι αὐτῷ τὰ πάντα Hb 2:8. Somet. the circumstantial and temporal (s. 7 and 10) uses are so intermingled that it is difficult to decide between them; so in some of the pass. cited above, and also Hv 1, 1, 8 et al. (B-D-F §404, 3; Rob. 1073).—WHutton, Considerations for the Translation of ἐν, Bible Translator 9, ’58, 163–70; response by NTurner, ibid. 10, ’59, 113–20.—On ἐν w. article and inf. s. ISoisalon-Soininen, Die Infinitive in der LXX, ’65, 80ff.⑧ marker denoting the object to which someth. happens or in which someth. shows itself, or by which someth. is recognized, to, by, in connection with: ζητεῖν τι ἔν τινι require someth. in the case of someone 1 Cor 4:2; cp. ἐν ἡμῖν μάθητε so that you might learn in connection w. us vs. 6. Cp. Phil 1:30. ἵνα οὕτως γένηται ἐν ἐμοί that this may be done in my case 1 Cor 9:15 (Just., D. 77, 3 τοῦτο γενόμενον ἐν τῷ ἡμετέρῳ Χριστῷ). ἐδόξαζον ἐν ἐμοὶ τὸν θεόν perh. they glorified God in my case Gal 1:24, though because of me and for me are also possible. μήτι ἐν ἐμοὶ ἀνεκεφαλαιώθη ἡ ἱστορία GJs 13:1 (s. ἀνακεφαλαιόω 1). ποιεῖν τι ἔν τινι do someth. to (with) someone (Epict., Ench. 33, 12; Ps.-Lucian, Philopatr. 18 μὴ ἑτεροῖόν τι ποιήσῃς ἐν ἐμοί; Gen 40:14; Jdth 7:24; 1 Macc 7:23) Mt 17:12; Lk 23:31. ἐργάζεσθαί τι ἔν τινι Mk 14:6. ἔχειν τι ἔν τινι have someth. in someone J 3:15 (but ἐν αὐτῷ is oft. constr. w. πιστεύων, cp. v.l.); cp. 14:30 (s. BNoack, Satanas u. Soteria ’48, 92). ἵνα δικαιοσύνης ναὸν ἐν τῷ ἰδίῳ σώματι ἀναδείξῃ AcPlCor 2:17 (s. ἀναδείκνυμι 1).—For the ordinary dat. (Diod S 3, 51, 4 ἐν ἀψύχῳ ἀδύνατον=it is impossible for a lifeless thing; Ael. Aristid. 49, 15 K.=25 p. 492 D.: ἐν Νηρίτῳ θαυμαστὰ ἐνεδείξατο=[God] showed wonderful things to N.; 53 p. 629 D.: οὐ γὰρ ἐν τοῖς βελτίστοις εἰσὶ παῖδες, ἐν δὲ πονηροτάτοις οὐκέτι=it is not the case that the very good have children, and the very bad have none [datives of possession]; 54 p. 653 D.: ἐν τ. φαύλοις θετέον=to the bad; EpJer 66 ἐν ἔθνεσιν; Aesop, Fab. 19, 8 and 348a, 5 v.l. Ch.) ἀποκαλύψαι τὸν υἱὸν αὐτοῦ ἐν ἐμοί Gal 1:16. φανερόν ἐστιν ἐν αὐτοῖς Ro 1:19 (Aesop 15c, 11 Ch. τ. φανερὸν ἐν πᾶσιν=evident to all). ἐν ἐμοὶ βάρβαρος (corresp. to τῷ λαλοῦντι βάρβ.) 1 Cor 14:11 (Amphis Com. [IV B.C.] 21 μάταιός ἐστιν ἐν ἐμοί). δεδομένον ἐν ἀνθρώποις Ac 4:12. θεῷ … ἐν ἀνθρώποις Lk 2:14.—Esp. w. verbs of striking against: προσκόπτω, πταίω, σκανδαλίζομαι; s. these entries.⑨ marker of cause or reason, because of, on account of (PParis 28, 13=UPZ 48, 12f [162/161 B.C.] διαλυόμενοι ἐν τῷ λιμῷ; Ps 30:11; 1 Macc 16:3 ἐν τῷ ἐλέει; 2 Macc 7:29; Sir 33:17)ⓐ gener. ἁγιάζεσθαι ἔν τινι Hb 10:10; 1 Cor 7:14. ἐν τ. ἐπιθυμίαις τῶν καρδιῶν Ro 1:24; perh. ἐν Ἰσαὰκ κληθήσεταί σοι σπέρμα 9:7; Hb 11:18 (both Gen 21:12). ἐν τῇ πολυλογίᾳ αὐτῶν because of their many words Mt 6:7. ἐν τούτῳ πιστεύομεν this is the reason why we believe J 16:30; cp. Ac 24:16; 1 Cor 4:4 (Just., D. 68, 7 οὐχὶ καὶ ἐν τούτῳ δυσωπήσω ὑμᾶς μὴ πείθεσθαι τοῖς διδασκάλοις ὑμῶν=‘surely you will be convinced by this [argument] to lose confidence in your teachers, won’t you?’); perh. 2 Cor 5:2. Sim., of the occasion: ἔφυγεν ἐν τῷ λόγῳ τούτῳ at this statement Ac 7:29; cp. 8:6. W. attraction ἐν ᾧ = ἐν τούτῳ ὅτι for the reason that = because Ro 8:3; Hb 2:18; 6:17.ⓑ w. verbs that express feeling or emotion, to denote that toward which the feeling is directed; so: εὐδοκεῖν (εὐδοκία), εὐφραίνεσθαι, καυχᾶσθαι, χαίρειν et al.⑩ marker of a period of time, in, while, whenⓐ indicating an occurrence or action within which, at a certain point, someth. occurs Mt 2:1. ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις ἐκείναις 3:1. ἐν τῷ ἑξῆς afterward Lk 7:11. ἐν τῷ μεταξύ meanwhile (PTebt 72, 190; PFlor 36, 5) J 4:31. in the course of, within ἐν τρισὶν ἡμέραις (X., Ages. 1, 34; Diod S 13, 14, 2; 20, 83, 4; Arrian, Anab. 4, 6, 4 ἐν τρισὶν ἡμέραις; Aelian, VH 1, 6; IPriene 9, 29; GDI 1222, 4 [Arcadia] ἰν ἁμέραις τρισί; EpArist 24; Demetr.: 722 Fgm. 1:3 Jac.) Mt 27:40; J 2:19f.ⓑ point of time when someth. occurs ἐν ἡμέρᾳ κρίσεως Mt 11:22 (En 10:6; Just., D. 38, 2; Tat. 12, 4). ἐν τῇ ἐσχάτῃ ἡμέρᾳ J 6:44; 11:24; 12:48; cp. 7:37. ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ὥρᾳ Mt 8:13; 10:19; cp. 7:22; J 4:53. ἐν σαββάτῳ 12:2; J 7:23. ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ J 11:9 (opp. ἐν τῇ νυκτί vs. 10). ἐν τῷ δευτέρῳ on the second visit Ac 7:13. ἐν τῇ παλιγγενεσίᾳ in the new age Mt 19:28. ἐν τῇ παρουσίᾳ 1 Cor 15:23; 1 Th 2:19; 3:13; Phil 2:12 (here, in contrast to the other pass., there is no reference to the second coming of Christ.—Just., D. 31, 1 ἐν τῇ ἐνδόξῳ γινομένῃ αὐτοῦ παρουσίᾳ; 35, 8; 54, 1 al.); 1J 2:28. ἐν τῇ ἀναστάσει in the resurrection Mt 22:28; Mk 12:23; Lk 14:14; 20:33; J 11:24 (Just., D. 45, 2 ἐν τῇ τῶν νεκρῶν ἀναστάσει). ἐν τῇ ἐσχάτῃ σάλπιγγι at the last trumpet-call 1 Cor 15:52. ἐν τῇ ἀποκαλύψει at the appearance of Jesus/Christ (in the last days) 2 Th 1:7; 1 Pt 1:7, 13; 4:13.ⓒ to introduce an activity whose time is given when, while, during (Diod S 23, 12, 1 ἐν τοῖς τοιούτοις=in the case of this kind of behavior) ἐν τῇ προσευχῇ when (you) pray Mt 21:22. ἐν τῇ στάσει during the revolt Mk 15:7. ἐν τῇ διδαχῇ in the course of his teaching Mk 4:2; 12:38. If Lk 24:35 belongs here, the sense would be on the occasion of, when (but s. 5b). ἐν αὐτῷ in it (the preaching of the gospel) Eph 6:20. γρηγοροῦντες ἐν αὐτῇ (τῇ προσευχῇ) while you are watchful in it Col 4:2. Esp. w. the pres. inf. used substantively: ἐν τῷ σπείρειν while (he) sowed Mt 13:4; Mk 4:4; cp. 6:48 (s. 7 above and βασανίζω); ἐν τῷ καθεύδειν τοὺς ἀνθρώπους while people were asleep Mt 13:25; ἐν τῷ κατηγορεῖσθαι αὐτόν during the accusations against him 27:12. W. the aor. inf. the meaning is likewise when. Owing to the fundamental significance of the aor. the action is the focal point (s. Rob. 1073, opp. B-D-F §404) ἐν τῷ γενέσθαι τὴν φωνήν Lk 9:36. ἐν τῷ ἐπανελθεῖν αὐτόν 19:15. ἐν τῷ εἰσελθεῖν αὐτούς 9:34.—W. ἐν ᾦ while, as long as (Soph., Trach. 929; Cleanthes [IV/III B.C.] Stoic. I p. 135, 1 [Diog. L. 7, 171]; Demetr.: 722 Fgm. 1, 11 Jac.; Plut., Mor. 356c; Arrian, Anab. 6, 12, 1; Pamprepios of Panopolis [V A.D.] 1, 22 [ed. HGerstinger, SBWienAk 208/3, 1928]) Mk 2:19; Lk 5:34; 24:44 D; J 5:7.⑪ marker denoting kind and manner, esp. functioning as an auxiliary in periphrasis for adverbs (Kühner-G. I 466): ἐν δυνάμει w. power, powerfully Mk 9:1; Ro 1:4; Col 1:29; 2 Th 1:11; ἐν δικαιοσύνῃ justly Ac 17:31; Rv 19:11 (cp. Just., A II, 4, 3 and D. 16, 3; 19, 2 ἐν δίκῃ). ἐν χαρᾷ joyfully Ro 15:32. ἐν ἐκτενείᾳ earnestly Ac 26:7. ἐν σπουδῇ zealously Ro 12:8. ἐν χάριτι graciously Gal 1:6; 2 Th 2:16. ἐν (πάσῃ) παρρησίᾳ freely, openly J 7:4; 16:29; Phil 1:20. ἐν πάσῃ ἀσφαλείᾳ Ac 5:23. ἐν τάχει (PHib 47, 35 [256 B.C.] ἀπόστειλον ἐν τάχει) Lk 18:8; Ro 16:20; Rv 1:1; 22:6. ἐν μυστηρίῳ 1 Cor 2:7 (belongs prob. not to σοφία, but to λαλοῦμεν: in the form of a secret; cp. Polyb. 23, 3, 4; 26, 7, 5; Just., D. 63, 2 Μωυσῆς … ἐν παραβολῇ λέγων; 68, 6 εἰρήμενον … ἐν μυστηρίῳ; Diod S 17, 8, 5 ἐν δωρεαῖς λαβόντες=as gifts; 2 Macc 4:30 ἐν δωρεᾷ=as a gift; Sir 26:3; Polyb. 28, 17, 9 λαμβάνειν τι ἐν φερνῇ). Of the norm: ἐν μέτρῳ ἑνὸς ἑκάστου μέρους acc. to the measure of each individual part Eph 4:16. On 1 Cor 1:21 s. AWedderburn, ZNW 64, ’73, 132–34.⑫ marker of specification or substance: w. adj. πλούσιος ἐν ἐλέει Eph 2:4; cp. Tit 2:3; Js 1:8.—of substance consisting in (BGU 72, 11 [191 A.D.] ἐξέκοψαν πλεῖστον τόπον ἐν ἀρούραις πέντε) τὸν νόμον τῶν ἐντολῶν ἐν δόγμασιν Eph 2:15. ἐν μηδενὶ λειπόμενοι Js 1:4 (contrast Just., A I, 67, 6 τοῖς ἐν χρείᾳ οὖσι). Hb 13:21a.— amounting to (BGU 970, 14=Mitt-Wilck. II/2, 242, 14f [177 A.D.] προσηνενκάμην αὐτῷ προοῖκα ἐν δραχμαῖς ἐννακοσίαις) πᾶσαν τὴν συγγένειαν ἐν ψυχαῖς ἑβδομήκοντα πέντε Ac 7:14.—Very rarely for the genitive (Philo Mech. 75, 29 τὸ ἐν τῷ κυλίνδρῳ κοίλασμα; EpArist 31 ἡ ἐν αὐτοῖς θεωρία = ἡ αὐτῶν θ.; cp. 29; Tat. 18, 1 πᾶν τὸ ἐν αὐτῇ εἶδος) ἡ δωρεὰ ἐν χάριτι the free gift in beneficence or grace Ro 5:15.—DELG. LfgrE s.v. ἐν col. 569 (lit. esp. early Greek). M-M. TW. -
8 δουλεύω
δουλεύω fut. δουλεύσω; 1 aor. ἐδούλευσα; pf. δεδούλευκα J 8:33, ptc. δεδουλευκώς 2 Cl 17:7 (Aeschyl., Hdt.+; the basic diff. between master and slave is stated Aeschyl., Pr. 927).① to be owned by another, be a slave, be subjectedⓐ lit., of Hagar and Jerusalem Gal 4:25. τινί to someone (Jos., Ant. 4, 115.—C. Ap. 2, 128 the Egyptians claim τὸ μηδενὶ δουλεῦσαι. Likew. in Appian, Bell. Civ. 4, 67 §286 the Rhodians are proud ἕνεκα τύχης ἐς τὸ νῦν ἀδουλώτου; Diod S 5, 15, 3 the Iolaës of Sardinia have maintained their freedom ἅπαντα τὸν αἰῶνα … μέχρι τοῦ νῦν; in 5, 15, 4 even the Carthaginians οὐκ ἠδυνήθησαν [αὐτοὺς] … καταδουλώσασθαι) J 8:33; Ac 7:7 (Gen 15:14); Ro 9:12; B 13:2 (both Gen 25:23; cp. Jos., Ant. 1, 275); 13:5 (Gen 48:19 altered after 25:23); 1 Cl 31:4 (Jacob by Laban [Gen 29:15, 20]; cp. Just., D. 134, 3).ⓑ in imagery: of a change in masters Ro 7:6.② to act or conduct oneself as one in total service to another, perform the duties of a slave, serve, obey.ⓐ be in service to personal beingsα. to humans, w. dat. of pers. (PHal 1, 219 [III B.C.] ὁ Ἀλεξανδρεὺς τῷ Ἀλεξανδρεῖ μὴ δουλευέτω) Mt 6:24; Lk 16:13; 2 Cl 6:1 (on being a slave to more than one master s. Billerb. on Mt 6:24; Mitt-Wilck. I/2, 203 II, 13f; 206, 16ff). τοσαῦτα ἔτη δ. σοι I have slaved for you so many years Lk 15:29, a statement about toil rather than actual status (cp. Gen 31:41). Abs. ἐν καθαρᾷ καρδίᾳ 2 Cl 11:1; μᾶλλον δ. let them be all the better slaves 1 Ti 6:2; πλέον δ. IPol 4:3. On Eph 6:7, see β. Fig., of loving service ἀλλήλοις Gal 5:13. δίκαιον εὖ δουλεύοντα πόλλοις 1 Cl 16:12 (Is 53:11).β. to transcendent beings, esp. in expressions relating to God or Jesus Christ as recipients of undivided allegiance, for, as indicated in α, a slave can take orders from only one master δ. τῷ θεῷ serve God, where God is thought of as κύριος, and a human as δοῦλος (Eur., Or. 418; Ex 23:33; Philo, Cher. 107, Somn. 2, 100; Jos., Ant. 7, 367; 8, 257; SibOr 3, 740; Orig., C. Cels. 8, 8, 17; cp. τοῖ κτισθεῖσιν ἀντὶ θεοῦ 3, 15, 17): Mt 6:24; Lk 16:13 (on both cp. Sextus 574 οὐκ ἔστιν ἅμα δουλεύειν ἡδονῇ κ. θεῷ); 1 Th 1:9; 2 Cl 11:1; 17:7; Pol 2:1 (Ps 2:11); 6:3; MPol 9:3; Hm 8:6; 12, 6, 2; Hs 4:2; Dg 2:5 τῷ δημιουργῷ; 1 Cl 26:1. τῷ Χριστῷ Ro 14:18; cp. 16:18; Col 3:24; abs. μετʼ εὐνοίας δ. render service (to your masters) w. good will Eph 6:7 (through wordplay Jesus Christ, as κύριος, is here viewed as the ultimate recipient of the slave’s service); τῷ κυρίῳ (Judg 2:7; 1 Km 7:4; 12:20) Ac 20:19; Ro 12:11 (v.l. τῷ καιρῷ.—δ. τῷ καιρῷ means ‘accommodate oneself to the occasion’ [Plut., Arat. 1047 [43, 2]; Pallad.: Anth. Pal. 9, 441; Procop. Soph., Ep. 113 H. δουλεύειν τῇ χρείᾳ καὶ πείθεσθαι τῷ καιρῷ. The contrast is with πράττειν ὅσα τις βούλεται, or Herodas 2, 9f: ζῶμεν οὐχ ὡς βουλόμεσθʼ, ἀλλʼ ὡς ἡμέας ὁ καιρὸς ἕλκει], and can have the unfavorable connotation ‘be an opportunist’; for this reason it is expressly rejected for this pass. by Athanas., Origen-Rufinus, and Jerome, but they may be interested in sanitizing the text. S. Ltzm. ad loc.); Hv 4, 2, 5; Hs 1:7; 4:5ff; 6, 3, 6; 8, 6, 2; the Holy Spirit 5, 6, 5; 7; elements or elemental spirits Gal 4:9, cp. vs. 8 (in a relig. sense also PGM 13, 72 κύριε, δουλεύω ὑπὸ τὸν σὸν κόσμον τῷ σῷ ἀγγέλῳ; lesser divinities [δαίμονες] Just., D. 83, 4; Tat. 17, 3).ⓑ to things, by fig. ext. of mng. in a: Be a slave to sin Ro 6:6; the law (Orig., C. Cels. 5, 6, 28) 7:25; desire Hm 12, 2, 5; Tit 3:3 (X., Mem. 1, 5, 5, Apol. 16; Pla., Phdr. 238e ἡδονῇ; Polyb. 18, 15, 16; Herodian 1, 17, 9; Philo, Cher. 71; Jos., Ant. 15, 91 δ. ταῖς ἐπιθυμίαις; Iren., 1, 6, 3 [Harv. I 56, 2]); the virtues Hv 3, 8, 8; m 12, 3, 1; faith m 9:12; τῇ κοιλίᾳ the belly, i.e. appetite (γαστρί X., Mem. 1, 6, 8; Anth. 11, 410, 4; cp. Ath. 31, 2) Ro 16:18. εἰς τὸ εὐαγγέλιον serve in the gospel Phil 2:22. For Ro 12:11 v.l. καιρῷ s. 2aβ.—M-M. TW. -
9 τίθημι
τίθημι (Hom.+) and its by-form τιθέω (Hv 1, 1, 3 and 2, 1, 2 as historical present; B-D-F §321; s. Rob. 318); impf. 3 sg. ἐτίθει, 3 pl. ἐτίθεσαν Mk 6:56 and ἐτίθουν as v.l.; Ac 3:2; 4:35; Hv 3, 2, 7 (B-D-F §94, 1; Mlt-H. 202); fut. θήσω; 1 aor. ἔθηκα (B-D-F §95, 1; Rob. 308; 310); 2 aor. subj. θῶ, impv. 2 pl. θέτε, inf. θεῖναι, ptc. θείς; pf. τέθεικα.; plpf. ἐτεθείκει (Just., D. 78, 5). Mid.: fut. θήσομαι; 2 aor. ἐθέμην. Pass.: fut. 3 pl. τεθήσονται Jer 13:16; 1 aor. ἐτέθην; pf. τέθειμαι, ptc. τεθειμένος (Nicol. Dam.: 90 Fgm. 130, 18 p. 401, 3 Jac.) J 19:41; Hs 9, 15, 4 (on the pf. s. B-D-F §97, 2). The middle is gener. not different in mng. fr. the act. (B-D-F §316, 1; s. Rob. 804f). The semantic boundaries of this multivalent verb are quite flexible.① to put or place in a particular location, lay, putⓐ act. and pass.: gener.α. w. acc. lay (away), set up, put (away) ποῦ τεθείκατε αὐτόν; where have you laid him? J 11:34 (as early as Hom. τιθέναι has the special sense lay away, bury); cp. Mk 16:6; J 19:42; 20:2, 13, 15. Pass. (ApcMos 42 ποῦ μέλλοι τεθῆναι τὸ σῶμα αὐτῆς) Mk 15:47; Lk 23:55. ὅπου ἦν τεθείς GPt 12:51. λίθον Ro 9:33 (Is 28:16 ἐμβαλῶ); 1 Pt 2:6; pass. B 6:2. θεμέλιον lay a foundation Lk 14:29; 1 Cor 3:10f (in imagery).—Of stones ἐξώτεροι ἐτέθησαν they were placed on the outside Hs 9, 8, 3; 5a (cp. c); 7. ἐν ἰσχύι τέθεικεν τὴν σάρκα αὐτοῦ κύριος the Lord (God) has set his (Christ’s) flesh in strength B 6:3a; cp. b (Is 50:7).β. w. the acc., oft. supplied fr. the context, and a prepositional expr. closely related to the verb (Herodas 4, 34 τιθέναι εἰς τοὺς λίθους ζοήν [ sic]) εἰς κρύπτην put someth. in a cellar Lk 11:33. εἰς μνημεῖον lay in a tomb Ac 13:29; cp. Rv 11:9. Of stones τιθ. εἰς τ. οἰκοδομήν put into the building Hv 3, 2, 7. Pass. Hs 9, 4, 5; 9, 6, 8; cp. 9, 5, 4. Opp. ἐκ τῆς οἰκοδομῆς ἐτέθησαν they were put out of the building 9, 8, 1. ἔμπροσθέν τινος GPt 4:12. ἔν τινι (Gen 50:26; Jos., Ant. 14, 124; TestJob 20:9): ἐν μνημείῳ Mt 27:60; cp. Mk 6:29; 15:46; Lk 23:53; Ac 7:16. Pass. J 19:41.—Mk 6:56; Ac 9:37. ἐνώπιόν τινος (1 Km 10:25) Lk 5:18. ἐπί τινος (X., Cyr. 8, 8, 16; Ezk 40:2; JosAs 3:11; Jos., Ant. 6, 15) 8:16b; J 19:19; Ac 5:15; Rv 10:2; GPt 3:8; 6:21; 12:53. ἐπί τινι 8:32. ἐπί τι (Ps 20:4; 1 Km 6:8; TestAbr B 5 p. 109, 18 [Stone p. 66]; JosAs 16:11; ParJer 9:32; Mel., P. 14, 90) Mk 4:21b; Lk 6:48 (θεμέλιον; s. α above); 2 Cor 3:13. Esp. τὰς χεῖρας ἐπί τι or ἐπί τινα (cp. Ps 138:5) Mk 8:25 v.l.; 10:16: τὴν δεξιάν Rv 1:17. θήσω τὸ πνεῦμά μου ἐπʼ αὐτόν Mt 12:18 (=ἔδωκα Is 42:1; τ. τὸ πνεῦμα as Is 63:11). παρά τι (Plut., Mor. 176e; 3 Km 13:31) Ac 4:35, 37 v.l.; 5:2. πρός τι (JosAs 8:4 πρὸς τὸ στῆθος) 3:2; 4:37. ὑπό τι Mt 5:15; Mk 4:21; cp. 1 Cor 15:25 (s. 5aα). ὑποκάτω τινός (Jer 45:12) Lk 8:16a.—Mt 22:44 (Ps 109:1); Mk 12:36.ⓑ special expressionsα. act. explain in what figure of speech can we present (the Reign of God)? (i.e., how shall I put it?) Mk 4:30.β. act. take off, give up in Joh. lit. take off, remove τὰ ἱμάτια (Hdt 1, 10, 1 τ. τὰ εἵματα; cp. Herodas 5, 62; Plut., Alc. 195 [8, 2]; Jos., Bell. 1, 390 τ. τὸ διάδημα and s. ἱμάτιον 3) J 13:4. τὴν (ἑαυτοῦ) ψυχήν lay down or give (up) one’s life 10:11 and 15 (both v.l. δίδωμι), 17, 18ab (ApcSed 1:5 τὴν ψυχὴν θῇ ὑπὲρ τῶν φίλων; EFascher, Z. Auslegg. v. J 10:17, 18: Deutsche Theol. ’41, 37–66); 13:37f; 15:13; 1 J 3:16ab (Appian, Bell. Civ. 4, 68 §289 δεξιάς; SibOr 5, 157 τ. simply=δίδωμι).γ. act. show deference to τιθέναι τὰ γόνατα (σοι γόνυ τίθημι γαίᾳ Eur., Troad. 1307; also in Lat.: genua ponere Ovid, Fasti 2, 438; Curt. 8, 7, 13; B-D-F §5, 3b) bend the knee, kneel down Mk 15:19; Lk 22:41; Ac 7:60; 9:40; 20:36; 21:5; Hv 1, 1, 3; 2, 1, 2.δ. act. place before someone, serve (X., Mem. 3, 14, 1; JosAs 15:14 τράπεζαν καὶ ἄρτον Just., A I, 66, 4) οἶνον J 2:10 (Bel 11 Theod. οἶνον θές).ε. act. and mid. have (in mind) θέτε ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις w. inf. foll. make up (your) minds Lk 21:14. Mid. ἔθεντο ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτῶν they kept in mind (the obj. acc. is supplied by the immediate context) Lk 1:66 (1 Km 21:13). The same expr.= come to think of someth., contrive someth. in one’s mind 21:14 v.l.; Ac 5:4. Likew. ἔθετο ὁ Παῦλος ἐν τῷ πνεύματι w. inf. foll. Paul resolved 19:21. θέσθε εἰς τὰ ὦτα ὑμῶν τοὺς λόγους τούτους Lk 9:44.ζ. act. and mid. effect someth., arrange for someth. τ. ἐπί τινος foll. by the acc. and inf. ordain by means of someone that … B 13:6.—τὸ μέρος αὐτοῦ μετὰ τῶν ὑποκριτῶν θήσει (μέρος 2) Mt 24:51; cp. Lk 12:46. Mid. w. acc. (GrBar 2:1 [of God]; Appian, Bell. Civ. 2, 106 §442 εὐχὰς τίθεσθαι=offer prayers) βουλήν reach a decision (βουλή 2a) Ac 27:12.η. mid. put (in custody) τίθεσθαί τινα ἐν τηρήσει Ac 5:18; ἐν (τῇ) φυλακῇ (Gen 41:10; 42:17) Mt 14:3 v.l.; Ac 5:25; εἰς φυλακήν (PPetr II, 5a, 3 [III B.C.]) 12:4; εἰς τήρησιν (w. the acc. easily supplied) 4:3. ἐν σωτηρίῳ place in safety, cause to share salvation (w. acc. to be supplied) 1 Cl 15:6 (Ps 11:6).θ. act. provide (an example) ὑπόδειγμά τινος τιθ. set up an example of someth. 2 Pt 2:6 (cp. Jos., Ant. 17, 313 παράδειγμα τῆς ἀρετῆς τιθέναι). Those persons are added, in the dat., to whose advantage or disadvantage the example is given: τιθέναι πρόσκομμα τῷ ἀδελφῷ Ro 14:13 (πρόσκομμα 2b). σκοπὸν τοῖς νέοις θήσομεν 2 Cl 19:1.② act. to lay aside/deposit (money), put aside, store up, deposit a t.t. term of commercial life (Demosth. 52, 3 ἀργύριον al.; Hyperid. 5, 4; Theocr., Epigr. 14, 2; Plut., Mor. 829b; pap) opp. αἴρειν you withdraw what you did not deposit Lk 19:21; cp. vs. 22. ἕκαστος παρʼ ἑαυτῷ τιθέτω each one is to put aside at home 1 Cor 16:2.③ to assign to some task or function, appoint, assignⓐ τιθέναι τινὰ εἴς τι place/appoint someone to or for ( to function as) someth. (for the construction cp. Ael. Aristid. 53 p. 636 D.: τοὺς οὐκ ὄντας νόμους εἰς νόμους τ.) τέθεικά σε εἰς φῶς ἐθνῶν Ac 13:47 (Is 49:6); pass.: εἰς ὸ̔ ἐτέθην ἐγὼ κῆρυξ 1 Ti 2:7; 2 Ti 1:11. Also τιθ. τινὰ ἵνα appoint someone to … J 15:16.ⓑ mid. τίθεσθαι τινὰ εἴς τι appoint someone to or for someth. Dg 6:10. W. acc. easily supplied 1 Ti 1:12.ⓐ establish, give, of a law (τιθέναι νόμον since Soph., El. 580; IAndrosIsis, Kyme 4; the mid. τίθεσθαι νόμον since Hdt. 1, 29. Both oft. in Pla.; likew. Diod S 5, 83, 5, where the act. as well as the mid. is used of law. The act. also EpArist 15; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 316, Ant. 16, 1; Ath. 34, 2. The mid. also Appian, Bell. Civ. 3, 55 §228; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 269; 2, 273; Ar. 13, 7) only in the pass. (as Pla., Leg.; 4, 705d al.; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 184; Just., D. 11, 2; Ath. 33, 1) ὁ νόμος ἐτέθη Gal 3:19 D.ⓑ mid. w. acc. fix, establish, set καιροὺς οὓς ὁ πατὴρ ἔθετο times which the Father has fixed Ac 1:7. θέμενος ἐν ἡμῖν τὸν λόγον τῆς καταλλαγῆς as he established among us the word of reconciliation (=entrusted to us … ; cp. Ps 104:27 ἔθετο ἐν αὐτοῖς τ. λόγους) 2 Cor 5:19. ὁ θεὸς ἔθετο τὰ μέλη God has arranged the parts of the body 1 Cor 12:18.⑤ to cause to undergo a change in experience/condition, make, consignⓐ act. or pass., either w. a double acc. of the obj. and of the pred. (Hom.+; X., Cyr. 4, 6, 3; Lucian, Dial. Marin. 14, 2; Aelian, VH13, 6; Lev 26:31; Is 5:20; Wsd 10:21; Jos., Ant. 11, 39) or in the form τιθέναι τινὰ εἴ τι (cp. 3a).α. make someone ὸ̔ν ἔθηκεν κληρονόμον πάντων Hb 1:2. πατέρα πολλῶν ἐθνῶν τέθεικά σε Ro 4:17 (Gen 17:5). ἕως ἂν θῶ τοὺς ἐχθρούς σου ὑποπόδιον τῶν ποδῶν σου until I make your enemies a footstool for your feet (Ps 109:1): Mt 22:44 v.l.; Lk 20:43; Ac 2:35; Hb 1:13; the same quotation introduced with ἄχρι οὗ θῇ 1 Cor 15:25; pass. Hb 10:13 (on this expr. cp. Plut., Mor. 1097c [HAlmqvist, Pl. u. das NT ’46, 104]). Consign, act. εἰ κόλασιν 1 Cl 11:1; pass. of those who refuse to believe the word εἰ ὸ̔ καὶ ἐτέθησαν 1 Pt 2:8; of Paul’s obligation to accept his destiny at Rome εἰς τοῦτο γὰρ ἐτέθην AcPl Ha 7, 15. Cp. 3a.β. make someth. (Mimnermus 1, 10 D.2 cause someth. to become someth. [adj.]: ‘God has made old age vexatious’) ἀδάπανον θήσω τὸ εὐαγγέλιον 1 Cor 9:18.ⓑ mid. w. a double acc. make someone someth. (Appian., Illyr. 13 §37 φίλον τίθεσθαί τινα; schol. on Pind., O. 1, 58b; 2 Macc 5:21; Ath. 12, 2. S. also Tyrtaeus [VII B.C.] 8, 5 D.3 of the man who is called upon to hate his own life [in battle]: ἀνὴρ ἐχθρὴν ψυχὴν θέμενος) Ac 20:28 (CClaereboets, Biblica 24, ’43, 370–87); 1 Cor 12:28. τίθεσθαι τινὰ εἲ τι consign someone to someth. ὀργήν 1 Th 5:9.—B. 832. DELG. M-M. EDNT. TW. -
10 διαθήκη
διαθήκη, ης, ἡ (Democr., Aristoph.+; ins, pap, LXX, En, TestSol, TestAbr, Test12Patr; ParJer 6:21; ApcEsdr, ApcMos; AssMos Fgm. a; Philo, Joseph., Just.; Mel., HE 4, 26, 14) apart from the simplex θήκη ‘case, chest’, for the mng. of this word one must begin with the mid. form of the verb διατίθεμαι, which is freq. used in legal and commercial discourse of disposition of things (s. L-S-J-M s.v. διατιθημι B), w. implication of promissory obligation. Disposition of one’s personal effects would naturally come under testamentary law, hence① last will and testament (so exclusively in Hellenistic times, Eger [s. 3 below] 99 note; exx. e.g. in Riggenbach 292ff; Behm 10, 1; 2; Philo, Joseph., Test12Patr; loanw. in rabb.) Hb 9:16f; δ. κεκυρωμένη a will that has been ratified Gal 3:15; cp. 17, where δ. shades into mng. 2 (s. κυρόω 1, προκυρόω); s. also EBammel, below, and JSwetnam, CBQ 27, ’65, 373–90. On Jewish perspective s. RKatzoff, An Interpretation of PYadin 19—A Jewish Gift after Death: ProcXXCongPap 562–65.② As a transl. of בְּרִית in LXX δ. retains the component of legal disposition of personal goods while omitting that of the anticipated death of a testator. A Hellenistic reader would experience no confusion, for it was a foregone conclusion that gods were immortal. Hence a δ. decreed by God cannot require the death of the testator to make it operative. Nevertheless, another essential characteristic of a testament is retained, namely that it is the declaration of one person’s initiative, not the result of an agreement betw. two parties, like a compact or a contract. This is beyond doubt one of the main reasons why the LXX rendered בְּרִית by δ. In the ‘covenants’ of God, it was God alone who set the conditions; hence covenant (s. OED s.v. ‘covenant’ sb. 7) can be used to trans. δ. only when this is kept in mind. So δ. acquires a mng. in LXX which cannot be paralleled w. certainty in extra-Biblical sources, namely ‘decree’, ‘declaration of purpose’, ‘set of regulations’, etc. Our lit., which is very strongly influenced by LXX in this area, seems as a rule to have understood the word in these senses (JHughes, NovT 21, ’79, 27–96 [also Hb 9:16–20; Gal 3:15–17]). God has issued a declaration of his purpose Ro 11:27 (Is 59:21); 1 Cl 15:4 (Ps 77:37); 35:7 (Ps 49:16), which God bears in mind (cp. Ps 104:8f; 105:45 al.) Lk 1:72; it goes back to ancestral days Ac 3:25 (PsSol 9:10; ParJer 6:21). God also issued an ordinance (of circumcision) 7:8 (cp. Gen 17:10ff). Since God’s holy will was set forth on more than one occasion (Gen 6:18; 9:9ff; 15:18; 17:2ff; Ex 19:5 and oft.), one may speak of διαθῆκαι decrees, assurances (cp. διαθῆκαι πατέρων Wsd 18:22; 2 Macc 8:15.—But the pl. is also used for a single testament: Diog. L. 4, 44; 5, 16. In quoting or referring to Theophr. sometimes the sing. [Diog. L. 5, 52; 56] is used, sometimes the pl. [5, 51; 57]) Ro 9:4; Eph 2:12. Much emphasis is laid on the δ. καινή, mentioned as early as Jer 38:31, which God planned for future disposition (Hb 8:8–10; 10:16). God’s decree or covenant directed toward the Christians is a καινὴ δ. (δ. δευτέρα Orig., C. Cels. 2, 75) Lk 22:20; 1 Cor 11:25; 2 Cor 3:6; Hb 8:8; 9:15a; PtK 2 p. 15, 5, or δ. νέα Hb 12:24; PtK 2 p. 15, 6 which, as a δ. αἰώνιος (cp. Jer 39:40; En 99:2) Hb 13:20, far excels 7:22; 8:6 the παλαιὰ δ. 2 Cor 3:14, or πρώτη δ. Hb 9:15b, with which it is contrasted. Both are mentioned (Did., Gen. 46, 4; 235, 26) Gal 4:24; B 4:6ff (Ex 34:28; 31:18; Just., D. 67, 9). Blood was shed when the old covenant was proclaimed at Sinai Hb 9:20 (Ex 24:8); the same is true of the new covenant Hb 10:29. τὸ αἷμά μου τ. διαθήκης Mt 26:28; Mk 14:24 (ELohse, Märtyrer u. Gottesknecht2, ’63, 122–29) is prob. to be understood in connection w. this blood (s. WWrede, ZNW 1, 1900, 69–74; TRobinson, My Blood of the Covenant: KMarti Festschr. 1925, 232–37; for a critique of this view s. GWalther, Jesus, D. Passalamm des Neuen Bundes, ’50, 22–27 and JJeremias TLZ, ’51, 547. For Syriac background JEmerton, JTS 13, ’62, 111–17; s. also ÉDelebrecque, Études grecques sur l’vangile de Luc ’76, 109–21).—The v.l. Lk 22:29 may be derived from Jer 39:40 or Is 55:3 LXX (for the cognate acc. s. Aristoph., Aves 440).—δ. may also be transl. decree in the Ep. of Barnabas (4:6ff; 6:19; 9:6; 13:1, 6; 14:1ff δ. δοῦναί τινι); but the freq. occurrence of the idea of inheritance (6:19; 13:1, 6; 14:4f), makes it likely that the ‘decree’ is to be thought of as part of a will.③ The mng. compact, contract seems firmly established for Gr-Rom. times (FNorton, A Lexicographical and Historical Study of Διαθήκη, Chicago 1908, 31ff; EBruck, D. Schenkung auf d. Todesfall im griech. u. röm. Recht I 1909, 115ff; JWackernagel, D. Kultur d. Gegenw. I 82 1907, 309). It remains doubtful whether this mng. has influenced our lit. here and there (exc. quite prob. Lk 22:29 v.l. with its administrative tenor; the phrase διατίθεμαι δ. as Aristoph., Av. 440 of a treaty agreement), but the usage of the term δ. in such sense would again serve as a bridge to LXX usage.—The expr. ἡ κιβωτὸς τ. διαθήκης covenant chest i.e. the sacred box (Eng. ‘ark’ as loanw. from Lat. arca) that symbolized God’s pledge of presence w. Israel (Ex 31:7; 39:14 al.) Hb 9:4; Rv 11:19 or αἱ πλάκες τ. διαθ. (Ex 34:28; Dt 9:9, 11) Hb 9:4 would have required some acquaintance with Israelite tradition on the part of ancient readers.—ERiggenbach, D. Begriff d. Διαθήκη im Hb: Theol. Stud. f. TZahn 1908, 289ff, Hb2 1922, 205ff al.; ACarr, Covenant or Testament?: Exp. 7th ser., 7, 1909, 347ff; JBehm, D. Begriff D. im NT 1912; ELohmeyer, Diatheke 1913; WFerguson, Legal Terms Common to the Macedonian Inscr. and the NT, 1913, 42–46 (testamentary exhibits); HKennedy, Exp. 8th ser., 10, 1915, 385ff; GVos, Hebrews, the Epistle of the Diatheke: PTR 13, 1915, 587–632; 14, 1916, 1–61; OEger, ZNW 18, 1918, 84–108; EBurton, ICC Gal 1921, 496–505; LdaFonseca, Διαθήκη foedus an testamentum?: Biblica 8, 1927; 9, 1928; EBammel, Gottes διαθήκη (Gal 3:15–17) u. d. jüd. Rechtsdenken, NTS 6, ’60, 313–19; NDow, A Select Bibliography on the Concept of Covenant, Austin Seminary Bulletin 78, 6, ’63; CRoetzel, Biblica 51, ’70, 377–90 (Ro 9:4); DMcCarthy, Berit and Covenant (Deut.), ’72, 65–85; EChristiansen, The Covenant in Judaism and Paul ’95.—DELG s.v. θήκη. M-M. TW. Sv. -
11 ἁμαρτία
ἁμαρτία, ίας, ἡ (w. mngs. ranging fr. involuntary mistake/ error to serious offenses against a deity: Aeschyl., Antiphon, Democr.+; ins fr. Cyzicus JHS 27, 1907, p. 63 [III B.C.] ἁμαρτίαν μετανόει; PLips 119 recto, 3; POxy 1119, 11; LXX; En, TestSol, TestAbr, TestJob, Test12Patr; JosAs 12:14; ParJer, ApcEsdr, ApcSed, ApcMos; EpArist 192; Philo; Jos., Ant. 13, 69 al.; Ar. [Milne 76, 42]; Just., A I, 61, 6; 10; 66, 1, D. 13, 1 al.; Tat. 14, 1f; 20, 1; Mel., P. 50, 359; 55, 400; s. ClR 24, 1910, 88; 234; 25, 1911, 195–97).① a departure fr. either human or divine standards of uprightnessⓐ sin (w. context ordinarily suggesting the level of heinousness), the action itself (ἁμάρτησις s. prec.), as well as its result (ἁμάρτημα), πᾶσα ἀδικία ἁ. ἐστίν 1J 5:17 (cp. Eur., Or. 649; Gen 50:17). ἁ. w. ἀνομήματα Hv 1, 3, 1; descr. as ἀνομία (cp. Ps 58:3; TestJob 43:17) 1J 3:4; but one who loves is far from sin Pol 3:3, cp. Js 5:20; 1 Pt 4:8, 1 Cl 49:5; Agr 13. ἀναπληρῶσαι τὰς ἁ. fill up the measure of sins (Gen 15:16) 1 Th 2:16. κοινωνεῖν ἁ. ἀλλοτρίαις 1 Ti 5:22. ποιεῖν ἁ. commit a sin (Tob 12:10; 14:7S; Dt 9:21) 2 Cor 11:7; 1 Pt 2:22; Js 5:15; 1J 3:4, 8. For this ἁμαρτάνειν ἁ. (Ex 32:30; La 1:8) 1J 5:16; ἐργάζεσθαι ἁ. Js 2:9; Hm 4, 1, 2 (LXX oft. ἐργάζ. ἀδικίαν or ἀνομίαν). μεγάλην ἁ. ἐργάζεσθαι commit a great sin m 4, 1, 1; 8:2. Pl. (cp. Pla., Ep. 7, 335a τὰ μεγάλα ἁμαρτήματα κ. ἀδικήματα) Hs 7:2. ἐπιφέρειν ἁ. τινί Hv 1, 2, 4. ἑαυτῷ ἁ. ἐπιφέρειν bring sin upon oneself m 11:4; for this ἁ. ἐπισπᾶσθαί τινι m 4, 1, 8 (cp. Is 5:18). προστιθέναι ταῖς ἁ. add to one’s sins (cp. προσέθηκεν ἁμαρτίας ἐφʼ ἁμαρτίας PsSol 3:10) Hv 5:7; m 4, 3, 7; Hs 6, 2, 3; 8, 11, 3; φέρειν ἁ. 1 Cl 16:4 (Is 53:4). ἀναφέρειν vs. 14 (Is 53:12). γέμειν ἁμαρτιῶν B 11:11. εἶναι ἐν ταῖς ἁμαρτίαις 1 Cor 15:17 (cp. Alex. Aphr., Eth. Probl. 9 II 2 p. 129, 13 ἐν ἁμαρτήμασιν εἶναι).—Sin viewed from the perspective of God’s or Christ’s response: ἀφιέναι τὰς ἁ. let go = forgive sins (Lev 4:20 al.) Mt 9:2, 5f; Mk 2:5, 7, 9f; Lk 5:20ff; Hv 2, 2, 4; 1 Cl 50:5; 53:5 (Ex 32:32) al. (ἀφίημι 2); hence ἄφεσις (τῶν) ἁμαρτιῶν (Iren. 1, 21, 2 [Harv. I 182, 4]) forgiveness of sins Mt 26:28; Mk 1:4; Lk 1:77; 3:3; 24:47; Ac 2:38; 5:31; 10:43; 13:38; Hm 4, 3, 2; B 5:1; 6:11; 8:3; 11:1; 16:8. διδόναι ἄφεσιν ἁ. AcPl Ha 2, 30; λαβεῖν ἄφεσιν ἁ. receive forgiveness of sins Ac 26:18 (Just., D. 54 al); καθαρίζειν τὰς ἁ. cleanse the sins (thought of as a stain) Hs 5, 6, 3; καθαρίζειν ἀπὸ ἁ. 1 Cl 18:3 (Ps 50:4; cp. Sir 23:10; PsSol 10:1); also καθαρισμὸν ποιεῖσθαι τῶν ἁ. Hb 1:3; ἀπολούεσθαι τὰς ἁ. Ac 22:16 ([w. βαπτίζειν] Just., D. 13, 1 al.). λύτρον ἁ. ransom for sins B 19:10.—αἴρειν J 1:29; περιελεῖν ἁ. Hb 10:11; ἀφαιρεῖν (Ex 34:9; Is 27; 9) vs. 4; Hs 9, 28, 3; ῥυσθῆναι ἀπὸ ἁ. 1 Cl 60:3; ἀπὸ τῶν ἁ. ἀποσπασθῆναι AcPlCor 2:9. Sin as a burden αἱ ἁ. κατεβάρησαν Hs 9, 28, 6; as a disease ἰᾶσθαι Hs 9, 28, 5 (cp. Dt 30:3); s. also the verbs in question.—Looked upon as an entry in a ledger; hence ἐξαλείφεται ἡ ἁ. wiped away, cancelled (Ps 108:14; Jer 18:23; Is 43:25) Ac 3:19.—Opp. στῆσαι τὴν ἁ. 7:60; λογίζεσθαι ἁ. take account of sin (as a debt; cp. the commercial metaphor Ro 4:6 and s. FDanker, Gingrich Festschr. 104, n. 2) Ro 4:8 (Ps 31:2); 1 Cl 60:2 (Just., D. 141, 3). Pass. ἁ. οὐκ ἐλλογεῖται is not entered in the account Ro 5:13 (GFriedrich, TLZ 77, ’52, 523–28). Of sinners ὀφειλέτης ἁ. Pol 6:1 (cp. SIG 1042, 14–16 [II A.D.] ὸ̔ς ἂν δὲ πολυπραγμονήσῃ τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ ἢ περιεργάσηται, ἁμαρτίαν ὀφιλέτω Μηνὶ Τυράννωι, ἣν οὐ μὴ δύνηται ἐξειλάσασθαι).—γινώσκειν ἁ. (cp. Num 32:23) Ro 7:7; Hm 4, 1, 5. ἐπίγνωσις ἁμαρτίας Ro 3:20; ὁμολογεῖν τὰς ἁ. 1J 1:9; ἐξομολογεῖσθε ἐπὶ ταῖς ἁ. B 19:12; ἐξομολογεῖσθαι τὰς ἁ. Mt 3:6; Mk 1:5; Hv 3, 1, 5f; Hs 9, 23, 4; ἐξομολογεῖσθε ἀλλήλοις τὰς ἁ. confess your sins to each other Js 5:16.—ἐλέγχειν τινὰ περὶ ἁ. convict someone of sin J 8:46; cp. ἵνα σου τὰς ἁ. ἐλέγξω πρὸς τὸν κύριον that I might reveal your sins before the Lord Hv 1, 1, 5.—σεσωρευμένος ἁμαρτίαις loaded down w. sins 2 Ti 3:6; cp. ἐπισωρεύειν ταῖς ἁ. B 4:6; ἔνοχος τῆς ἁ. involved in the sin Hm 2:2; 4, 1, 5. μέτοχος τῆς ἁ. m 4, 1, 9.—In Hb sin is atoned for (ἱλάσκεσθαι τὰς ἁ. 2:17) by sacrifices θυσίαι ὑπὲρ ἁ. 5:1 (cp. 1 Cl 41:2). προσφορὰ περὶ ἁ. sin-offering 10:18; also simply περὶ ἁ. (Lev 5:11; 7:37) vss. 6, 8 (both Ps 39:7; cp. 1 Pt 3:18); προσφέρειν περὶ ἁ. bring a sin-offering Hb 5:3; cp. 10:12; 13:11. Christ has made the perfect sacrifice for sin 9:23ff; συνείδησις ἁ. consciousness of sin 10:2; ἀνάμνησις ἁ. a reminder of sins of the feast of atonement vs. 3.ⓑ special sins (ἁ. τῆς ἀποστασίας Iren. 5, 26, 2 [Harv. II 397, 4]): πρὸς θάνατον that leads to death 1J 5:16b (ἁμαρτάνω e); opp. οὐ πρὸς θάνατον vs. 17. μεγάλη ἁ. a great sin Hv 1, 1, 8 al. (Gen 20:9; Ex 32:30 al.; cp. Schol. on Pla., Tht. 189d ἁμαρτήματα μεγάλα). μείζων ἁ. m 11:4; ἥττων 1 Cl 47:4. μεγάλη κ. ἀνίατος Hm 5, 2, 4; τέλειαι ἁ. Hv 1, 2, 1; B 8:1, cp. τὸ τέλειον τῶν ἁ. 5:11 (Philo, Mos. 1, 96 κατὰ τῶν τέλεια ἡμαρτηκότων); ἡ προτέρα ἁ. (Arrian, Anab. 7, 23, 8 εἴ τι πρότερον ἡμάρτηκας) sin committed before baptism Hm 4, 1, 11; 4, 3, 3; Hs 8, 11, 3; cp. v 2, 1, 2.② a state of being sinful, sinfulness, a prominent feature in Johannine thought, and opposed to ἀλήθεια; hence ἁ. ἔχειν J 9:41; 15:24; 1J 1:8. μείζονα ἁ. ἔχειν J 19:11; ἁ. μένει 9:41. γεννᾶσθαι ἐν ἁμαρτίαις be born in sin 9:34 (ἐν ἁμαρτίᾳ v.l).; opp. ἐν ἁ. ἀποθανεῖν die in sin 8:21, 24; AcPl Ha 1, 16. ἁ. ἐν αὐτῷ οὐκ ἔστιν 1J 3:5.③ a destructive evil power, sinⓐ Paul thinks of sin almost in pers. terms (cp. Sir 27:10; Mel., P. 50, 359; PGM 4, 1448 w. other divinities of the nether world, also Ἁμαρτίαι χθόνιαι; Dibelius, Geisterwelt 119ff) as a ruling power that invades the world. Sin came into the world Ro 5:12 (JFreundorfer, Erbsünde u. Erbtod b. Ap. Pls 1927; ELohmeyer, ZNW 29, 1930, 1–59; JSchnitzer, D. Erbsünde im Lichte d. Religionsgesch. ’31; ROtto, Sünde u. Urschuld ’32; FDanker, Ro 5:12: Sin under Law: NTS 14, ’67/68, 424–39), reigns there vs. 21; 6:14; everything was subject to it Gal 3:22; people serve it Ro 6:6; are its slaves vss. 17, 20; are sold into its service 7:14 or set free from it 6:22; it has its law 7:23; 8:2; it revives (ἀνέζησεν) Ro 7:9 or is dead vs. 8; it pays its wages, viz., death 6:23, cp. 5:12 (see lit. s.v. ἐπί 6c). As a pers. principle it dwells in humans Ro 7:17, 20, viz., in the flesh (s. σάρξ 2cα) 8:3; cp. vs. 2; 7:25. The earthly body is hence a σῶμα τῆς ἁ. 6:6 (Col 2:11 v.l.).—As abstr. for concr. τὸν μὴ γνόντα ἁ. ὑπέρ ἡμῶν ἁμαρτίαν ἐποίησεν (God) made him, who never sinned, to be sin (i.e. the guilty one) for our sakes 2 Cor 5:21.ⓑ In Hb (as in OT) sin appears as the power that deceives humanity and leads it to destruction, whose influence and activity can be ended only by sacrifices (s. 1a end): ἀπάτη τῆς ἁ. Hb 3:13.—On the whole word s. ἁμαρτάνω, end. GMoore, Judaism I 445–52; ABüchler, Studies in Sin and Atonement in the Rabb. Lit. of the I Cent. 1928; WKnuth, D. Begriff der Sünde b. Philon v. Alex., diss. Jena ’34; EThomas, The Problem of Sin in the NT 1927; Dodd 76–81; DDaube, Sin, Ignorance and Forgiveness in the Bible, ’61; AGelin and ADescamps, Sin in the Bible, ’65.—On the special question ‘The Christian and Sin’ see PWernle 1897; HWindisch 1908; EHedström 1911; RBultmann, ZNW 23, 1924, 123–40; Windisch, ibid. 265–81; RSchulz, D. Frage nach der Selbsttätigkt. d. Menschen im sittl. Leben b. Pls., diss. Hdlb. ’40.—JAddison, ATR 33, ’51, 137–48; KKuhn, πειρασμός ἁμαρτία σάρξ im NT: ZTK 49, ’52, 200–222; JBremer, Hamartia ’69 (Gk. views).—B. 1182. EDNT. DELG s.v. ἁμαρτάνω. M-M. TW. -
12 volo
1.vŏlo (2 d pers. sing. vis, orig. veis, Prisc. 9, 1, 6, p. 847 P.; 1 st pers. plur. volumus, but volimus, Plaut. Truc. 1, 2, 89 Speng.; 3 d pers. sing. volt, and 2 d pers. plur. voltis always in ante-class. writers;I.also volt,
Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 17, § 42; 2, 5, 49, § 128; id. Sest. 42, 90; id. Phil. 8, 9, 26; id. Par. 5, 1, 34; id. Rep. 3, 33, 45:voltis,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 53, § 122; 2, 3, 94, § 219; 2, 5, 5, § 11; 2, 3, 89, § 208; id. Clu. 30, 83; id. Rab. Perd. 12, 33; id. Sest. 30, 64; id. Par. 1, 2, 11 et saep. — Pres. subj. velim, but sometimes volim, Plaut. Merc. 1, 2, 44 Ritschl; cf. Prisc. 9, 1, 8, p. 848 P.;so volint,
Plaut. Most. 1, 3, 65 Ritschl), velle, volui ( part. fut. voliturus, Serv. ad Verg. A. 5, 712; contr. forms, vin for visne, freq. in Plaut. and Ter., also Hor. S. 1, 9, 69; Pers. 6, 63:sis for si vis,
Plaut. Capt. 1, 2, 70; id. Merc. 4, 4, 37; id. Pers. 3, 3, 8; Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 20; id. Heaut. 1, 2, 38; Cic. Tusc. 2, 18, 42; id. Rosc. Am. 16, 48; id. Mil. 22, 60; Liv. 34, 32, 20:sultis for si voltis, only ante-class.,
Plaut. Stich. 1, 2, 8; id. As. prol. 1; id. Capt. 2, 3, 96; 3, 5, 9; 4, 4, 11), v. irreg. a. [Sanscr. var-; Gr. bol-, boulomai; cf. the strengthened root Wel- in eeldomai, elpomai; Germ. wollen; Engl. will], expressing any exercise of volition, and corresponding, in most cases, to the Germ. wollen; in Engl. mostly rendered, to wish, want, intend, purpose, propose, be willing, consent, mean, will, and, impersonally, it is my will, purpose, intention, plan, policy (syn.: cupio, opto; but volo properly implies a purpose).In gen.A.With object-infinitive.1.With pres. inf.a.To wish.(α).Exire ex urbe priusquam luciscat volo, Plaut. Am. 1, 3, 35:(β).potare ego hodie tecum volo,
id. Aul. 3, 6, 33:ego quoque volo esse liber: nequiquam volo,
id. Trin. 2, 4, 39; so id. ib. 2, 4, 164:ait rem seriam agere velle mecum,
Ter. Eun. 3, 3, 8:natus enim debet quicunque est velle manere In vita,
Lucr. 5, 177:video te alte spectare et velle in caelum migrare,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 34, 82:quid poetae? Nonne post mortem nobilitari volunt?
id. ib. 1, 15, 34:si innocentes existimari volumus,
id. Verr. 2, 2, 10, § 28:quoniam opinionis meae voluistis esse participes,
id. de Or. 1, 37, 172:quod eas quoque nationes adire et regiones cognoscere volebat,
Caes. B. G. 3, 7:si velit suos recipere, obsides sibi remittat,
id. ib. 3, 8 fin.:dominari illi volunt, vos liberi esse,
Sall. J. 31, 23:si haec relinquere voltis,
id. C. 58, 15:priusquam liberi estis, dominari jam in adversarios vultis,
Liv. 3, 53, 7:si quis vestrum suos invisere volt, commeatum do,
id. 21, 21, 5:non enim vincere tantum noluit, sed vinci voluit,
id. 2, 59, 2:suspitionem Caesar quibusdam reliquit, neque voluisse se diutius vivere, neque curasse,
Suet. Caes. 85:Eutrapelus cuicunque nocere volebat, Vestimenta dabat pretiosa,
Hor. Ep. 1, 18, 31.—Idiomatically: quid arbitramini Rheginos merere velle ut ab iis marmorea illa Venus auferatur? what do you think the Rhegini would take for, etc., Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 60, § 135.—(γ).Transf., of things: fabula quae posci vult et spectata reponi, a comedy which wishes (i. e. is meant) to be in demand, etc., Hor. A. P. 190:b.neque enim aut hiare semper vocalibus aut destitui temporibus volunt sermo atque epistula,
Quint. 9, 4, 20; cf. id. 8, prooem. 23.—Of the wishes of those that have a right to command, the gods, masters, parents, commanders, etc., I want, wish, will, am resolved, it is my will:c.in acdibus quid tibi meis erat negoti...? Volo scire,
Plaut. Aul. 3, 2, 14; 3, 2, 17; 3, 2, 18; 3, 6, 27; id. Curc. 4, 3, 11; id. Ep. 3, 4, 74; id. Mil. 2, 3, 74; 3, 1, 17; id. Stich. 1, 2, 56; Ter. And. 1, 2, 9; 4, 2, 17:maxima voce clamat populus, neque se uni, nec paucis velle parere,
Cic. Rep. 1, 35, 55:consuesse deos immortalis, quos pro scelere eorum ulcisci velint, etc.,
Caes. B. G. 1, 13:hic experiri vim virtutemque volo,
Liv. 23, 45, 9.—= in animo habere, to intend, purpose, mean, design:d.ac volui inicere tragulam in nostrum senem,
Plaut. Ps. 1, 4, 14:eadem quae illis voluisti facere tu, faciunt tibi,
id. Mil. 3, 1, 11; so id. Most. 2, 2, 5:puerumque clam voluit exstinguere,
Ter. Hec. 5, 1, 23:necare candem voluit,
Cic. Cael. 13, 31: quid enim ad illum qui te captare vult, utrum [p. 2005] tacentem te irretiat an loquentem? id. Ac. 2, 29, 94:hostis hostem occidere volui,
Liv. 2, 12, 9; 7, 34, 11: volui interdiu eum... occidere; volui, cum ad cenam invitavi, veneno scilicet tollere;volui... ferro interficere (ironically),
id. 40, 13, 2:tuum crimen erit, hospitem occidere voluisse,
the intention to kill your guest-friend, Val. Max. 5, 1, 3 fin.; 6, 1, 8:non enim vult mori, sed invidiam filio facere,
Quint. 9, 2, 85.—Pregn., opp. optare: non vult mori qui optat,
Sen. Ep. 117, 24:sed eo die is, cui dare volueram (epistulam), non est profectus,
Cic. Att. 9, 7, 1:cum de senectute vellem aliquid scribere,
id. Sen. 1, 2:ego te volui castigare, tu mihi accussatrix ades,
Plaut. As. 3, 1, 10:bonus volo jam ex hoc die esse,
id. Pers. 4, 3, 10:ego jam a principio amici filiam, Ita ut aequom fuerat, volui uxorem ducere,
Ter. Phorm. 4, 3, 46:at etiam eo negotio M. Catonis splendorem maculare voluerunt,
it was their purpose, Cic. Sest. 28, 60:eum (tumulum) non tam capere sine certamine volebat, quam causam certaminis cum Minucio contrahere,
his plan was, Liv. 22, 28, 4.—Of things:cum lex venditionibus occurrere voluit,
when it was the purpose of the law, Dig. 46, 1, 46: sed quid ea drachuma facere vis? Ca. Restim volo Mihi emere... qui me faciam pensilem, Plaut. Ps. 1, 1, 87: Ch. Revorsionem ad terram faciunt vesperi. Ni. Aurum hercle auferre voluere, id. Bacch. 2, 3, 63:si iis qui haec omnia flamma ac ferro delere voluerunt... bellum indixi, etc.,
Cic. Prov. Cons. 10, 24:(plebem) per caedem senatus vacuam rem publicam tradere Hannibali velle,
Liv. 23, 2, 7:rem Nolanam in jus dicionemque dare voluerat Poeno,
id. 23, 15, 9: qui (majores nostri) tanta cura Siculos tueri ac retinere voluerunt ut, etc., whose policy it was to protect, etc., Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 6, § 14:ut qui a principio mitis omnibus Italicis praeter Romanos videri vellet, etc.,
Liv. 23, 15, 4: idem istuc, si in vilitate largiri voluisses, derisum tuum beneficium esset, if you had offered to grant the same thing during low prices, etc., Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 92, § 215.—= studere, conari, to try, endeavor, attempt:e.quas (i. e. magnas res) qui impedire vult, is et infirmus est mobilisque natura, et, etc.,
Cic. Lael. 20, 75:nam si quando id (exordium) primum invenire volui, nullum mihi occurrit, nisi aut exile, aut, etc.,
id. Or. 2, 77, 315:de Antonio dico, numquam illum... nonnullorum de ipso suspitionem infitiando tollere voluisse,
that he never attempted to remove, id. Sest. 3, 8; id. Div. 1, 18, 35:audes Fatidicum fallere velle deum?
do you dare attempt? Ov. F. 2, 262.—To mean, of actions and expressions:f.hic respondere voluit, non lacessere,
the latter meant to answer, not to provoke, Ter. Phorm. prol. 19:non te judices urbi sed carceri reservarunt, neque to retinere in civitate, sed exilio privare voluerunt,
Cic. Att. 1, 16, 9.—So, volo dicere, I mean (lit. I intend to say):quid aliud volui dicere?
Ter. Eun. 3, 2, 51:volo autem dicere, illud homini longe optimum esse quod ipsum sit optandum per se,
Cic. Tusc. 2, 20, 46.—Often with the acc. illud or id, as a correction: Tr. Specta quam arcte dormiunt. Th. Dormiunt? Tr. Illut quidem ut conivent volui dicere, I mean how they nod, Plaut. Most. 3, 2, 145: Py. Quid? bracchium? Ar. Illud dicere volui femur, id. Mil. 1, 1, 27:adduxi volui dicere,
id. Ps. 2, 4, 21; id. Am. 1, 1, 233; 1, 1, 235; id. Cas. 2, 6, 14; id. Mil. 3, 2, 7; id. Ps. 3, 2, 54; id. Rud. 2, 4, 9.—To be going to: haec argumenta ego aedificiis dixi; nunc etiam volo docere ut homines aedium esse similes arbitremini, now I am going to show how, etc., Plaut. Most. 1, 2, 37: quando bene gessi rem, volo hic in fano supplicare, I am going to worship here, etc., id. Curc. 4, 2, 41:g.nunc quod relicuom restat volo persolvere,
id. Cist. 1, 3, 40:sustine hoc, Penicule, exuvias facere quas vovi volo,
id. Men. 1, 3, 13:sinite me prospectare ne uspiam insidiae sint, consilium quod habere volumus,
id. Mil. 3, 1, 3; id. As. 2, 2, 113; id. Cas. 4, 2, 3; id. Bacch. 1, 1, 61:si Prometheus, cum mortalibus ignem dividere vellet, ipse a vicinis carbunculos conrogaret, ridiculus videretur,
Auct. Her. 4, 6, 9:ait se velle de illis HS. LXXX. cognoscere,
Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 23, § 56:hinc se recipere cum vellent, rursus illi ex loco superiore nostros premebant,
Caes. B. C. 1, 45. —To be about to, on the point of: quom mittere signum Volt, Enn. ap. Cic. Div. 1, 48, 107 (Ann. v. 88 Vahl.):h.quotiens ire volo foras, retines me, rogitas quo ego eam,
Plaut. Men. 1, 2, 5:quae sese in ignem inicere voluit, prohibui,
Ter. And. 1, 1, 113:si scires aspidem latere uspiam, et velle aliquem imprudentem super eam adsidere,
Cic. Fin. 2, 18, 59; id. Div. 1, 52, 118:quod cum facere vellent, intervenit M. Manilius,
id. Rep. 1, 12, 18:qui cum opem ferre vellet, nuntiatum sibi esse aliam classem ad Aegates insulas stare,
Liv. 22, 56, 7:at Libys obstantes dum vult obvertere remos, In spatium resilire manus breve vidit,
Ov. M. 3, 676; 1, 635:P. Claudius cum proelium navale committere vellet,
Val. Max. 1, 4, 3.—Will, and in oblique discourse and questions would, the auxiliaries of the future and potential: animum advortite: Comediai nomen dari vobis volo, I will give you, etc., Plaut. Cas. prol. 30:k.sed, nisi molestum est, nomen dare vobis volo comediai,
id. Poen. prol. 50:vos ite intro. Interea ego ex hac statua verberea volo erogitare... quid sit factum,
id. Capt. 5, 1, 30:i tu atque arcessi illam: ego intus quod facto est opus volo adcurare,
id. Cas. 3, 3, 35; id. Cist. 1, 1, 113; id. Most. 1, 1, 63; id. Poen. 2, 44; id. Pers. 1, 3, 85; id. Rud. 1, 2, 33: cum vero (gemitus) nihil imminuat doloris, cur frustra turpes esse volumus? why will ( would) we be disgraceful to no purpose? Cic. Tusc. 2, 24, 57:illa enim (ars) te, verum si loqui volumus, ornaverat,
id. ib. 1, 47, 112:ergo, si vere aestimare volumus, etc.,
Val. Max. 7, 5, 6:si vere aestimare Macedonas, qui tunc erant, volumus,
Curt. 4, 16, 33:ejus me compotem facere potestis, si meminisse vultis, etc.,
Liv. 7, 40, 5:visne igitur, dum dies ista venit... interea tu ipse congredi mecum ut, etc....?
id. 8, 7, 7:volo tibi Chrysippi quoque distinctionem indicare,
Sen. Ep. 9, 14: vis tu homines urbemque feris praeponere silvis? will you prefer, etc., Hor. S. 2, 6, 92; cf. velim and vellem, would, II. A. 2.—Sometimes volui = mihi placuit, I resolved, concluded (generally, in this meaning, followed by an infinitive clause, v. I. B. 4.):1.uti tamen tuo consilio volui,
still I concluded to follow your advice, Cic. Att. 8, 3, 1.—To be willing, ready, to consent, like to do something: si sine bello velint rapta... tradere... se exercitum domum reducturum, if they were willing, would consent to, would deliver, etc., Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 52:m.is dare volt, is se aliquid posci,
likes to give, id. As. 1, 3, 29:hoc dixit, si hoc de cella concederetur, velle Siculos senatui polliceri frumentum in cellam gratis,
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 87, § 200:ei laxiorem daturos, si venire ad causam dicendam vellet,
Liv. 39, 17, 2; 5, 36, 4: nemo invenitur qui pecuniam suam dividere velit. Sen. Brev. Vit. 3, 1:plerique concessam sibi sub condicione vitam si militare adversus eum vellent, recusarunt,
Suet. Caes. 68:dedere etiam se volebant, si toleranda viris imperarentur,
Flor. 1, 33 (2, 18), 12.—So with negatives, to be not willing, not to suffer, not to like, not to allow, refuse:heri nemo voluit Sostratam intro admittere,
Ter. Hec. 3, 1, 49:cum alter verum audire non vult,
Cic. Lael. 26, 98: a proximis quisque minime anteiri vult, likes least to be surpassed, etc., Liv. 6, 34, 7:nihil ex his praeter... accipere voluit,
refused to accept, Val. Max. 4, 3, 4.—To do something voluntarily or intentionally: volo facere = mea voluntate or sponte facio: si voluit accusare, pietati tribuo;n.si jussus est, necessitati,
if he accused of his own free will, I ascribe it to his filial love, Cic. Cael. 1, 2:utrum statuas voluerint tibi statuere, an coacti sint,
id. Verr. 2, 2, 65, § 157:de risu quinque sunt quae quaerantur... sitne oratoris risum velle permovere,
on purpose, id. Or. 2, 58, 235:laedere numquam velimus,
Quint. 6, 3, 28.—So, non velle with inf., to do something unwillingly, with reluctance:vivere noluit qui mori non vult,
who dies with reluctance, Sen. Ep. 30, 10.—To be of opinion, think, mean, pretend (rare with inf.; usu. with acc. and inf.; v. B. 8.):o.haec tibi scripsi ut isto ipso in genere in quo aliquid posse vis, te nihil esse cognosceres,
in which you imagine you have some influence, Cic. Fam. 7, 27, 2:in hoc homo luteus etiam callidus ac veterator esse vult, quod ita scribit, etc.,
pretends, means to be, id. Verr. 2, 3, 14, § 35: sed idem Aelius Stoicus esse voluit, orator autem nec studuit um quam, nec fuit, id. Brut. 56, 206:Pythago. ras, qui etiam ipse augur esse vellet,
id. Div. 1, 3, 5.—To like, have no objection to, approve of (cf. E. 1. sq.):2.magis eum delectat qui se ait philosophari velle sed paucis: nam omnino haud placere,
that he liked, had no objection to philosophizing, Cic. Rep. 1, 18, 30; v. also II. A.—With pres. inf. understood.a.Supplied from a preceding or subsequent clause.(α).To wish, it is his will, etc. (cf. 1. a. and b. supra):(β).nunc bene vivo et fortunate atque ut volo, i. e. vivere,
as I wish, Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 111: quod diu vivendo multa quae non volt (i. e. videre) videt, Caecil. ap. Cic. Sen. 8, 25:proinde licet quotvis vivendo condere saecla,
Lucr. 3, 1090:nec tantum proficiebam quantum volebam,
Cic. Att. 1, 17, 1:tot autem rationes attulit, ut velle (i. e. persuadere) ceteris, sibi certe persuasisse videatur,
id. Tusc. 1, 21, 49:sed liceret, si velint, in Ubiorum finibus considere,
Caes. B. G. 4, 81:quo praesidio senatus libere quae vellet decernere auderet,
id. B. C. 1, 2.—Of things:neque chorda sonum reddit quem vult manus et mens,
Hor. A. P. 348.—To choose, be pleased (freq.):(γ).tum mihi faciat quod volt magnus Juppiter,
Plaut. Aul. 4, 10, 50:id repetundi copia est, quando velis,
id. Trin. 5, 2, 7:habuit aurum quamdiu voluit,
Cic. Cael. 13, 31:rapiebat et asportabat quantum a quoque volebat Apronius,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 12, § 29:provincias quas vellet, quibus vellet, venderet?
id. Sest. 39, 84:quotiens ille tibi potestatem facturus sit ut eligas utrum velis,
id. Div. in Caecil. 14, 45:daret utrum vellet subclamatum est,
Liv. 21, 18, 14:senatus consultum factum est ut plebes praeficeret quaestioni quem vellet,
id. 4, 51, 2:saxi materiaeque caedendae unde quisque vellet jus factum,
id. 5, 55, 3; cf. id. 2, 13, 9; 5, 46, 10; 6, 25, 5; 22, 10, 23; 23, 6, 2; 23, 15, 15; 23, 45, 10; 23, 47, 2;26, 21, 11: vicem suam conquestus, quod sibi soli non liceret amicis, quatenus vellet, irasci,
Suet. Aug. 66:at tu quantum vis tolle,
Hor. Ep. 1, 7, 16.—To intend, it is my purpose, etc. (v. 1. c. supra):(δ).sine me pervenire quo volo,
let me come to my point, Ter. Eun. 1, 2, 44:scripsi igitur Aristotelio more, quemadmodum quidem volui, tres libros... de Oratore,
as I intended, Cic. Fam. 1, 9, 23:ut meliore condicione quam qua ipse vult imitetur homines eos qui, etc.,
id. Div. in Caecil. 8, 25:ego istos posse vincere scio, velle ne scirem ipsi fecerunt,
Liv. 2, 45, 12. —To be willing, to consent, I will (v. 1. h. and l. supra): tu eum orato... St. Sane volo, yes, I will, Plaut. Cas. 2, 3, 57:(ε).jube me vinciri. Volo, dum istic itidem vinciatur,
id. Capt. 3, 4, 75:patri dic velle (i. e. uxorem ducere),
that you consent, are willing, Ter. And. 2, 3, 20 (cf.: si vis, II. A. 2, and sis, supra init.).—To do something voluntarily (v. 1. m. supra):b.tu selige tantum, Me quoque velle velis, anne coactus amem,
Ov. Am. 3, 11, 50.—With ellipsis of inf.(α).Volo, with a designation of place, = ire volo:(β).nos in Formiano morabamur, quo citius audiremus: deinde Arpinum volebamus,
I intended to go to Arpinum, Cic. Att. 9, 1, 3:volo mensi Quinctili in Graeciam,
id. ib. 14, 7, 2:hactenus Vitellius voluerat (i. e. procedere),
Tac. A. 12, 42 fin. —With other omissions, supplied from context: volo Dolabellae valde desideranti, non reperio quid (i. e. to dedicate some writing to him), Cic. Att. 13, 13, 2.—(γ).In mal. part., Plaut. Aul. 2, 4, 7; Ov. Am. 2, 4, 16; 2. 19, 2; Prop. 1, 13, 36.—3.With perfect infinitive active (rare).a.In negative imperative sentences dependent on ne velis, ne velit (in oblique discourse also ne vellet), where ne velis has the force of noli. The perfect infinitive emphatically represents the action as completed (ante-class. and poet.).(α).In ancient ordinances of the Senate and of the higher officers (not in laws proper): NEIQVIS EORVM BACANAL HABVISE VELET... BACAS VIR NEQVIS ADIESE VELET CEIVIS ROMANVS... NEVE PECVNIAM QVISQVAM EORVM COMOINEM HABVISE VELET... NEVE... QVIQVAM FECISE VELET. NEVE INTER SED CONIOVRASE, NEVE COMVOVISE NEVE CONSPONDISE, etc., S. C. de Bacch. 4-13 ap. Wordsworth, Fragm. and Spec. p. 172.—So, in quoting such ordinances: per totam Italiam edicta mitti ne quis qui Bacchis initiatus esset, coisse aut convenisse causa sacrorum velit. [p. 2006] neu quid talis rei divinae fecisse, Liv. 39, 14, 8:(β).edixerunt ne quis quid fugae causa vendidisse neve emisse vellet,
id. 39, 17, 3. —In imitation of official edicts: (vilicus) ne quid emisse velit insciente domino, neu quid domino celasse velit, the overseer must not buy any thing, etc., Cato, R. R. 5, 4:b.interdico, ne extulisse extra aedis puerum usquam velis,
Ter. Hec. 4, 1, 48:oscula praecipue nulla dedisse velis (= noli dare),
Ov. Am. 1, 4, 38:ne quis humasse velit Ajacem, Atride, vetas? Cur?
Hor. S. 2, 3, 187.—In affirmative sentences, implying command (in any mood or tense; mostly poet.): neminem nota strenui aut ignavi militis notasse volui, I have decided to mark no one, etc., Liv. 24, 16, 11: quia pepercisse vobis volunt, committere vos cur pereatis non patiuntur, because they have decided to spare you, etc., id. 32, 21, 33:c.sunt delicta tamen quibus ignovisse velimus (= volumus),
which should be pardoned, Hor. A. P. 347.—To represent the will as referring to a completed action.(α).In optative sentences with vellem or velim, v. II. B. 5. b. a, and II. C. 1. b.—(β).In other sentences ( poet. and post-class.): ex omnibus praediis ex quibus non hac mente recedimus ut omisisse possessionem velimus, with the will to abandon (omittere would denote the purpose to give up at some future time), Dig. 43, 16, 1, § 25; so,B.an erit qui velle recuset Os populi meruisse?
Pers. 1, 41:qui me volet incurvasse querela,
id. 1, 91.With acc. and inf.1.To wish (v. A. 1. a.).a.With a different subject: hoc volo scire te: Perditus sum miser, I wish you to know, etc., Plaut. Curc. 1, 2, 46:b.deos volo consilia vostra vobis recte vortere,
id. Trin. 5, 2, 31:emere oportet quem tibi oboedire velis,
id. Pers. 2, 4, 2:scin' quid nunc te facere volo?
Ter. Heaut. 3, 1, 85:si perpetuam vis esse adfinitatem hanc,
id. Hec. 2, 2, 10:consul ille egit eas res quarum me participem esse voluit,
Cic. Prov. Cons. 17, 41:vim volumus exstingui: jus valeat necesse est,
id. Sest. 42, 92:nec mihi hunc errorem extorqueri volo,
id. Sen. 23, 85:hoc te scire volui,
id. Att. 7, 18, 4:harum causarum fuit justissima quod Germanos suis quoque rebus timere voluit,
Caes. B. G. 4, 16:ut equites qui salvam esse rempublicam vellent ex equis desilirent,
Liv. 4, 38, 2:si me vivere vis recteque videre valentem,
Hor. Ep. 1, 7, 3:si vis me flere, dolendum est Primum ipsi tibi,
id. A. P. 102.—With pass. inf. impers.:regnari tamen omnes volebant,
that there should be a king, Liv. 1, 17, 3:mihi volo ignosci,
I wish to be pardoned, Cic. Or. 1, 28, 130:volt sibi quisque credi,
Liv. 22, 22, 14. —With the same subject.(α).With inf. act.:(β).quae mihi est spes qua me vivere velim,
what hope have I, that I should wish to live? Plaut. Rud. 1, 3, 33:volo me placere Philolachi,
id. Most. 1, 3, 11; cf. id. Trin. 2, 2, 47; id. Rud. 2, 6, 1:judicem esse me, non doctorem volo,
Cic. Or. 33, 117:vult, credo, se esse carum suis,
id. Sen. 20, 73; so id. Off. 1, 31, 113; id. de Or. 1, 24, 112; 2, 23, 95. —With inf. pass.:2.quod certiorem te vis fieri quo quisque in me animo sit,
Cic. Att. 11, 13, 1; cf. id. Fam. 1, 9, 18:qui se ex his minus timidos existimari volebant,
Caes. B. G. 1, 39; cf. id. B. C. 2, 29:religionis se causa... Bacchis initiari velle,
Liv. 39, 10, 2:Agrippae se nepotem neque credi neque dici volebat,
Suet. Calig. 22 fin. —Of the will of superiors, gods, etc. (cf. A. 1. b. supra), I want, it is my will:3.me absente neminem volo intromitti,
Plaut. Aul. 1, 3, 21:viros nostros quibus tu voluisti esse nos matres familias,
id. Stich. 1, 2, 41; id. Most. 1, 4, 2; id. Rud. 4, 5, 9; id. Trin. 1, 2, 1:pater illum alterum (filium) secum omni tempore volebat esse,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 15, 42:(deus) quinque reliquis motibus orbem esse voluit expertem,
id. Univ. 10; cf. id. Sest. 69, 147; id. Verr. 2, 4, 25, § 57; 1, 5, 14:causa mittendi fuit quod iter per Alpes... patefieri volebat,
Caes. B. G. 3, 1; cf. id. ib. 5, 9; id. B. C. 1, 4:quippe (senatus) foedum hominem a republica procul esse volebat,
Sall. C. 19, 2:nec (di) patefieri (crimina) ut impunita essent, sed ut vindicarentur voluerunt,
Liv. 39, 16, 11; cf. id. 1, 56, 3; 2, 28, 5; 25, 32, 6:senatus... Romano sanguini pudicitiam tutam esse voluit,
Val. Max. 6, 1, 9; cf. id. 6, 9, 2.—So in the historians: quid fieri vellet (velit), after a verbum imperandi or declarandi, he gave his orders, explained his will:quid fieri velit praecipit,
Caes. B. G. 5, 56:ibi quid fieri vellet imperabat,
id. ib. 7, 16:quid fieri vellet ostendit,
id. ib. 7, 27:quae fieri vellet edocuit,
id. B. C. 3, 108; cf. id. B. G. 7, 45; id. B. C. 3, 78; 3, 89:quid fieri vellet edixit,
Curt. 8, 10, 30; 4, 13, 24; Val. Max. 7, 4, 2.— Frequently majores voluerunt, it was the will of our ancestors, referring to ancient customs and institutions:sacra Cereris summa majores nostri religione confici caerimoniaque voluerunt,
Cic. Balb. 24, 55: majores vestri ne vos quidem temere coire voluerunt, cf. id. ib. 17, 39; 23, 54; id. Agr. 2, 11, 26; id. Fl. 7, 15; id. Imp. Pomp. 13, 39; id. Div. 1, 45, 103; id. Font. 24, 30 (10, 20); id. Rosc. Am. 25, 70.—Of testamentary dispositions: cum Titius, heres meus, mortuus erit, volo hereditatem meam ad P. Mevium pertinere, Gai Inst. 2, 277. Except in the institution of the first heir: at illa (institutio) non est comprobata: Titum heredem esse volo, Gai Inst. 2, 117. —Of the intention of a writer, etc., to want, to mean, intend:4.Asinariam volt esse (nomen fabulae) si per vos licet,
Plaut. As. prol. 12:Plautus hanc mihi gnatam esse voluit Inopiam,
has wanted Poverty to be my daughter, made her my daughter, id. Trin. prol. 9:primumdum huic esse nomen Diphilus Cyrenas voluit,
id. Rud. prol. 33:quae ipsi qui scripserunt voluerunt vulgo intellegi,
meant to be understood by all, Cic. Or. 2, 14, 60:si non hoc intellegi volumus,
id. Fat. 18, 41:quale intellegi vult Cicero cum dicit orationem suam coepisse canescere,
Quint. 11, 1, 31; so id. 9, 4, 82; 9, 3, 9:quamquam illi (Prometheo) quoque ferreum anulum dedit antiquitas vinculumque id, non gestamen, intellegi voluit,
Plin. 33, 1, 4, § 8.—To resolve:5.Siculi... me defensorem calamitatum suarum... esse voluerunt,
Cic. Div. in Caecil. 4, 11:si a me causam hanc vos (judices) agi volueritis,
if you resolve, id. ib. 8, 25:senatus te voluit mihi nummos, me tibi frumentum dare,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 85, § 196:qua (statua) abjecta, basim tamen in foro manere voluerunt,
id. ib. 2, 2, 66, §160: liberam debere esse Galliam quam (senatus) suis legibus uti voluisset,
Caes. B. G. 1, 45:tu Macedonas tibi voluisti genua ponere, venerarique te ut deum,
Curt. 8 (7), 13.— Hence,To order, command: erus meus tibi me salutem multam voluit dicere, has ordered me, etc., Plaut. Ps. 4, 2, 25:6.montem quem a Labieno occupari voluerit,
which he had ordered to be occupied, Caes. B. G. 1, 22:ibi futuros esse Helvetios ubi eos Caesar... esse voluisset,
id. ib. 1, 13 (for velitis jubeatis with inf.-clause, v. II. B. 5. d.).—To consent, allow (cf. A. 1. I.):7.obtinuere ut (tribuni) tribuniciae potestatis vires salubres vellent reipublicae esse,
they prevailed upon them to permit the tribunitian power to be wholesome to the republic, Liv. 2, 44, 5:Hiero tutores... puero reliquit quos precatus est moriens ut juvenum suis potissimum vestigiis insistere vellent,
id. 24, 4, 5:petere ut eum... publicae etiam curae ac velut tutelae vellent esse (i. e. senatus),
id. 42, 19, 5:orare tribunos ut uno animo cum consulibus bellum ab urbe ac moenibus propulsari vellent,
id. 3, 69, 5:quam superesse causam Romanis cur non... incolumis Syracusas esse velint?
id. 25, 28, 8:si alter ex heredibus voluerit rem a legatario possideri, alter non, ei qui noluit interdictum competet,
Dig. 43, 3, 1, § 15.—So negatively = not to let, not to suffer:cum P. Attio agebant ne sua pertinacia omnium fortunas perturbari vellet,
Caes. B. C. 2, 36.—To be of opinion that something should be, to require, demand:8.voluisti enim in suo genere unumquemque... esse Roscium,
Cic. Or. 1, 61, 258: eos exercitus quos contra se multos jam annos aluerint velle dimitti, he demanded the disbanding of, etc., Caes. B. C. 1, 85:(Cicero) vult esse auctoritatem in verbis,
Quint. 8, 3, 43:vult esse Celsus aliquam et superiorem compositionem,
id. 9, 4, 137:si tantum irasci vis sapientem quantum scelerum indignitas exigit,
Sen. Ira, 2, 9, 4. —To be of opinion that something is or was, = censere, dicere, but implying that the opinion is erroneous or doubtful, usu. in the third pers., sometimes in the second.(α).To imagine, consider:(β).est genus hominum qui esse se primos omnium rerum volunt, Nec sunt,
Ter. Eun. 2, 2, 17:semper auget adsentator id quod is cujus ad voluntatem dicitur vult esse magnum,
Cic. Lael. 26, 98:si quis patricius, si quis—quod illi volunt invidiosius esse—Claudius diceret,
Liv. 6, 40, 13.—To be of opinion, to hold:(γ).vultis, opinor, nihil esse... in natura praeter ignem,
Cic. N. D. 3, 14, 36:volunt illi omnes... eadem condicione nasci,
id. Div. 2, 44, 93:vultis evenire omnia fato,
id. ib. 2, 9, 24:alteri censent, etc., alteri volunt a rebus fatum omne relegari,
id. Fat. 19, 45:vultis a dis immortalibus hominibus dispertiri somnia,
id. N. D. 3, 39, 93; id. Tusc. 1, 10, 20; id. Fin. 3, 11, 36; id. Rep. 2, 26, 48:volunt quidam... iram in pectore moveri effervescente circa cor sanguine,
Sen. Ira, 2, 19, 3.—To say, assert:(δ).si tam familiaris erat Clodiae quam tu esse vis,
as you say he is, Cic. Cael. 21, 53:sit sane tanta quanta tu illam esse vis,
id. Or. 1, 55, 23:ad pastum et ad procreandi voluptatem hoc divinum animal procreatum esse voluerunt: quo nihil mihi videtur esse absurdius,
id. Fin. 2, 13, 40; 2, 17, 55; 2, 42, 131; 2, 46, 142; id. Fat. 18, 41.—With perf. inf.:Rhodi ego non fui: me vult fuisse,
Cic. Planc. 34, 84.—To pretend, with perf. inf., both subjects denoting the same person:(ε).unde homines dum se falso terrore coacti Effugisse volunt, etc.,
Lucr. 3, 69 (cf. A. 1. n. supra).—To mean, with perf. inf.:(ζ).utrum scientem vultis contra foedera fecisse, an inscientem?
Cic. Balb. 5, 13.— With pres. inf.:quam primum istud, quod esse vis?
what do you mean by as soon as possible? Sen. Ep. 117, 24.—Rarely in the first pers., implying that the opinion is open to discussion:9.ut et mihi, quae ego vellem non esse oratoris, concederes,
what according to my opinion is not the orator's province, Cic. Or. 1, 17, 74.—In partic.a.With things as subjects.(α).Things personified:(β).ne res publica quidem haec pro se suscipi volet,
would have such things done for it, Cic. Off. 1, 45, 159:cui tacere grave sit, quod homini facillimum voluerit esse natura,
which nature willed should be easiest for man, Curt. 4, 6, 6: fortuna Q. Metellum... nasci in urbe terrarum principe voluit, fate ordained that, etc., Val. Max. 7, 1, 1: nihil rerum ipsa natura voluit magnum effici cito, it is the law of nature that, etc., Quint. 10, 3, 4:quid non ingenio voluit natura licere?
what license did nature refuse to genius? Mart. 8, 68, 9:me sine, quem semper voluit fortuna jacere,
Prop. 1, 6, 25:hanc me militiam fata subire volunt,
id. 1, 6, 30.—Of laws, to provide:b.duodecim tabulae nocturnum furem... interfici impune voluerunt,
Cic. Mil. 3, 9:lex duodecim tabularum tignum aedibus junctum... solvi prohibuit, pretiumque ejus dari voluit,
Dig. 46, 3, 98, § 8 fin. (cf. Cic. Div. in Caecil. 6, 21, b. a, infra).—With perf. pass. inf., to represent a state or result wished for.(α).The inf. being in full, with esse expressed: si umquam quemquam di immortales voluere esse auxilio adjutum, tum me et Calidorum servatum volunt, if it ever was the will of the gods that any one should be assisted, etc., Plaut. Ps. 4, 1, 1: Corinthum patres vestri, totius Graeciae lumen, exstinctum esse voluerunt, it was their will that Corinth should be ( and remain) destroyed, Cic. Imp. Pomp. 5, 11:(β).nostri... leges et jura tecta esse voluerunt,
id. Or. 1, 59, 253:propter eam partem epistulae tuae per quam te et mores tuos purgatos et probatos esse voluisti,
id. Att. 1, 17, 7; id. Fin. 4, 27, 76; id. de Or. 1, 51, 221:daturum se operam ne cujus suorum popularium mutatam secum fortunam esse vellent,
Liv. 21, 45, 6: for velle redundant in this construction, v. II. A. 2. 3. infra.—With pass. inf. impers.:sociis maxime lex consultum esse vult,
Cic. Div. in Caecil. 6, 21.—With ellips. of esse (cf. Quint. 9, 3, 9): perdis me tuis dictis. Cu. Imo, servo et servatum volo, and mean that you should remain saved, Plaut. Curc. 2, 3, 56:c.aunt qui volum te conventam,
who want to see you, id. Cist. 4, 2, 39:eidem homini, si quid recte cura tum velis, mandes,
if you want to have anything done well, id. As. 1, 1, 106:sed etiam est paucis vos quod monitos voluerim,
id. Capt. prol. 53: id nunc res indicium haeo [p. 2007] facit, quo pacto factum volueris, this shows now why you wished this to be done, Ter. Hec. 4, 1, 31 (cf. Plaut. Stich. 4, 2, 33; id. Aul. 3, 5, 30, II. B. 1, b, and II. B. 3. b. infra): domestica cura te levatum volo, I wish to see you relieved, etc., Cic. Q. Fr. 3, 9, 3:nulla sedes quo concurrant qui rem publicam defensam velint,
id. Att. 8, 3, 4:rex celatum voluerat (i. e. donum),
id. Verr. 2, 4, 28, § 64:Hannibal non Capuam neglectam, neque desertos volebat socios,
Liv. 25, 20, 5; 2, 15, 2; 2, 44, 3; 3, 21, 4; 22, 7, 4;26, 31, 6: contemptum hominis quem destructum volebat,
Quint. 8, 3, 21:si te non emptam vellet, emendus erat,
Ov. Am. 1, 8, 34 (so with velle redundant, v. II. A. 1. d., and II. A. 3. infra).—Both subjects denoting the same person:velle Pompeium se Caesari purgatum,
Caes. B. C. 1, 8.— Esp., with pass. inf. impers.: alicui consultum velle, to take care for or advocate somebody's interests:liberis consultum volumus propter ipsos,
Cic. Fin. 3, 17, 57:obliviscere illum aliquando adversario tuo voluisse consultum,
id. Att. 16, 16 C, 10:quibus tribuni plebis nunc consultum repente volunt,
Liv. 5, 5, 3; so id. 25, 25, 17:quamquam senatus subventum voluit heredibus,
Dig. 36, 1, 1, § 4; so with dep. part., used passively:volo amori ejus obsecutum,
Plaut. As. 1, 1, 63.—With predic. adj., without copula.(α).The subjects being different (mostly aliquem salvum velle):(β).si me vivum vis, pater, Ignosce,
if you wish me to live, Ter. Heaut. 5, 5, 7:ille, si me alienus adfinem volet, Tacebit,
id. Phorm. 4, 1, 16:ut tu illam salvam magis velis quam ego,
id. Hec. 2, 2, 17; 3, 5, 14:quoniam ex tota provincia soli sunt qui te salvum velint,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 67, § 150:irent secum extemplo qui rempublicam salvam vellent,
Liv. 22, 53, 7.—Both subjects denoting the same person (virtually = object infinitive):d.in occulto jacebis quom te maxime clarum voles (= clarus esse voles),
when you will most wish to be famous, Plaut. Trin. 3, 2, 38:volo me patris mei similem,
I wish to be like my father, id. As. 1, 1, 54: ut iste qui se vult dicacem et mehercule est, Appius, who means to be witty, etc., Cic. Or. 2, 60, 246:qui vero se populares volunt,
who mean to be popular, id. Off. 2, 22, 78:ut integrum se salvumque velit,
id. Fin. 2, 11, 33:ut (omne animal) se et salvum in suo genere incolumeque vellet,
id. ib. 4, 8, 19. —With an inf.-clause understood.(α).Velle, to wish: utinam hinc abierit in malam crucem! Ad. Ita nos velle aequom est (ita = eum abire, etc.), Plaut. Poen. 4, 1, 5:(β).stulta es, soror, magis quam volo (i.e. te esse),
id. Pers. 4, 4, 78; id. Trin. 1, 2, 8; 2, 4, 175; id. Stich. 1, 1, 13; id. Ps. 1, 5, 55:senatum non quod sentiret, sed quod ego vellem decernere,
Cic. Mil. 5, 12:neque enim facile est ut irascatur cui tu velis judex (= cui tu eum irasci velis),
id. Or. 2, 45, 190; cf. id. Sest. 38, 82.—Referring to the will of superiors, etc.:(γ).deos credo voluisse, nam ni vellent, non fieret,
Plaut. Aul. 4, 10, 46: jamne abeo? St. Volo (sc. te abire), so I will, id. Cas. 2, 8, 57; cf. id. Mil. 4, 6, 12; id. Merc. 2, 3, 33.—To mean, intend (v. B. 3.):(δ).acutum etiam illud est cum ex alterius oratione aliud atque ille vult (sc. te excipere),
Cic. Or. 2, 67, 273.—To require, demand (v B. 7.):(ε).veremur quidem vos, Romani, et, si ita vultis, etiam timemus,
Liv. 39, 37, 17;and of things as subjects: cadentque vocabula, si volet usus (i. e. ea cadere),
Hor. A. P. 71.—To be of opinion, will have (v. B. 8.):(ζ).ergo ego, inimicus, si ita vultis, homini, amicus esse rei publicae debeo,
Cic. Prov. Cons. 8, 19:nam illi regi tolerabili, aut, si voltis, etiam amabili, Cyro,
id. Rep. 1, 28, 44; id. Fin. 2, 27, 89; 3, 4, 12; id. Cael. 21, 53; Liv. 21, 10, 7; Quint. 2, 17, 41.—With ellips. of predic. inf. (v. A. 2. b.): cras de reliquiis nos volo (i. e. cenare), it is my intention that we dine, etc., Plaut. Stich. 3, 2, 40:C.volo Varronem (i. e. hos libros habere),
Cic. Att. 13, 25, 3.With ut, ne, or ut ne.1.With ut.a.To wish:b.volo ut quod jubebo facias,
Plaut. Bacch. 4, 8, 65:quia enim id maxime volo ut illi istac confugiant,
id. Most. 5, 1, 49:ut mihi aedes aliquas conducat volo,
id. Merc. 3, 2, 17: hoc prius volo meam rem agere. Th. Quid id est? Ph. Ut mihi hanc despondeas, id. Curc. 5, 2, 71: quid vis, nisi ut maneat Phanium? Ter. Phorm. 2, 2, 8:velim ut tibi amicus sit,
Cic. Att. 10, 16, 1:quare id quoque velim... ut sit qui utamur,
id. ib. 11, 11, 2:maxime vellem, judices, ut P. Sulla... modestiae fructum aliquem percipere potuisset,
id. Sull. 1, 1:equidem vellem uti pedes haberent (res tuae),
id. Fam. 7, 33, 2:his ut sit digna puella volo,
Mart. 11, 27, 14.—Both subjects denoting the same person: volueram, inquit, ut quam plurimum tecum essem, Brut. ap. Cic. Att. 13, 38, 1.—It is the will of, to want, ordain (v. B. 2.):c.at ego deos credo voluisse ut apud te me in nervo enicem,
Plaut. Aul. 4, 10, 17: numquid me vis? Le. Ut valeas, id. Cist. 1, 1, 120: numquid vis? Ps. Dormitum ut abeas, id. Ps. 2, 2, 70:volo ut mihi respondeas,
Cic. Vatin. 6, 14; 7, 17; 7, 18; 9, 21;12, 29: nuntia Romanis, caelestes ita velle ut mea Roma caput orbis terrarum sit,
Liv. 1, 16, 7.—To intend, it is the purpose, aim, etc., the two subjects being the same:d.id quaerunt, volunt haec ut infecta faciant,
Plaut. Cas. 4, 4, 9.—With other verbs:2.quod peto et volo parentes meos ut commonstres mihi,
Ter. Heaut. 5, 4, 4:quasi vero aut populus Romanus hoc voluerit, aut senatus tibi hoc mandaverit ut... privares,
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 19, § 48;with opto,
id. Imp. Pomp. 16, 48;with laboro,
Liv. 42, 14, 3;with aequum censere,
id. 39, 19, 7.—With ne:3.at ne videas velim,
Plaut. Rud. 4, 4, 23:quid nunc vis? ut opperiare hos sex dies saltem modo, ne illam vendas, neu me perdas, etc.,
id. Ps. 1, 3, 102:credibile est hoc voluisse legumlatorem, ne auxilia liberorum innocentibus deessent,
intended, Quint. 7, 1, 56.—With ut ne: quid nunc tibi vis? Mi. Ut quae te cupit, eam ne spernas, Plaut. Mil. 4, 2, 60.D.With subjunct. of dependent verb (mostly ante-class.; class. and freq. with velim and vellem; but in Cic. mostly epistolary and colloquial).1.To wish:2.ergo animum advortas volo,
Plaut. Capt. 2, 3, 23; 2, 3, 28; 2, 3, 70:volo amet me patrem,
id. As. 1, 1, 63 dub.:hoc volo agatis,
id. Cist. 1, 1, 83:ducas volo hodie uxorem,
Ter. And. 2, 3, 14:quid vis faciam?
Plaut. Merc. 1, 2, 49; Ter. Eun. 5, 8, 24; Plaut. Mil. 2, 3, 64; 2, 3, 65; 2, 6, 65; 3, 3, 3; id. Ps. 4, 1, 17; 4, 7, 19; id. Cas. 2, 3, 56; id. Capt. 1, 2, 12; id. Poen. 3, 2, 16; id. Pers. 2, 4, 23; id. Rud. 5, 2, 45; 5, 3, 58; id. Stich. 5, 2, 21; Ter. Heaut. 4, 6, 14:volo etiam exquiras quam diligentissime poteris quid Lentulus agat?
Cic. Att. 8, 12, 6:Othonem vincas volo,
id. ib. 13, 29, 2:eas litteras volo habeas,
id. ib. 13, 32, 3:visne igitur videamus quidnam sit, etc.,
id. Rep. 1, 10, 15: visne igitur descendatur ad Lirim? id. Fragm. ap. Macr. S. 6, 4:volo, inquis, sciat,
Sen. Ben. 2, 10, 2.—To be of opinion that something should be, demand, require (v. B. 7.): volo enim se efferat in adulescentia fecunditas, I like to see, etc., Cic. Or. 2, 21, 88:3.volo hoc oratori contingat ut, etc.,
id. Brut. 84, 290.—With subj.-clause understood:E.abi atque obsona, propera! sed lepide volo (i. e. obsones),
Plaut. Cas. 2, 8, 55.With object nouns, etc.1.With acc. of a thing.a.With a noun, to want, wish for, like to have:b.voltisne olivas, aut pulmentum, aut capparim?
Plaut. Curc. 1, 1, 90:animo male est: aquam velim,
id. Am. 5, 1, 6:quia videt me suam amicitiam velle,
id. Aul. 2, 3, 68; so,gratiam tuam,
id. Curc. 2, 3, 52; 2, 3, 56:aquam,
id. ib. 2, 3, 34:discidium,
Ter. And. 4, 2, 14: nullam ego rem umquam in vita mea Volui quin tu in ea re mihi advorsatrix fueris, I never had any wish in my life, etc., id. Heaut. 5, 3, 5: (dixit) velle Hispaniam, he wanted Spain, i. e. as a province, Cic. Att. 12, 7, 1:mihi frumento non opus est: nummos volo,
I want the money, id. Verr. 2, 3, 85, § 196:non poterat scilicet negare se velle pacem,
id. Att. 15, 1 a, 3; cf. id. ib. 13, 32, 2 (v. II. C. 4. infra):si amplius obsidum (= plures obsides) vellet, dare pollicentur,
Caes. B. G. 6, 9 fin.:pacem etiam qui vincere possunt, volunt,
Liv. 7, 40, 18:ferunt (eum)... honestum finem voluisse,
Tac. A. 6, 26:cum Scipio veram vellet et sine exceptione victoriam,
Flor. 1, 33 (2, 18), 12:mensae munera si voles secundae, Marcentes tibi porrigentur uvae,
Mart. 5, 78, 11.—Neutr. adjj., denoting things, substantively used: utrum vis opta, dum licet. La. Neutrum volo, Plaut. Ps. 3, 6, 16:c.quorum isti neutrum volunt,
acknowledge neither, Cic. Fat. 12, 28:voluimus quaedam, contendimus... Obtenta non sunt,
we aspired to certain things, id. Balb. 27, 61:restat ut omnes unum velint,
hold one opinion, id. Marcell. 10, 32:si plura velim,
if I wished for more, Hor. C. 3, 16, 38:per quod probemus aliud legislatorem voluisse,
that the law-giver intended something different, Quint. 7, 6, 8:ut putent, aliud quosdam dicere, aliud velle,
that they say one thing and mean another, id. 9, 2, 85:utrum is qui scripsit... voluerit,
which of the two was meant by the author, id. 7, 9, 15:ut nemo contra id quod vult dicit, ita potest melius aliquid velle quam dicit,
mean better than he speaks, id. 9, 2, 89:quis enim pudor omnia velle?
to desire every thing, Mart. 12, 94, 11.—With neutr. demonstr. expressed or understood, to want, intend, aim at, like, will:d.immo faenus: id primum volo,
Plaut. Most. 3, 1, 64:proximum quod sit bono... id volo,
id. Capt. 2, 2, 22:nisi ea quae tu vis volo,
unless my purpose is the same as yours, id. Ep. 2, 2, 82:siquidem id sapere'st, velle te id quod non potest contingere,
Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 83:hoc (i. e. otium cum dignitate) qui volunt omnes optimates putantur,
who aim at this, Cic. Sest. 45, 98:privatum oportet in re publica ea velle quae tranquilla et honesta sint,
id. Off. 1, 34, 124:quid est sapientia? Semper idem velle atque idem nolle,
Sen. Ep. 20, 5:pudebit eadem velle quae volueras puer,
id. ib. 27, 2:nec volo quod cruciat, nec volo quod satiat,
Mart. 1, 57, 4.—With demonstr. in place of inf.-clause:hoc Ithacus velit, et magno mercentur Atridae (sc. poenas in me sumi),
Verg. A. 2, 104:hoc velit Eurystheus, velit hoc germana Tonantis (sc. verum esse, Herculem, etc.),
Ov. H. 9, 7; Hor. S. 2, 3, 88.—With neutr. of interrog. pron.: quid nunc vis? Am. Sceleste, at etiam quid velim, id tu me rogas? what do you want now? Plaut. Am. 4, 2, 5:e.eloquere quid velis,
id. Cas. 2, 4, 2: heus tu! Si. Quid vis? id. Ps. 4, 7, 21; so Ter. Eun. 2, 1, 11; cf. Hor. S. 2, 3, 152:sed plane quid velit nescio,
what his intentions are, Cic. Att. 15, 1 a, 5; id. de Or. 2, 20, 84:mittunt etiam ad dominos qui quaerant quid velint,
to ask for their orders, id. Tusc. 2, 17, 41:quid? Si haec... ipsius amici judicarunt? Quid amplius vultis?
what more do you require, will you have? id. Verr. 2, 3, 65, § 152:quid amplius vis?
Hor. Epod. 17, 30:spectatur quid voluerit scriptor,
we find out the author's intention, Quint. 7, 10, 1.—Sometimes quid vult = quid sibi vult (v. 4. b.), to mean, signify:capram illam suspicor jam invenisse... quid voluerit,
what it signified, Plaut. Merc. 2, 1, 30:sed tamen intellego quid velit,
Cic. Fin. 2, 31, 101:quid autem volunt ea di immortales significantes quae sine interpretibus non possimus intellegere? etc.,
id. Div. 2, 25, 54.—Of things as subjects:hunc ensem mittit tibi... Et jubet ex merito scire quid iste velit,
Ov. H. 11, 96.—With rel. pron.:f.quod volui, ut volui, impetravi... a Philocomasio,
Plaut. Mil. 4, 5, 1:ut quod frons velit oculi sciant,
that the eyes know what the forehead wants, id. Aul. 4, 1, 13:illi quae volo concedere,
to yield to him my wishes, id. Cas. 2, 3, 49:si illud quod volumus dicitur,
what we like, id. Truc. 1, 2, 95:multa eveniunt homini quae volt, quae nevolt,
id. Trin. 2, 2, 84; id. Ep. 2, 2, 4:quamquam (litterae tuae) semper aliquid adferunt quod velim,
Cic. Att. 11, 11, 1:quae vellem quaeque sentirem dicendi,
id. Marcell. 1, 1:uti ea quae vellent impetrarent,
Caes. B. G. 1, 31:satis animi ad id quod tam diu vellent,
to carry out what they had desired so long, Liv. 4, 54, 5:sed quod volebant non... expediebant,
their purpose, id. 24, 23, 9. —Idiomatically: quod volo = quod demonstrare volo, what I intend to prove:illud quod volumus expressum est, ut vaticinari furor vera soleat,
Cic. Div. 1, 31, 67:bis sumpsit quod voluit,
he has twice begged the question, id. ib. 2, 52, 107.—With indef. relations:cornucopia ubi inest quidquid volo,
whatever I wish for, Plaut. Ps. 2, 3, 5:Caesar de Bruto solitus est dicere: magni refert hic quid velit, sed quidquid volt, valde volt,
whatever he wills he wills strongly, Cic. Att. 14, 1, 2.—With indef. pronn.(α).Si quid vis, if you want any thing: illo praesente mecum agito si quid voles, [p. 2008] Plaut. Most. 5, 1, 72: Py. Adeat si quid volt. Pa. Si quid vis, adi, mulier, id. Mil. 4, 2, 47:(β).eumque Alexander cum rogaret, si quid vellet, ut diceret,
id. Or. 2, 66, 266; Caes. B. G. 1, 7 fin. —Nisi quid vis, unless you wish to give some order, to make some remark, etc.:(γ).ego eo ad forum nisi quid vis,
Plaut. As. 1, 1, 94:nunc de ratione videamus, nisi quid vis ad haec,
Cic. Tusc. 2, 18, 42.—Numquid vis or ecquid vis? have you any orders to give? a formula used by inferiors before leaving their superiors; cf. Don. ad Ter. Ad. 2, 2, 39:2.visunt, quid agam, ecquid velim,
Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 113:numquid vis aliud?
Ter. Eun. 1, 2, 111; 1, 2, 106; id. Ad. 2, 2, 39; 3, 3, 78; id. Hec. 2, 2, 30:numquid vellem rogavit,
Cic. Att. 6, 3, 6:frequentia rogantium num quid vellet,
Liv. 6, 34, 7:rogavit num quid in Sardiniam vellet. Te puto saepe habere qui num quid Romam velis quaerant,
Cic. Q. Fr. 2, 2, 1.—With acc. of the person: aliquem velle.(α).To want somebody, i. e. in order to see him, to speak with him (ante-class. and colloq.):(β).Demenaetum volebam,
I wanted, wished to see, Demenoetus, Plaut. As. 2, 3, 12:bona femina et malus masculus volunt te,
id. Cist. 4, 2, 40:solus te solum volo,
id. Capt. 3, 4, 70:quia non est intus quem ego volo,
id. Mil. 4, 6, 40:hae oves volunt vos,
id. Bacch. 5, 2, 24:quis me volt? Perii, pater est,
Ter. And. 5, 3, 1:centuriones trium cohortium me velle postridie,
Cic. Att. 10, 16, 4.—With paucis verbis or paucis, for a few words ( moments):volo te verbis pauculis,
Plaut. Ep. 3, 4, 28:sed paucis verbis te volo, Palaestrio,
id. Mil. 2, 4, 22:Sosia, Adesdum, paucis te volo,
Ter. And. 1, 1, 2.—To love, like somebody, to be fond of somebody (anteclass. and poet.):(γ).hanc volo (= amo),
Plaut. As. 5, 1, 18:sine me amare unum Argyrippum... quem volo,
id. ib. 3, 2, 38:quom quae te volt, eamdem tu vis,
id. Mil. 4, 2, 80:aut quae (vitia) corpori' sunt ejus siquam petis ac vis,
Lucr. 4, 1152:quam volui nota fit arte mea,
Ov. Am. 1, 10, 60: nolo virum, facili redimit qui sanguine famam: hunc volo, laudari qui sine morte potest, I like the one who, etc., Mart. 1, 8, 6.—To wish to have:3.roga, velitne an non uxorem,
whether he wishes to have his wife or not, Ter. Hec. 4, 1, 43:ut sapiens velit gerere rem publicam, atque... uxorem adjungere, et velle ex ea liberos (anacoluth.),
Cic. Fin. 3, 20, 68.—With two accusatives: (narrato) illam te amare et velle uxorem,
that you wish to have her as your wife, Ter. Heaut. 4, 3, 25; cf. id. Phorm. 1, 2, 65.—With two accusatives, of the person and the thing: aliquem aliquid velle, to want something of somebody (cf.: aliquem aliquid rogare; mostly ante-class.;4.not in Cic.): numquid me vis?
Plaut. Cist. 1, 1, 120:face certiorem me quid meus vir me velit,
id. Cas. 2, 6, 1:num quidpiam me vis aliud?
id. Truc. 2, 4, 81:nunc verba in pauca conferam quid te velim,
id. As. 1, 1, 74:narrabit ultro quid sese velis,
id. Ps. 2, 4, 60:quid me voluisti?
id. Mil. 4, 2, 35:numquid aliud me vis?
Ter. Phorm. 1, 2, 101:quin tu uno verbo dic quid est quod me velis,
id. And. 1, 1, 18; Plaut. Capt. 3, 4, 85; id. Cist. 2, 3, 49; id. As. 2, 3, 12; id. Merc. 5, 2, 27; id. Pers. 4, 6, 11; Ter. Heaut. 4, 8, 31; id. Phorm. 2, 4, 18; id. Eun. 2, 3, 47; id. Hec. 3, 4, 15:si quid ille se velit, illum ad se venire oportere,
Caes. B. G. 1, 34:cum mirabundus quidnam (Taurea) sese vellet, resedisset Flaccus, Me quoque, inquit, etc.,
Liv. 26, 15, 11; also, I want to speak with somebody (v. 2. a. a):paucis, Euclio, est quod te volo,
Plaut. Aul. 2, 2, 22:est quod te volo secreto,
id. Bacch. 5, 2, 33.—With acc. of thing and dat. of the person: aliquid alicui velle, to wish something to somebody (= cupio aliquid alicui; v. cupio;a.rare): quamquam vobis volo quae voltis, mulieres,
Plaut. Rud. 4, 4, 1:si ex me illa liberos vellet sibi,
Ter. Hec. 4, 4, 33:praesidium velle se senectuti suae,
id. ib. 1, 2, 44:nihil est mali quod illa non initio filio voluerit, optaverit,
Cic. Clu. 66, 188:rem Romanam huc provectam ut externis quoque gentibus quietem velit,
Tac. A. 12, 11:cui ego omnia meritissimo volo et debeo,
to whom I give and owe my best wishes, Quint. 9, 2, 35.—Esp., in the phrase quid vis (vult) with reflex. dat. of interest, lit. what do you want for yourself?Quid tibi vis = quid vis, the dat. being redundant (rare):b.quid aliud tibi vis?
what else do you want? Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 90.—With quisque:haud ita vitam agerent ut nunc plerumque videmus Quid sibi quisque velit nescire,
be ignorant as to their own aims and purposes, Lucr. 3, 1058.—What do you mean? what do you drive at? what is your scope, object, drift (rare in post-Aug. writers; Don. ad Ter. Eun. prol. 45, declares it an archaism).(α).In 1 st pers. (rare):(β).nunc quid processerim huc, et quid mihi voluerim dicam,
and what I meant thereby, what was the purpose of my coming, Plaut. As. prol. 6:quid mihi volui? quid mihi nunc prodest bona voluntas?
Sen. Ben. 4, 21, 6.—In 2 d pers.:(γ).quid nunc tibi vis, mulier, memora,
what is the drift of your talk? Plaut. Mil. 4, 2, 60: sed quid nunc tibi vis? what do you want to come at (i.e. by your preamble)? id. Poen. 1, 1, 24: quid tu tibi vis? Ego non tangam meam? what do you mean? i. e. what is your purpose? Ter. Eun. 4, 7, 28:quid tibi vis? quid cum illa rei tibi est?
id. ib. 4, 7, 34:quid est quod sic gestis? quid sibi hic vestitus quaerit? Quid est quod laetus sis? quid tibi vis?
what do you mean by all this? id. ib. 3, 5, 11:quid est, inepta? quid vis tibi? quid rides?
id. ib. 5, 6, 6:quid vis tibi? Quid quaeris?
id. Heaut. 1, 1, 9: Ph. Fabulae! Ch. Quid vis tibi? id. Phorm. 5, 8, 53:roganti ut se in Asiam praefectum duceret, Quid tibi vis, inquit, insane,
Cic. Or. 2, 67, 269; so in 2 d pers. plur.:pro deum fidem, quid vobis vultis?
Liv. 3, 67, 7.—In 3 d pers.:(δ).quid igitur sibi volt pater? cur simulat?
Ter. And. 2, 3, 1:quid hic volt veterator sibi?
id. ib. 2, 6, 26:proinde desinant aliquando me isdem inflare verbis: quid sibi iste vult?... Cur ornat eum a quo desertus est?
Cic. Dom. 11, 29:quid sibi vellet (Caesar)? cur in suas possessiones veniret?
Caes. B. G. 1, 44 med.:conicere in eum oculos, mirantes quid sibi vellet (i. e. by courting the plebeians),
Liv. 3, 35, 5:qui quaererent quid sibi vellent qui armati Aventinum obsedissent,
id. 3, 50, 15:quid sibi voluit providentia quae Aridaeum regno imposuit?
Sen. Ben. 4, 31, 1: volt, non volt dare Galla mihi, nec dicere possum quod volt et non volt, quid sibi Galla velit, Mart: 3, 90, 2.—Transf. of things as subjects, what means, what signifies? quid volt sibi, Syre, haec oratio? Ter. Heaut. 4, 1, 2:5.ut pernoscatis quid sibi Eunuchus velit,
id. Eun. prol. 45:quid ergo illae sibi statuae equestres inauratae volunt?
Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 61, § 150:quid haec sibi horum civium Romanorum dona voluerunt?
id. ib. 2, 3, 80, §186: avaritia senilis quid sibi velit, non intellego,
what is the meaning of the phrase, id. Sen. 18, 66:quid ergo illa sibi vult pars altera orationis qua Romanos a me cultos ait?
Liv. 40, 12, 14:tacitae quid vult sibi noctis imago?
Ov. M. 9, 473.—Bene or male alicui velle, to wish one well or ill, to like or dislike one (ante-class. and poet.): Ph. Bene volt tibi. St. Nequam est illud verbum bene volt, nisi qui bene facit, Plaut. Trin. 2, 4, 37 sq.:6.jam diu ego huic bene et hic mihi volumus,
id. Ps. 1, 3, 4:ut tibi, dum vivam, bene velim plus quam mihi,
id. Cas. 2, 8, 30:egone illi ut non bene vellem?
id. Truc. 2, 4, 90; cf. id. ib. 2, 4, 95; id. Merc. 2, 1, 21; id. Ps. 4, 3, 7; id. Poen. 3, 3, 9:nisi quod tibi bene ex animo volo,
Ter. Heaut. 5, 2, 6:quo tibi male volt maleque faciet,
Plaut. Pers. 5, 2, 44:atque isti etiam parum male volo,
id. Truc. 5, 7; cf. id. As. 5, 1, 13:utinam sic sient qui mihi male volunt,
Ter. Eun. 4, 3, 13:non sibi male vult,
he does not dislike himself, Petr. 38; so, melius or optime alicui velle, to like one better or best:nec est quisquam mihi aeque melius quoi vellem,
Plaut. Capt. 3, 5, 42; id. Merc. 5, 2, 57:illi ego ex omnibus optime volo,
id. Most. 1, 4, 24.—And bene velle = velle: bene volueris in precatione augurali Messalla augur ait, significare volueris, Fest. s. v. bene sponsis, p. 351.—With abl.: alicujus causa velle, to like one for his own sake, i. e. personally, a Ciceronian phrase, probably inst. of omnia alicujus causa velle; lit. to wish every thing (i.e. good) in somebody's behalf.(α).With omnia expressed: etsi mihi videor intellexisse cum tecum de re M. Annaeii locutus sum, te ipsius causa vehementer omnia velle, tamen, etc.... ut non dubitem quin magnus cumulus accedat commenda tionis meae, Cic. Fam. 13, 55, 1:(β).repente coepit dicere, se omnia Verris causa velle,
that he had the most friendly disposition towards Verres, id. Verr. 2, 2, 26, § 64:accedit eo quod Varro magnopere ejus causa vult omnia,
id. Fam. 13, 22, 1.—Without omnia:7.per eos qui nostra causa volunt, valentque apud illum,
Cic. Att. 11, 8, 1:sed et Phameae causa volebam,
id. ib. 13, 49, 1:etsi te ipsius Attici causa velle intellexeram,
id. ib. 16, 16, A, 6:valde enim ejus causa volo,
id. Fam. 16, 17, 2 fin.:illud non perficis quo minus tua causa velim,
id. ib. 3, 7, 6;12, 7, 1: si me velle tua causa putas,
id. ib. 7, 17, 2:regis causa si qui sunt qui velint,
id. ib. 1, 1, 1:credo tua causa velle Lentulum,
id. Q. Fr. 1, 4, 5; id. Div. in Caecil. 6, 21; cf. id. Imp. Pomp. (v. C. 1. b. supra), where the phrase has its literal meaning; cf. also: alicujus causa (omnia) cupere; v. cupio.—With acc. and subjunct. per ecthesin (ante-class.): nunc ego illum meum virum veniat velim (by mixture of constructions: meum virum velim; and:F.meus vir veniat velim),
Plaut. Cas. 3, 2, 29:nunc ego Simonidem mi obviam veniat velim,
id. Ps. 4, 5, 10:nimis hercle ego illum corvum ad me veniat velim,
id. Aul. 4, 6, 4:saltem aliquem velim qui mihi ex his locis viam monstret,
id. Rud. 1, 3, 35:patrem atque matrem viverent vellem tibi,
id. Poen. 5, 2, 106; cf. id. Merc. 2, 1, 30 (v. E. 1. d. supra).Velle used absolutely, variously rendered to will, have a will, wish, consent, assent:II.quod vos, malum... me sic ludificamini? Nolo volo, volo nolo rursum,
I nill I will, I will I nill again, Ter. Phorm. 5, 8, 57: novi ingenium mulierum: Nolunt ubi velis, ubi nolis cupiunt ultro, they will not where you will, etc., id. Eun. 4, 7, 43:quis est cui velle non liceat?
who is not free to wish? Cic. Att. 7, 11. 2:in magnis et voluisse sat est,
Prop. 2, 10 (3, 1), 6:tarde velle nolentis est,
slow ness in consenting betrays the desire to refuse, Sen. Ben. 2, 5, 4:quae (animalia) nullam injuriam nobis faciunt, quia velle non possunt, id. Ira, 2, 26, 4: ejus est nolle qui potest velle,
the power to assent implies the power to dissent, Dig. 50, 17, 3.—So velle substantively:sed ego hoc ipsum velle miserius duco quam in crucem tolli,
that very wishing, Cic. Att. 7, 11, 2: inest enim velle in carendo, the word carere implies the notion of a wish, id. Tusc. 1, 36, 88:velle ac posse in aequo positum erat,
his will and power were balanced, Val. Max. 6, 9, ext. 5:velle tuum nolo, Didyme, nolle volo,
Mart. 5, 83, 2:velle suum cuique est,
each has his own likings, Pers. 5, 53.In partic.A.Redundant, when the will to do is identified with the act itself.1.In imperative sentences.a.In independent sentences introduced by noli velle, where noli has lost the idea of volition:b.nolite, judices, hunc velle maturius exstingui vulnere vestro quam suo fato,
do not resolve, Cic. Cael. 32, 79:nolite igitur id velle quod fieri non potest,
id. Phil. 7, 8, 25: qui timor bonis omnibus injectus sit... nolite a me commoneri velle, do not wish, expect, to be reminded by me, etc., id. Mur. 25, 50: nolite hunc illi acerbum nuntium velle perferri, let it not be your decision that, etc., id. Balb. 28, 64: cujus auspicia pro vobis experti nolite adversus vos velle experiri, do not desire, etc., Liv. 7, 40, 16:noli adversum eos me velle ducere, etc.,
Nep. Att. 4, 2.—Ne velis or ne velit fecisse = ne feceris, or ne facito (v. I. A. 3. a. supra).—So ne velis with pres. inf.:c.neve, revertendi liber, abesse velis (= neve abfueris),
Ov. H. 1, 80.—In affirmative imperative sentences (velim esse = esto;d.rare): tu tantum fida sorori Esse velis (= fida esto or sis),
Ov. M. 2, 745; and in 3 d pers.:di procul a cunctis... Hujus notitiam gentis habere velint (= habeant),
id. P. 1, 7, 8:credere modo qui discet velit (= credat qui discet),
Quint. 8, prooem. 12. —In clauses dependent on verbs of commanding and wishing:2.aut quia significant divam praedicere ut armis Ac virtute velint patriam defendere terram (= ut defendant),
Lucr. 2, 641: precor quaesoque ne ante oculos patris facere et pati omnia infanda velis (= facias et patiaris). Liv. 23, 9, 2:monentes ne experiri vellet imperium cujus vis, etc.,
id. 2, 59, 4; 39, 13, 2:et mea... opto Vulnera qui fecit facta levare velit,
Ov. Tr. 5, 2, 18: nos contra (oravimus) [p. 2009]... ne vertere secum Cuncta pater fatoque urguenti incumbere vellet, Verg. A. 2, 653. —With pass. perf. inf. (v. I. B. 9. b. b):legati Sullam orant ut filii innocentis fortunas conservatas velit (virtually = fortunas conservet),
Cic. Rosc. Am. 9, 25:a te peto ut utilitatem sociorum per te quam maxime defensam et auctam velis (= defendas et augeas),
id. Fam. 13, 9, 3.—So after utinam or ut:utinam illi qui prius eum viderint me apud eum velint adjutum tantum quantum ego vellem si quid possem (= utinam illi me adjuvent quantum ego adjuvarem, etc.),
id. Att. 11, 7, 7:cautius ut saevo velles te credere Marti (= utinam te credidisses),
Verg. A. 11, 153:edictum praemittit ad quam diem magistratus... sibi esse praesto Cordubae vellet (= sibi praesto essent),
Caes. B. C. 1, 19 (cf. also I. B. 9. b. b, and I. B. 2. fin. supra).—In conditional clauses, si facere velim = si faciam, often rendered by the potential or future auxiliaries would or will:3.non tu scis, Bacchae bacchanti si velis advorsarier, ex insana insaniorem facies? (= si advorseris),
Plaut. Am. 2, 2, 80:si meum Imperium exsequi voluisset, interemptam oportuit (= si executus esset),
Ter. Heaut. 4, 1, 22:si id confiteri velim, tamen istum condemnetis necesse est (= si id confitear),
if I would acknowledge, Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 18, § 45:si quis velit ita dicere... nihil dicat (= si quis dicat),
id. Fat. 14, 32:dies deficiat si velim numerare, etc.,
id. N. D. 3, 32, 81;so,
id. Tusc. 5, 35, 102; id. Verr. 2, 2, 21, § 52:qua in sententia si constare voluissent, suam auctoritatem... recuperassent,
id. Fam. 1, 9, 14; id. Verr. 2, 1, 11, § 31; id. Lael. 20, 75:conicere potestis, si recordari volueritis quanta, etc.,
if you will remember, id. Verr. 2, 4, 58, § 129; so id. Or. 1, 44, 197; id. Brut. 1, 2, 5:quod si audire voletis externa, maximas res publicas ab adulescentibus labefactatas reperietis,
id. Sen. 6, 20; so id. Or. 1, 60, 256; 2, 23, 95:ejus me compotem voti vos facere potestis, si meminisse vultis, non vos in Samnio, etc.,
Liv. 7, 40, 5; 23, 13, 6; 23, 15, 4: cum olera Diogeni lavanti Aristippus dixisset: si Dionysium adulare velles, ista non esses;Imo, inquit, si tu ista esse velles, non adulares Dionysium,
Val. Max. 4, 3, ext. 4:ut si his (legibus) perpetuo uti voluissent, sempiternum habituri fuerint imperium,
id. 5, 3, ext. 3:quid enim si mirari velit, non in silvestribus dumis poma pendere,
Sen. Ira, 2, 10, 6; cf. Curt. 5, 1, 1; 3, 5, 6; Ov. H. 17 (18), 43.—With perf. inf. pass.:nisi ea (opera) certi auctores monumentis suis testata esse voluissent,
Val. Max. 3, 2, 24.—In declarative sentences.a.Volo in 1 st pers. with perf. pass. inf. or part. (volo oratum esse or oratum = oro; v. I. B. 9. b. a and b):b.vos omnes opere magno esse oratos volo benigne ut operam detis, etc.,
Plaut. Cas. prol. 21:justam rem et facilem esse oratam a vobis volo,
id. Am. prol. 33:illud tamen te esse admonitum volo, etc.,
Cic. Cael. 3, 8:sed etiam est paucis vos quod monitos voluerim,
Plaut. Capt. prol. 53:illud te, Tulli, monitum velim etc.,
Liv. 1, 23, 8:quamobrem omnes eos oratos volo Ne, etc.,
Ter. Heaut. prol. 26; so, factum volo = faciam: serva tibi sodalem, et mihi filium. Mne. Factum volo, I will, Plaut. Bacch. 3, 3, 91: pariter nunc opera me adjuves ac, etc. Nau. Factum volo, Ter. Phorm. 5, 3, 4; so Plaut. Pers. 2, 5, 10.—In 3 d pers.:esse salutatum vult te mea littera primum,
Ov. P. 2, 7, 1.—With pres. inf.:c.propterea te vocari ad cenam volo (= voco te),
Plaut. Capt. 1, 2, 72:sed nunc rogare hoc ego vicissim te volo: quid fuit, etc. (= nunc te rogo),
id. Trin. 1, 2, 136.—With perf. act. inf.:d.pace tua dixisse velim (= pace tua dixerim),
Ov. P. 3, 1, 9.—In other connections, when the will or purpose is made more prominent than the action:B.eorum alter, qui Antiochus vocatur, iter per Siciliam facere voluit (= fecit),
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 27, § 61:si suscipere eam (religionem) nolletis, tamen in eo qui violasset sancire vos velle oporteret (= sancire vos oporteret),
id. ib. 2, 4, 51, §114: ut insequentibus diebus nemo eorum forum aut publicum adspicere vellet (= adspiceret),
Liv. 9, 7, 11:talentis mille percussorem in me emere voluisti (= emisti),
Curt. 3, 5, 6: quin etiam senatus gratias ei agentem quod redire voluisset ante portas eduxit (= quod redisset), Val. Max. 3, 4, 4:utri prius gratulemur, qui hoc dicere voluit, an cui audire contigit? (= qui hoc dixit),
id. 4, 7, ext. 2:sic tua non paucae carpere facta volent (= carpent),
Ov. P. 3, 1, 64.Velim, as potential subjunctive (mostly in 1 st pers. sing., as subjunctive of modest statement), = volo, I wish, I should like.1.With verb in the second person.a.With pres. subj., so most frequently in Cic.(α).As a modest imperative of the dependent verb: velim facias = fac, I wish you would do it, please do it:(β).ego quae in rem tuam sint, ea velim facias,
Ter. Phorm. 2, 4, 9:eas (litteras) in eundem fasciculum velim addas,
Cic. Att. 12, 53:eum salvere jubeas velim,
id. ib. 7, 7, 7:velim me facias certiorem, etc.,
id. ib. 1, 19, 9:tu velim saepe ad nos scribas,
id. ib. 1, 12, 4:velim mihi ignoscas,
id. Fam. 13, 75, 1:tu velim animum a me parumper avertas,
id. Lael. 1, 5; cf. id. Att. 1, 11, 3; 7, 3, 11; 8, 12, 5; id. Fam. 15, 3, 2 et saep.:haec pro causa mea dicta accipiatis velim,
Liv. 42, 34, 13: velim, inquit, hoc mihi probes, Aug. ap. Suet. Aug. 51:Musa velim memores, etc.,
Hor. S. 1, 5, 53.—Expressing a wish without a command (v. vellem):b.vera dicas velim,
I wish you told the truth, Plaut. Cas. 2, 3, 18:quam velim Bruto persuadeas ut Asturae sit,
Cic. Att. 14, 15, 4:ipse velim poenas experiare meas,
Ov. Tr. 3, 11, 74;so in asseverations: ita velim me promerentem ames, dum vivas, mi pater, ut... id mihi vehementer dolet,
Ter. Ad. 4, 5, 47.—With infinitive clause.(α).With the force of a modest imperative:(β).sed qui istuc credam ita esse, mihi dici velim (i. e. a te),
Ter. Phorm. 5, 6, 15:extremum illud est quod mihi abs te responderi velim,
Cic. Vat. 17, 41 (may be a dependent subjunctive):itaque vos ego, milites, non eo solum animo.... pugnare velim, etc.,
Liv. 21, 41, 10.—As a mere wish:c.velim te arbitrari, frater, etc.,
Plaut. Aul. 2, 1, 1:primum te arbitrari id quod res est velim,
Ter. Eun. 5, 5, 9.—With perf. act.:hanc te quoque ad ceteras tuas eximias virtutes, Masinissa, adjecisse velim,
Liv. 30, 14, 6.—With perf. pass., Liv. 1, 23, 8 (v. II. A. 3. a. supra).—With ut (rare):d.de tuis velim ut eo sis animo, quo debes esse,
Cic. Fam. 4, 14, 4. —With ne (rare), Plaut. Rud. 4, 4, 23 (v. I. C. 2. supra).—2.With dependent verb in the third person, expressing a wish.a.With pres. subj.:b.ita se defatigent velim Ut, etc.,
Ter. Ad. 4, 1, 3:de Cicerone quae mihi scribis, jucunda mihi sunt: velim sint prospera,
Cic. Att. 14, 11, 2:velim seu Himilco, seu Mago respondeat,
Liv. 23, 12, 15:sint haec vera velim,
Verg. Cir. 306:nulla me velim syllaba effugiat,
Quint. 11, 2, 45.—With final clause:tu velim mihi ad urbem praesto sis, ut tuis consiliis utar,
Cic. Att. 9, 16, 3; cf. id. ib. 11, 11, 2 (v. I. C. 2. supra).—With ellips. of pres. subj.:velim mehercule Asturae Brutus (i. e. sit),
Cic. Att. 14, 11, 1.—With perf. subj. (a wish referring to the past):c.nimis velim improbissumo homini malas edentaverint,
Plaut. Rud. 3, 2, 48.—With inf.-clause:3.ne ego nunc mihi modium mille esse argenti velim!
Plaut. Stich. 4, 2, 9: di me perdant! Me. Quodcunque optes, velim tibi contingere, id. Cist. 2, 1, 30:velim eum tibi placere quam maxime,
Cic. Brut. 71, 249: idque primum ita esse velim;deinde etiam, si non sit, mihi persuaderi tamen velim,
id. Tusc. 1, 11, 24:quod faxitis, deos velim fortunare,
Liv. 6, 41, 12.—With perf. pass. inf. (v. I. B. 9. b. b, supra):edepol te hodie lapide percussum velim,
Plaut. Stich. 4, 2, 33:moribus praefectum mulierum hunc factum velim,
id. Aul. 3, 5, 30.—With inf.-clause understood:nimium plus quam velim nostrorum ingenia sunt mobilia,
Liv. 2, 37, 4.—With verb in the first person.a.With inf. pres. (so most freq.):b.atque hoc velim probare omnibus, etc.,
Cic. Prov. Cons. 20, 47:velim scire ecquid de te recordere,
id. Tusc. 1, 6, 13:quare te, ut polliceris, videre plane velim,
id. Att. 11, 9, 3:nec vero velim... a calce ad carceres revocari,
id. Sen. 23, 83:sed multitudo ea quid animorum... habeat scire velim,
Liv. 23, 12, 7:interrogare tamen velim, an Isocrates Attice dixerit,
Quint. 12, 10, 22.—With perf. inf. act., Ov. P. 3, 1, 9 (v. II. A. 3. c.).—With acc. and inf.:c.quod velis, modo id velim me scire,
Plaut. Cas. 2, 4, 8.—So with perf. pass. inf.:ego praeterquam quod nihil haustum ex vano velim, Fabium... potissimum auctorem habui,
Liv. 22, 7, 4.—With subj. pres.:4.eo velim tam facili uti possim et tam bono in me quam Curione,
Cic. Att. 10, 8, 10 B. and K. ex conj. Mull. (Lachm., Hoffm. posse; al. possem).—Velim in the principal sentence of conditional clauses, I would, I should be willing:5.aetatem velim servire, Libanum ut (= si) conveniam modo,
Plaut. As. 2, 2, 8:velim, si fieri possit,
id. Truc. 2, 4, 12:si quid tibi compendi facere possim, factum edepol velim (redundant),
id. ib. 2, 4, 26:si possim, velim,
id. Stich. 4, 2, 9:nec velim (imitari orationes Thucydidis) si possim,
Cic. Brut. 83, 287:si liceat, nulli cognitus esse velim,
Ov. Tr. 5, 12, 42.—The other persons of velim in potential use (rare).a.Velis.(α).Imperatively = cupito:(β).quoniam non potest fieri quod vis, Id velis quod possit,
Ter. And. 2, 1, 6:atque aliquos tamen esse velis tibi, alumna, penates,
Verg. Cir. 331.—Declaratively with indef. subj.: quom inopia'st, cupias; quando ejus copia'st, tum non velis, then you (i.e. people, they) do not want it, Plaut. Trin. 3, 2, 45.—(γ).Redundant, as a form of the imperative of the dependent verb, Ov. Am. 1, 4, 38 (v. I. A. 3. a. b); id. H. 1, 80 (v. II. A. 1. b.); id. M. 2, 746 (v. II. A. 1. c.).—b.Velit.(α).Modestly for vult:(β).te super aetherias licentius auras Haud pater ille velit, etc.,
Verg. A. 7, 558: nemo enim minui velit id in quo maximus fuit, would like that to be diminished in which, etc., Quint. 12, 11, 6; cf. Verg. A. 2, 104, and Ov. H. 9, 7 (v. I. E. 1. c. supra).— So, poet., instead of vellet with perf. inf.:ut fiat, quid non illa dedisse velit?
Ov. Am. 2, 17, 30.—= imperative of third person:c.arma velit, poscatque simul rapiatque juventus,
Verg. A. 7, 340.—Redundantly, giving to the dependent verb the force of an imperative, Quint. 8, prooem. 12 (v. II. A. 1. c. supra; v. also I. A. 3. a. supra).—Velimus.(α).In the optative sense of velim:(β). d.sed scire velimus quod tibi nomen siet,
Plaut. Pers. 4, 6, 18.—Velitis = velim velitis (i. e. jubeatis, jubete):e.novos consules ita cum Samnite gerere bellum velitis ut omnia ante nos bella gesta sunt,
Liv. 9, 8, 10.—So especially in velitis jubeatis, a formula in submitting a law to the votes of the people in the comitia centuriata or tributa, let it be resolved and ordered by you:rogatus in haec verba populus: velitis jubeatisne haec sic fieri, si respublica populi Romani Quiritium, etc.,
Liv. 22, 10, 2:velitis jubeatis, Quirites... uti de ea re Ser. Sulpicius praetor urbanus ad senatum referat, etc.,
id. 38, 54, 3.—And parodied by Cic.:velitis jubeatis ut quod Cicero versum fecerit,
Cic. Pis. 29, 72.—So in oblique discourse, vellent juberent:rogationem promulgavit, vellent juberent Philippo... bellum indici,
Liv. 31, 6, 1:vellent juberentne se regnare,
id. 1, 46, 1; cf.in the resolution of the people: plebis sic jussit: quod senatus... censeat, id volumus jubemusque,
id. 26, 33, 14.—Velint, optative and redundant, Cic. Att. 11, 7, 7 (v. II. A. 1. d.); Ov. P. 1, 7, 8 (v. II. A. 1. c.).C.Vellem, as potential subjunctive, I wish, should like, should have liked, representing the wish as contrary to fact, while velim refers to a wish which may be realized:1.de Menedemo vellem verum fuisset, de regina velim verum sit,
Cic. Att. 15, 4, 4. It is not used with imperative force; cf.:quod scribis, putare te... vellem scriberes, cur ita putares... tu tamen velim scribas,
Cic. Att. 11, 24, 5.—Often quam vellem, how I wish, i. e. I wish very much; and in the same sense: nimium vellem, v. infra.With verb in first person.a.With inf. pres., I wish, would like, referring to present or future actions:b.videre equidem vos vellem, cum huic aurum darem,
Plaut. Poen. 3, 3, 68:vellem equidem idem posse gloriari quod Cyrus,
Cic. Sen. 10, 32:vellem equidem vobis placere, Quirites, sed, etc.,
Liv. 3, 68, 9:quam fieri vellem meus libellus!
Mart. 8, 72, 9.—With cuperem and optarem:nunc ego Triptolemi cuperem conscendere currus... Nunc ego Medeae vellem frenare dracones... Nunc ego jactandas optarem sumere pennas, etc.,
Ov. Tr. 3, 8, 1 sqq.— [p. 2010] Rarely, I should have liked:tum equidem istuc os tuum inpudens videre nimium vellem!
Ter. Eun. 3, 5, 49.—And in conditional sense:maerorem minui: dolorem nec potui, nec, si possem, vellem (i. e. minuere),
Cic. Att. 12, 28, 2:certe ego, si sineres, titulum tibi reddere vellem,
Ov. Tr. 4, 5, 13:sic nec amari quidem vellem (i. e. if I were in his place),
Sen. Ira, 1, 20, 4.—With perf. inf., I wish I had:c.abiit, vah! Rogasse vellem,
I wish I had asked him, Ter. Heaut. 5, 2, 25:maxime vellem semper tecum fuisse,
Cic. Att. 8, 11, D, 5:quam vellem petisse ab eo quod audio Philippum impetrasse,
id. ib. 10, 4, 10:non equidem vellem, quoniam nocitura fuerunt, Pieridum sacris imposuisse manum,
Ov. Tr. 4, 1, 27:ante equidem summa de re statuisse, Latini, Et vellem, et fuerat melius,
Verg. A. 11, 303. —With inf.-clause, the predicate being a perf. part. (v. I. B. 9. b. b, supra):d.virum me natam vellem,
would I had been born a man! Ter. Phorm. 5, 3, 9.—With subj. imperf. (rare):2.quam vellem, Panaetium nostrum nobiscum haberemus,
Cic. Rep. 1, 10, 15.—The subject of the dependent verb in the second person.a.With subj. imperf. (the regular construction):b.hodie igitur me videbit, ac vellem tum tu adesses,
I wish you could be present, Cic. Att. 13, 7, 2:quam vellem de his etiam oratoribus tibi dicere luberet,
I wish you would please, id. Brut. 71, 248.—With subj. pluperf., I wish you had:c.vellem Idibus Martiis me ad cenam invitasses,
Cic. Fam. 12, 4, 1:quam vellem te ad Stoicos inclinavisses,
id. Fin. 3, 3, 10:vellem suscepisses juvenem regendum,
id. Att. 10, 6, 2:quam vellem Bruto studium tuum navare potuisses,
id. ib. 15, 4, 5.—With ne and pluperf. subj.:d.tu vellem ne veritus esses ne parum libenter legerem tuas litteras,
Cic. Fam. 7, 33, 2.—With ellipsis of verb: vera cantas, vana vellem (i. e. cantares). Plaut. Most. 3, 4, 41.—3.With verb in third person.a.With imperf. subj. (the regular construction):b.patrem atque matrem viverent vellem tibi (per ecthesin, v. I. E. b.),
Plaut. Poen. 5, 2, 106:vellem adesset Antonius, modo sine advocatis,
Cic. Phil. 1, 7, 16:vellem nobis hoc idem vere dicere liceret,
id. Off. 3, 1, 1:vellem adesse posset Panaetius,
id. Tusc. 1, 33, 81:vellem hoc esset laborare,
id. Or. 2, 71, 287.—With pluperf. subj.:c.vellem aliqui ex vobis robustioribus hunc male dicendi locum suscepissent,
Cic. Cael. 3, 7:vellem dictum esset ab eodem etiam de Dione,
id. ib. 10, 23; so id. ib. 31, 74; id. Brut. 44, 163:quam vellem Dareus aliquid ex hac indole hausisset!
Curt. 3, 32 (12), 26.—With inf.-clause.(α).With inf. pres., I wish he were:(β).quam non abesse ab hujus judicio L. Vulsionem vellem!
Cic. Clu. 70, 198:nunc mihi... Vellem, Maeonide, pectus inesse tuum,
Ov. F. 2, 120.—With perf. inf. or part., I wish he had, had been:d.quam vellem Menedemum invitatum!
Ter. Heaut. 1, 2, 11:epistulas, quas quidem vellem mihi numquam redditas,
Cic. Att. 11, 22, 1.—With ellipsis of predicate: illud quoque vellem antea (i. e. factum, or factum esse),
Cic. Att. 11, 23, 3.—With ut, Cic. Sull. 1, 1; id. Fam. 7, 33, 2 (v. I. C. 1. a. supra).—4.With acc. of a neuter pronoun or of a noun:5.aliquando sentiam us nihil nobis nisi, id quod minime vellem, spiritum reliquum esse,
Cic. Att. 9, 19, 2: tris eos libros maxime nunc vellem: apti essent ad id quod cogito, I would like to have (cf. I. E. 1. a.), id. ib. 13, 22, 2.—In the other persons of vellem (mostly poet.).a.Velles.(α).In optative sentences redundant, Verg. A. 11, 153 (v. II. A. 1. d.).—(β).Of an indefinite subject:b.velles eum (Senecam) suo ingenio dixisse, alieno judicio,
Quint. 10, 1, 130.—Vellet.(α).In the potential sense of vellem: vellet abesse quidem;(β).sed adest. Velletque videre, Non etiam sentire canum fera facta suorum,
Ov. M. 3, 247.—Conditionally:c.quis vellet tanti nuntius esse mali (i. e. if in this situation)?
Ov. H. 12, 146.—Vellent.(α).In the potential sense of vellem:(β).quam vellent aethere in alto Nunc of pauperiem et duros perferre labores!
Verg. A. 6, 436.—Conditionally: nec superi vellent hoc licuisse sibi, would wish, i. e. if in this situation, Mart. 4, 44, 8.D.Volam and voluero.1.In gen.: respiciendus erit sermo stipulationis, utrumne talis sit: quem voluero, an quem volam. Nam si talis fuerit quem voluero, cum semel elegerit, mutare voluntatem non poterit;2.si vero... quem volam, donec judicium dictet, mutandi potestatem habebit,
Dig. 45, 1, 112.—Volam in principal sentences.(α).= Engl. future, I shall wish, etc.:(β).et commeminisse hoc ego volam te,
I shall require you to recollect this, Plaut. Curc. 4, 2, 7: cum omnia habueris, tunc habere et sapientiam voles? will you also wish to have wisdom when? etc., Sen. Ep. 17, 8.—Denoting present probability: et scilicet jam me hoc voles patrem exorare, ut, etc., you doubtless wish me, etc., Ter. Heaut. 4, 3, 27.—3.In clauses dependent on predicates implying a future, generally rendered by an English present:E.quid si sors aliter quam voles evenerit?
otherwise than as you wish, Plaut. Cas. 2, 5, 35:tum te, si voles, cum patriae quod debes solveris, satis diu vixisse dicito,
then if you choose, if you will, Cic. Marcell. 9, 27:decedes cum voles,
id. Att. 6, 3, 2:qui magis effugies eos qui volent fingere?
those who are bent upon inventing, who will invent, falsehoods, id. ib. 8, 2, 2; cf. id. ib. 1, 1, 4; id. Verr. 2, 4, 25, § 55; id. Prov. Cons. 9, 24:quod voles gratum esse, rarum effice,
Sen. Ben. 1, 14, 1; cf. id. Brev. Vit. 7, 9: si di volent, the gods permitting, August. ap. Suet. Calig. 8:invenies, vere si reperire voles,
Ov. P. 3, 1, 34; cf. Hor. Ep. 1, 16, 78; Tib. 1, 4, 45.—So, voluero:quem (locum) si qui vitare voluerit, sex milium circuitu in oppidum pervenit,
who wishes to avoid this spot, Caes. B. C. 2, 24.Si vis, parenthetically.1.If you please (cf. sis, supra init.):2.paulum opperirier, Si vis,
Ter. Eun. 5, 2, 52:audi, si vis, nunc jam,
id. Ad. 2, 1, 30:dic, si vis, de quo disputari velis,
Cic. Tusc. 2, 5, 13.—If you wish, choose, insist upon it:F.hanc quoque jucunditatem, si vis, transfer in animum,
Cic. Fin. 2, 4, 14:addam, si vis, animi, etc.,
id. ib. 2, 27, 89:concedam hoc ipsum, si vis, etc.,
id. Div. 2, 15, 34.Quam, with any person of the pres. indic. or subj., or imperf. subj. or future, = quamvis, in a concessive sense, virtually, however, however much.1.3 d pers. sing.:2.quod illa, quam velit sit potens, numquam impetravisset (= quamvis sit potens),
however powerful she may be, Cic. Cael. 26, 63:C. Gracchus dixit, sibi in somnis Ti. fratrem visum esse dicere, quam vellet cunctaretur, tamen eodem sibi leto... esse pereundum,
id. Div. 1, 26, 56:quam volet jocetur,
id. N. D. 2, 17, 46.—1 st pers. plur.:3.quam volumus licet ipsi nos amemus, tamen, etc.,
Cic. Har. Resp. 9, 19.—2 d pers. plur.: exspectate facinus quam vultis improbum, vincam tamen, etc., expect a crime, however wicked ( ever so wicked), etc., Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 5, § 11;4.but: hac actione quam voletis multi dicent,
as many as you choose, id. ib. 2, 2, 42, § 102.—3 d pers. plur.:G.quam volent illi cedant, tamen a re publica revocabuntur,
Cic. Phil. 2, 44, 113:quam volent in conviviis faceti, dicaces, etc., sint, alia fori vis est, alia triclinii,
id. Cael. 28, 67;but: et ceteri quam volent magnas pecunias capere possint,
as much money as they choose, id. Verr. 2, 2, 58, § 142.Volo = malo, to prefer, with a comparative clause (rare):H.quodsi in ceteris quoque studiis a multis eligere homines commodissimum quodque, quam sese uni alicui certo vellent addicere, = si se eligere mallent quam se uni addicere,
Cic. Inv. 2, 2, 5:malae rei quam nullius duces esse volunt,
Liv. 3, 68, 11:famaene credi velis quanta urbs a te capta sit, quam posteris quoque eam spectando esse?
id. 25, 29, 6.With magis and maxime.1.Magis velle: ut tu illam salvam magis velles quam ego, you wish more than I, etc., Ter. Hec. 2, 2, 17.—2.With maxime, to wish above all, more than any thing or any one else, to be most agreeable to one, to like best, to prefer (among more than two alternatives):K.quia id maxime volo ut illi istoc confugiant,
wish above all, Plaut. Most. 5, 1, 49; so id. Trin. 3, 2, 38:maxime vellem, judices, ut P. Sulla, etc.,
Cic. Sull. 1, 1:caritate nos capiunt reges, consilio optimates, libertate populi, ut in comparando difficile ad eligendum sit, quid maxime velis,
which you prefer, like best, id. Rep. 1, 35, 55; so, quemadmodum ego maxime vellem, id. Att. 13, 1, 1:tris eos libros maxime nunc vellem,
above all others, id. ib. 13, 32, 2:alia excusanti juveni, alia recipienti futura, ita ut maxime vellet senatus responderi placuit,
as it was most agreeable to him, Liv. 39, 47:si di tibi permisissent quo modo maxime velles experiri animum meum,
in the manner most convenient to yourself, Curt. 3, 6, 12.In disjunctive co - ordination.1.With sive... sive:2.tu nunc, sive ego volo, seu nolo, sola me ut vivam facis,
whether I choose or not, Plaut. Cist. 3, 14:itaque Campanos sive velint, sive nolint, quieturos,
Liv. 8, 2, 13.—Without connectives.a.Vis tu... vis:b.congredi cum hoste liceat... vis tu mari, vis terra, vis acie, vis urbibus expugnandis experiri virtutem?
Liv. 25, 6, 22.—Velim nolim.(α).Interrogatively, = utrum velim nec ne:(β).velit nolit scire, difficile est,
it is difficult to know whether he intends it or not, Cic. Q. Fr. 3, 8, 4.—= seu velim seu nolim:A.ut mihi, velim nolim, sit certa quaedam tuenda sententia,
whether I will or not, Cic. N. D. 1, 7, 17:velim nolim, in cognomine Scipionum haeream necesse est,
Val. Max. 3, 7, 3:mors interim adest, cui velis nolis vacandum est,
Sen. Brev. Vit. 8, 5:hunc ita fundatum necesse est, velit nolit, sequatur hilaritas continua,
id. Vit. Beat. 4, 4:velint nolint, respondendum est... beate vivere bonum non esse,
id. Ep. 117, 4:praeterea futuri principes, velint nolint, sciant, etc.,
Plin. Pan. 20 fin. Part. and P. a.: vŏlens, entis.As a part. proper, retaining the meaning and construction of velle, with the force of a relative or adverbial clause.1.Agreeing with some member of the sentence ( poet. and in post-class. prose;2.rare): neque illum... multa volentem Dicere praeterea vidit (= qui multa voluit dicere),
Verg. G. 4, 501; id. A. 2, 790:nec me vis ulla volentem Avertet (i. e. si adhaerere foederi volo),
id. ib. 12, 203: decemviri, minuere volentes hujuscemodi violentiam... putaverunt, etc., intending ( who intended) to diminish such a violence, etc., Gell. 20, 1, 34:Milo, experiri etiamtunc volens, an ullae sibi reliquae vires adessent... rescindere quercum conatus est,
id. 15, 16, 3:scio quosdam testatores, efficere volentes ne servi sui umquam ad libertatem venirent, etc., hactenus scribere solitos,
Dig. 40, 4, 61:si te volentem ad prohibendum venire, deterruerit aliquis, etc.,
ib. 43, 24, 1, § 10.—Abl. absol. (not ante-Aug.):B. 1.ne cujus militis scripti nomen nisi ipso volente deleretur,
except with his consent, Liv. 7, 41, 4; so,Teum ex medio cursu classem repente avertit, aut volentibus iis usurus commeatu parato hostibus, aut ipsos pro hostibus habiturus,
with their consent, id. 37, 27, 3:ponuntque ferocia Poeni Corda, volente deo,
since the god willed it, Verg. A. 1, 303: Thrasippo supplicium a se voluntaria morte exigere volente, while he was about to inflict punishment on himself, etc., Val. Max. 5, 1, ext. 2: scire volentibus immortalibus dis an Romana virtus imperium orbis mereretur, it being the will of the gods to know, etc., Flor. 1, 13, 3 (1, 7, 3): qui sciente aut volente eo ad quem res pertinet, possessionem nanciscitur, with the knowledge and consent of the person who, etc., Dig. 41, 2, 6. —Attributively.a.In the phrase cum dis volentibus, lit. with the willing or favoring gods, i. e. with the will, permission, or favor of the gods: dono ducite doque volentibu' cum magnis dis, Enn. ap. Cic. Off. 1, 12, 38 (Ann. v. 208 Vahl.):b.sequere hac, mea gnata, me cum dis volentibus,
Plaut. Pers. 3, 1, 4:cum dis volentibus quodque bene eveniat mando tibi Mani uti illaec suovetaurilia, etc.,
Cato, R. R. 141 (142).— And without cum, abl. absol.:virtute ac dis volentibus magni estis et opulenti,
Sall. J. 14, 19.—Volenti animo.(α).= cupide, eagerly:(β).Romae plebes litteris quae de Metello ac Mario missae erant, volenti animo de ambobus acceperant,
Sall. J. 73, 3. —On purpose, intentionally:2.consilio hanc omnes animisque volentibus urbem Adferimur,
Verg. A. 7, 216.—Predicatively.a.Agreeing with the subject-nom. or subject - acc.(α).Voluntarily, willingly, [p. 2011] gladly (class.):(β).(hi) divini generis appellentur... vobisque jure et lege volentes pareant,
Cic. Univ. 11 fin.:quas victi ab hostibus poenas metuerant, eas ipsi volentes pendere,
Sall. J. 76, 6:quia volentes in amicitiam non veniebant,
Liv. 21, 39, 4:si volentes ac non coacti mansissent in amicitia,
id. 24, 37, 7:quocunque loco seu volens seu invitus constitisti,
id. 7, 40, 13:itaque se numquam volentem parte qua posset rerum consilio gerendarum cessurum,
id. 22, 27, 9:(virtus), quidquid evenerit, feret, non patiens tantum, sed etiam volens,
Sen. Vit. Beat. 15, 5:non est referre gratiam quod volens acceperis nolenti reddere,
id. Ben. 4, 40, 4:volens vos Turnus adoro,
Verg. A. 10, 677; 3, 457; 6, 146;12, 833: date vina volentes,
id. ib. 8, 275: ipsa autem macie tenuant armenta volentes ( on purpose), id. G. 3, 129.—And referring to subjects denoting things: quos rami fructus, quos ipsa volentia rura Sponte tulere sua, carpsit ( spontaneously and willingly), Verg. G. 2, 500.—Favorably; with propitius, favorably and kindly, referring to the gods:b.precantes Jovem ut volens propitius praebeat sacra arma pro patria,
Liv. 24, 21, 10:precantibus ut volens propitiaque urbem Romanam iniret,
id. 29, 14, 13:in ea arce (Victoriam) sacratam, volentem propitiamque, firmam ac stabilem fore populo Romano,
id. 22, 37, 12; 1, 16, 3; 7, 26, 3; 24, 38, 8; Inscr. Orell. 2489 sq.—Parodied by Plautus:agite, bibite, festivae fores! fite mihi volentes propitiae,
Plaut. Curc. 1, 1, 89.— Abl. absol.:omnia diis propitiis volentibusque ea faciemus,
with the favor and help of the gods, Liv. 39, 16, 11 Weissenb. ad loc.:si (Jovem) invocem ut dexter ac volens assit,
Quint. 4, prooem. 5.—Agreeing with other terms of the sentence (rare): volenti consuli causa in Pamphyliam devertendi oblata est, a welcome cause was offered to the consul, etc., Liv. 38, 15, 3:c.quod nobis volentibus facile continget,
if we wish, Quint. 6, 2, 30:is Ariobarzanem volentibus Armeniis praefecit,
to their satisfaction, Tac. A. 2, 4:gemis... hominem, Urse, tuum, cui dulce volenti servitium... erat,
to whom his servitude was sweet, since he liked it, Stat. S. 2, 6, 15:me mea virtus, etc., fatis egere volentem,
Verg. A. 8, 133:saepe ille volentem castigabat erum,
administered kindly received rebukes, Stat. S. 2, 6, 50.—In the phrase aliquid mihi volenti est or putatur, etc., something is welcome, acceptable to me, pleases me (= volens habeo or accipio aliquid; cf. the Gr. Humin tauta boulomenois estin, and, mihi aliquid cupienti est; v. cupio;3.rare but class.): uti militibus exaequatus cum imperatore labos volentibus esset,
that the equalization of labor was acceptable to the soldier, Sall. J. 100, 4:quia neque plebei militia volenti putabatur,
id. ib. 84, 3 Dietsch:grande periculum maritumis civitatibus esse, et quibusdam volentibus novas res fore,
that to some a change of the government would be welcome, Liv. 21, 50, 10:quibus bellum volentibus erat, probare exemplum,
Tac. Agr. 18.— Impers. with subject - inf.: ceterisque remanere et in verba Vespasiani adigi volentibus fuit, to the rest it was acceptable to remain, etc., Tac. H. 3, 43.—With subject-inf. understood:si volentibus vobis erit, in medium profero quae... legisse memini,
Macr. S. 7, 13, 11:si volentibus vobis erit, diem fabulis et epulis exigamus,
id. ib. 1, 7; 2, 3 fin.; 6, 6 init. —As subst. (mostly post-Aug.).a.vŏlens, entis, m., = is qui vult, in the different meanings, and often with the construction of the verb.(α).One who wishes:(β).nunc cis Hiberum castra Romana esse, arcem tutam perfugiumque novas volentibus res,
Liv. 22, 22, 11:consulere se volentibus vacuas aures accommodavit,
Val. Max. 5, 8, 3:quid opus libertate si volentibus luxu perire non licet,
id. 2, 9, 5:discere meliora volentibus promptum est,
i. e. it depends on our own will to learn better things, Quint. 11, 11, 12:nec sum in hoc sollicitus, dum res ipsa volentibus discere appareat,
to the students, id. 8, 4, 15:mori volentibus vis adhibita vivendi,
Suet. Tib. 61.—One who intends, is about:(γ).juris ignorantia non prodest acquirere volentibus,
i. e. in the acquisition of property, Dig. 22, 6, 7:si quis volentem incipere uti frui prohibuit,
one who is about to enter upon a usufruct, ib. 43, 16, 3, § 14. —One who is willing:(δ).non refert quid sit quod datur, nisi a volente volenti datur,
unless it is both willingly given and received, Sen. Ben. 2, 18, 8:ducunt volentem fata, nolentem trahunt,
those willing to follow, id. Ep. 107, 11.—One who consents:(ε).tutiusque rati volentibus quam coactis imperitare,
to rule men with their consent, Sall. J. 102, 6:quippe rempublicam si a volentibus nequeat ab invitis jus expetituram,
peaceably if they could, forcibly if they must, Liv. 3, 40, 4:si quis aliam rem pro alia volenti solverit,
if one pays with the consent of the receiver, Dig. 46, 3, 46:nulla injuria est quae in volentem fiat,
ib. 47, 10, 1, § 5.—One who does a thing voluntarily:(ζ).pecuniam etiam a volentibus acceperant,
the contributions of money were voluntary, Vell. 2, 62, 3:parce, puer, stimulis... (solis equi) Sponte sua properant. Labor est inhibere volentis (i. e. properare),
Ov. M. 2, 128.—Volens = bene volens: munificus nemo habebatur nisi pariter volens, unless he was just as kindly disposed, sc. as he was liberal, Sall. J. 103, 6.—Often referring to a previously mentioned noun:b.hunc cape consiliis socium et conjunge volentem,
and unite with him, since he wishes it, Verg. A. 5, 712; so may be taken Ov. M. 2, 128 (v. e).—In the neutr. plur. (volentia) rare, always with dat., things pleasing, acceptable:2.Pompeius multis suspitionibus volentia plebi facturus habebatur,
that he would do what pleased the common people, Sall. H. 4, 31 Dietsch:haec atque talia plebi volentia fuere,
Tac. A. 15, 36 Draeg. ad loc. al.:iique Muciano volentia rescripsere,
id. H. 3, 52.—Hence, adv.: vŏlenter, willingly, App. M. 6, p. 178, 4.vŏlo, āvi, ātum ( part. gen. plur. volantūm, Verg. A. 6, 728; Lucr. 2, 1083), 1, v. n. [Sanscr. val-, to turn one's self, etc.; cf.: vŏlucer, vēlox, and vol- in velivolus], to fly.I.Lit.: ex alto... laeva volavit avis, Enn. ap. Cic. Div. 1, 48, 107 (Ann. v. 95 Vahl.):2. II.aves,
Lucr. 6, 742:accipitres,
id. 4, 1010:corvi,
id. 2, 822:altam supra volat ardea nubem,
Verg. G. 1, 364:volat ille per aëra magnum Remigio alarum,
id. A. 1, 300:columbae venere volantes,
id. ib. 6, 191; Prop. 2, 30 (3, 28), 30; Juv. 8, 251:apes,
Ov. A. A. 1, 96; cf. Plin. 10, 38, 54, § 112:volasse eum (Antonium), non iter fecisse diceres,
Cic. Phil. 10, 5, 11.—Prov.:sine pennis volare haud facile est,
Plaut. Poen. 4, 2, 49.—Transf., to fly, i. e. to move swiftly like one flying, to fleet, speed, hasten along:3.i sane... vola curriculo,
Plaut. Pers. 2, 2, 17; cf.:per summa levis volat aequora curru,
Verg. A. 5, 819:medios volat ecce per hostes Vectus equo spumante Saces,
id. ib. 12, 650:illa (Argo) volat,
Ov. H. 6, 66:currus,
Verg. G. 3, 181:axis,
id. ib. 3, 107:nubes,
Lucr. 5, 254:fulmina,
id. 2, 213:tempestates,
id. 6, 612:telum,
id. 1, 971; cf. Sall. J. 60, 2; Verg. A. 9, 698; Liv. 26, 44, 7 al.:litterae Capuam ad Pompeium volare dicebantur,
Cic. Att. 2, 19, 3:volat aetas,
id. Tusc. 1, 31, 76:hora,
Sen. Hippol. 1141:fama,
Verg. A. 3, 121:et semel emissum volat irrevocabile verbum,
Hor. Ep. 1, 18, 71.— Poet., with inf.:ast Erebi virgo ditem volat aethere Memphim Praecipere et Phariā venientem pellere terrā,
Val. Fl. 4, 407.vŏlo, ōnis, m. [1. volo], a volunteer, first applied to the slaves who, after the battle at Cannæ, were enrolled upon their own expressed desire to serve (cf. Liv. 22, 57, 11; Val. Max. 7, 6, 1):volones dicti sunt milites, qui post Cannensem cladem usque ad octo milia, cum essent servi, voluntarie se ad militiam obtulere,
Paul. Diac. p. 370:volones, quia sponte hoc voluerunt, appellati,
Macr. S. 1, 11, 30:vetus miles tironi, liber voloni sese exaequari sineret,
Liv. 23, 35, 6; 23, 32, 1; Capitol. Anton. Phil. 21, 6; Macr. S. 1, 11, 30. -
13 asistir
v.1 to attend.asistir a un acto to attend an event2 to attend to.le asiste el doctor Jiménez he is being treated by Dr JiménezRicardo va en las tardes Richard attends in the afternoons.3 to accompany.4 to help, to wait on, to aid, to assist.Ella asiste a todo el mundo She helps everybody.* * *1 to attend, be present1 (servir) to serve, wait on■ los criados asistieron a los invitados durante la recepción the servants waited on the guests during the reception2 (ayudar) to help, assist; (a los enfermos) to attend, care for\me (te, le, etc) asiste la razón formal I am (you are, he is, etc) correctme (te, le, etc) asiste el derecho de... I have (you have, he has, etc) the right to...* * *verb1) to attend, go2) witness3) help, assist•* * *1. VI1) (=acudir) to attend, go¿va usted a asistir? — will you be attending o going?
asistir a algo — to attend sth, go to sth
no asistió a mi clase — he did not attend my lesson, he did not come to my lesson
asiste a misa todos los domingos — he attends Mass every Sunday, he goes/comes to Mass every Sunday
2) (Naipes) to follow suit2. VT1) (=ayudar)asistir a algn — to help sb, assist sb frm
2) (Med)asistir a — [+ paciente, enfermo] to care for, look after; [+ herido, accidentado] to look after, help
3) (=presenciar)estamos asistiendo a una nueva revolución tecnológica — we are witnessing a new technological revolution
4) (Jur)5) frm (=respaldar)6) frm (=atender) to serve, wait onasistió a los invitados en el hotel — he served o waited on the hotel guests
* * *1.verbo intransitivo1)a) (a reunión, acto)asistir a algo — to attend something, be present at something
asistió a una sola clase — he only came/went to one class
asistir a misa — to go to o attend Mass
b) (frml) ( presenciar)asistir a algo — to witness something, be witness to something (frml)
2) (Esp) ( limpiar) to work as a cleaning lady o woman2.asistir vta) (frml) ( ayudar)b) (frml) ( en un parto) to deliver* * *= attend, provide + assistance.Ex. He was awarded the bachelor's degree, magna cum laude, from Harvard University, and he attended Rutgers Library School where he graduated first in his class.Ex. Its purpose is to provide advice and on-site salvage assistance to those organisations having documentary resources that are damaged in a natural or man-made disaster.----* asistir a una clase = attend + class.* asistir a una reunión = attend + meeting.* asistir a un curso = attend + course.* no asistir = stay away.* * *1.verbo intransitivo1)a) (a reunión, acto)asistir a algo — to attend something, be present at something
asistió a una sola clase — he only came/went to one class
asistir a misa — to go to o attend Mass
b) (frml) ( presenciar)asistir a algo — to witness something, be witness to something (frml)
2) (Esp) ( limpiar) to work as a cleaning lady o woman2.asistir vta) (frml) ( ayudar)b) (frml) ( en un parto) to deliver* * *= attend, provide + assistance.Ex: He was awarded the bachelor's degree, magna cum laude, from Harvard University, and he attended Rutgers Library School where he graduated first in his class.
Ex: Its purpose is to provide advice and on-site salvage assistance to those organisations having documentary resources that are damaged in a natural or man-made disaster.* asistir a una clase = attend + class.* asistir a una reunión = attend + meeting.* asistir a un curso = attend + course.* no asistir = stay away.* * *asistir [I1 ]viA1 (a una reunión, un acto) asistir A algo to attend sth, be present AT sthdiversas personalidades asistieron a la ceremonia various celebrities were present at o attended the ceremonyasistió a una sola clase he only came/went to one class, he only attended one class ( frml)para los que no asistieron a la última clase for those who didn't come/go to o ( frml) attend the last class, for those who weren't (present) at the last classasistir a misa to go to o attend Masshemos asistido a cambios profundos en este campo we have witnessed o we have been witness to great changes in this field■ asistirvtA( frml)(ayudar): en el consulado lo asistirán debidamente you will receive the necessary assistance at the consulate ( frml)respira asistida por una máquina she is breathing with the aid of a respirator, she is on a respiratorasistir a un moribundo/los pobres to care for a dying person/the poorB ( frml) (en un parto) to deliverC ( frml)«derecho»: lo asiste el derecho de … you have the right to …* * *
asistir ( conjugate asistir) verbo intransitivo ( estar presente) asistir a algo ‹a reunión/acto/clases› to attend sth;◊ asistió a una sola clase he only came/went to one class;
asistir a misa to go to o attend Mass
verbo transitivo (frml) ( ayudar): en el consulado lo asistirán you will receive assistance at the consulate (frml);
asistir a los pobres to care for the poor
asistir
I verbo transitivo to assist, help
Med to attend
III verbo intransitivo to attend [a, -]
' asistir' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
razón
- dispensar
- faltar
- ir
- poder
English:
attend
- concerted
- deliver
- exempt
- make
- minister
- otherwise
- raincheck
- sit in on
- stay away
- turn up
- audit
- cram
- sit
- why
* * *♦ vt1. [ayudar] to attend to;en este centro asisten a los sin techo this centre provides care for the homeless;¡Dios nos asista! God above!, good heavens!2. [paciente, enfermo] to attend;los heridos fueron asistidos en un hospital cercano the injured were treated o attended at a nearby hospital;le asiste el doctor Jiménez he is being attended by Dr Jiménez;la comadrona que me asistió en el parto the midwife who helped me give birth3. [acompañar] to accompanyel derecho les asiste they have the law on their side♦ vi1. [acudir] to attend;asistir a un acto to attend an event;asisten a misa todos los domingos they go to church o attend mass every Sunday2. [limpiar] to work as a cleaner3.asistir a [presenciar] to witness;estamos asistiendo a cambios históricos we are witnessing historic changes4. [en juegos de cartas] to follow suit* * *I v/t help, assistII v/i be present;asistir a una boda go to a wedding;asistir a clase attend class, go to class* * *asistir vi: to attend, to be presentasistir a clase: to attend classasistir vt: to aid, to assist* * *asistir vb1. (acudir) to attend / to gono pude asistir al funeral I couldn't attend the funeral / I couldn't go to the funeral2. (cuidar) to attend to / to treat3. (ayudar) to assist / to help -
14 GESTR
(-s, -ir), m.1) guest;* * *m., gen. gests; pl. gestir, acc. gesti; [Ulf. gasts = ξένος; A. S. gest; Engl. guest; Germ. gast; Dan. gjæst; Swed. gäst; Lat. hostis]:I. a guest; the original meaning of this word is a stranger, alien, cp. Lat. hostis.β. the Guests, one division of the king’s men; the Guests were a kind of policemen, and had not the full privileges of the king’s guardsmen or hirðmenn, although they were in the king’s pay; they had their own seats in the king’s hall, the guests’ bench, gesta-bekkr, m., Fb. i. 347; their own chief, gesta-höfðingi, a, m., Nj. 7, Hkr. ii. 69, Fms. vii. 35; their own banner, gesta-merki, n., Fms. ix. 489; their own meeting, gesta-stefna, u, f., Fms. viii. 250; they formed a separate body, gesta-sveit, f., Fas. i. 318; skulu þar fylgja hirðmenn ok gestir, Ó. H. 204, in the battle at Stiklastað: a guests’ hall, gesta-skáli, a, m., is mentioned in Eg. 28, Fas. ii. 93: a ship, gesta-skip ( gesta-fley), n., Fms. viii. 139; cp. the Sagas passim, esp. the Konunga Sögur, Fms. x. 147, Hkr. passim, but esp. N. G. L. in the section Hirðs-skrá, or the law ( rules) for the king’s men, and Sks. 257 sqq. As the gestir were lower in rank than the hirðmenn, a recruit had often to serve his apprenticeship among them, e. g. var hann í gestasæti, he was seated among the guests, i. e. was held in small repute, Fas. i. 51.II. a stranger, guest, Lat. hospes, but keeping the old notion of a stranger, prop. an accidental guest, chance comer, and is distinguished from boðs-maðr, an invited guest, or the like; hence the allit. phrase, gestr ok gangandi, a guest and ganger, since with the ancients the poor had to go from house to house (cp. gangleri); this is to be borne in mind, if one would understand old sayings such as, Guð elr gesti, God feeds guests, Bs. i. 247; or many passages in the old heathen poem Hávamál, e. g. órir gestr við gest, guest quarrels with guest, Hm. 31; gestr at gest hæðinn, guest mocking guest, 30, which reminds one of Hom. Od. xviii. 1–33; gest þú né geyja né á grind hrekir (scoff not at a guest, nor drive him to the door), get þú váluðum vel, Hm. 136, where gestr ( a guest) and válaðr ( a vagrant) are used synonymously; ganga skal, skala gestr vera æ í einum stað, 34. In olden times there were no public hostelries, and all entertainment was (as it still is in Icel.) private bounty; a fine instance of a munificent hostess of the heathen age is recorded in Landn.,—Geirríðr sparði ekki mat við menn, ok lét göra skála sinn of þjóðbraut þvera, hón sat á stóli ok laðaði úti gesti, en borð stóð inni jafnan ok matr á, 2. 13. After the introduction of Christianity, when churches were built and endowments given, the donors often imposed the duty of ‘feeding guest and ganger for a night’ (ala gest ok ganganda), Dipl. i. 169, 174; or, þar er ekki gesta eldi skylt ( it is not required to feed guests), ala hvern at ósekju er vill, 200; ala þurfa-menn ok þá er fara skylda-erinda, 201, cp. 273 passim:—gener. a visitor, guest: gesta-eldi, n. shelter for guests, D. I. (vide above): gesta-fluga, u, f. a guest-fly, a moth, Ísl. Þjóðs. i. 558: gesta-herbergi, n. a ‘guest-harbour,’ hostel, inn, Gr. καταλύμα, Luke ii. 7: gesta-hús, n. a guest-room, Sturl. i. 216, ii. 191: gesta-koma, u, f., gesta-nauð, n. a coming, crowding of guests: gesta-maðr, m. a guest-man (bishops had a special servant so called), Bs. i. 850, 876: gesta-rúm, n. a guest-bed: gesta-skáli, a, m. a guest-chamber, Hom. 36: gesta-spjót, n. pl., a cat is said to raise the ‘guest-spears’ when it lies on its back and cleans itself with its hind legs, which is a token that a stranger is at hand, Ísl. Þjóðs. i. 558.III. as pr. names, Landn., freq.; also in compds, Þor-gestr, Heim-gestr, Goð-gestr, Hleva-gastir on the Golden horn (Bugge’s reading), and Gr. Ξενο-φών, Ξενο-φάνης. Gestr is a name of Odin = the Traveller, Edda, Vþm., Gm., Hervar. S. ch. 15 (Gestum-blindi). It is curious to notice that whereas with the Romans hostis came to mean a foe, with the Teutons (as with the Gr. ξένος) the equivalent word became a term of friendship, used of a friend staying at one’s house. -
15 κεῖμαι
κεῖμαι impf. 3 sg. ἔκειτο; fut. 3 pl. κείσονται (Tat. 31, 1) (Hom.+)① to be in a recumbent position, lie, recline; can serve as passive of τίθημι, of pers.: w. indication of place ἔν τινι in someth., of a child ἐν φάτνῃ Lk 2:12, 16; of a dead person (Hom. et al.; also in Palest. [PhilolWoch 49, 1929, 247] and Alexandrian [Sb 1397] grave ins; PRyl 114, 17 τοῦ σώματος κειμένου) w. οὗ or ὅπου (ApcMos 33; PGM 4, 2038) Mt 28:6; Lk 23:53; J 20:12.② to be in a place so as to be on someth., lie, of things ἐπί τι on someth. 2 Cor 3:15. Also ἐπάνω τινός (TestAbr A 12 p. 91, 1 [Stone p. 30] ἐπάνω τῆς πραπέζης) Mt 5:14 (κ. of location of a place since Hdt., Thu.; SIG 685, 46 [139 B.C.]; Tob 5:6 S ἐν τῷ ὄρει; Jos., Ant. 9, 7).—Abs. (as Hom. et al.; Josh 4:6) of a throne, a bench stand (Hdt. 1, 181, 5 κλίνη κ.; Arrian, Anab. 6, 29, 6 τράπεζα κ.; Chariton 5, 4, 5; Polyaenus 4, 3, 24 and Paus. 2, 31, 3 θρόνος κ.) Rv 4:2; Hv 3, 1, 4. Of cloths lie (there) Lk 24:12 v.l.; J 20:5, 6, 7.—21:9. Of vessels stand (there) (X., Oec. 8, 19; Paus. 9, 31, 3 τρίποδες; cp. 1 Esdr 6:25; Jer 24:1) 2:6; 19:29. σκάφην GJs 18:2 (codd.). Of goods be laid up, be stored up Lk 12:19 (Hom. et al.; cp. PSI 365, 20 [251/250 B.C.] ὁ σῖτος ἐπὶ τῆς ἅλω κείμενος).—Of a foundation be laid 1 Cor 3:11. ἡ πόλις τετράγωνος κεῖται is laid out as a square Rv 21:16. κ. πρός τι be laid at someth. the ax at the roots (ready for felling of the tree) Mt 3:10; Lk 3:9. κ. πρός w. acc. also means be very close to someone in ὁ ἄγγελος τ. πνεύματος τοῦ προφητικοῦ ὁ κείμενος πρὸς αὐτόν (i.e. τ. ἄνθρωπον) Hm 11:9 (Ox 5 recto, 3 reads: ἐπʼ αὐτῷ).③ In a variety of transferred senses involving esp. abstractions to exist, have place, or be there (for someth.)ⓐ be appointed, set, destined εἴς τι for someth. εἰς πτῶσιν καὶ ἀνάστασιν for the fall and rising Lk 2:34. εἰς ἀπολογίαν τοῦ εὐαγγελίου Phil 1:16. εἰς τοῦτο 1 Th 3:3.—κ. ἐπί τινος be put in charge of someth. of the angel of punishment ἐπὶ τῆς τιμωρίας in charge of the punishment Hs 6, 3, 2.ⓑ be given, exist, be valid of legal matters (legal t.t. since Eur.; Thu. et al.; s. also BGU 1002, 14 [55 B.C.] πᾶσαι αἱ κατʼ αὐτῶν κείμεναι συνγραφαί; PTebt 334, 7 of a marriage contract κατὰ τ. κειμένην ἡμῖν συνγραφήν; 2 Macc 4:11; κειμένου νόμου Just., D. 123, 1) τινί for someone of law (Menand., PDidot I, 14 p. 329 S. ἔστʼ ἀνδρὶ κ. γυναικὶ κείμενος νόμος; Dio Chrys. 64 [14], 13; OGI 111, 30 [II B.C.] ὁ κείμενος νόμος; pap; EpArist 15; Philo, Det. Pot. Ins. 18 νόμος κεῖται; Jos., Ant. 4, 182 ὑμῖν κεῖται=are there for you) 1 Ti 1:9. Of powers κ. ἐπί τινι exist for someth., relate or apply to someth. Hm 6, 1, 1.ⓒ occur, appear, be found (Hellanicus [V B.C.] 4 Fgm. 93 Jac. αὕτη [i.e. Πιτάνη] παρʼ Ἀλκαίῳ κεῖται=is found in Alcaeus) ἐν παραβολαῖς B 17:2. διὰ τί ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ εἰς δούλου τρόπον κεῖται ἐν τῇ παραβολῇ; why does the Son of God appear in the parable as a slave? Hs 5, 5, 5; cp. 5, 6, 1.ⓓ find oneself, be, in a certain state or condition (Hdt. 8, 102 al.; Menand., Fgm. 576, 2 Kö. τὴν ἐν ἑτέρῳ κειμένην ἁμαρτίαν; PTebt 27 I, 7 [113 B.C.] ἐν περιστάσει κειμένων; 2 Macc 3:11; 4:31, 34; 3 Macc 5:26) ὁ κόσμος ἐν τῷ πονηρῷ κ. the world lies in (the power of) the evil one 1J 5:19 (also probable is the mng. κ. ἔν τινι be dependent on someone [Soph., Oed. R. 247f; Polyb. 6, 15, 6]).—B. 834. DELG. M-M. TW. -
16 hacer
v.1 to do (realizar) (estudios, experimento, favor).¿qué haces? what are you doing?tengo mucho que hacer I have a lot to doestoy haciendo segundo I'm in my second year¿qué habré hecho con las llaves? what have I done with the keys?la carretera hace una curva there's a bend in the roadElla hace la tarea She does her work.2 to make.hacer un vestido/planes to make a dress/planshacer un poema/una sinfonía to write a poem/a symphonyhacer una fiesta to have a partypara hacer la carne… to cook the meat…Ricardo hizo una casita Richard made a little house.Le hago estudiar I make him study.Nos hizo un problema He made us a problem (he made a problem for us)3 to make (obtener) (fotocopia).4 to do (arreglar) (casa, colada).5 to build (to build).han hecho un edificio nuevo they've put up a new building6 to make (movimientos, sonidos, gestos).le hice señas I signaled to herhacer ruido to make a noiseel gato hace "miau" cats go "meow"7 to do (practicar) (en general).debes hacer deporte you should start doing some sport8 to cause to look or seem (dar aspecto a).este espejo te hace gordo that mirror makes you look o seem fat9 to play (Cine & Teatro) (papel).hace el papel de la hija del rey she plays (the part of) the king's daughter10 to think, to reckon.a estas horas yo te hacía en París I thought o reckoned you'd be in Paris by now11 to be done to.Se me hizo una injusticia An injustice was done to me.12 to place.Haré una llamada a mi hermana I will place a call to my sister.13 to be made to.Se nos hizo pagar una gran suma We were made to pay a large amount.14 to be made for.Se me hizo una camisa A shirt was made for me.15 to travel, to make.Hicimos dos kilómetros We traveled two kilometers.* * *Present Indicativehago, haces, hace, hacemos, hacéis, hacen.Past IndicativeFuture IndicativeConditionalPresent SubjunctiveImperfect SubjunctiveFuture SubjunctiveImperativePast Participlehecho,-a.* * *verb1) to make2) do3) be•- hacer falta
- hacerse* * *Para las expresiones hacer añicos, hacer gracia, hacerse ilusiones, hacer pedazos, hacerse de rogar, hacer el tonto, hacer las veces de ver la otra entrada.1. VERBO TRANSITIVO1) [indicando actividad en general] to do¿qué haces? — what are you doing?
¿qué haces ahí? — what are you doing there?
¡eso no se hace! — that's not done!
•
hacer el [amor] — to make love•
hacer la [guerra] — to wage warhacer algo por hacer —
no tiene sentido hacer las cosas por hacerlas — there's no point doing things just for the sake of it
2) [en lugar de otro verbo] to do3) (=crear) [+ coche, escultura, juguete, ropa, pastel] to make; [+ casa] to build; [+ dibujo] to do; [+ novela, sinfonía] to write•
le cuesta trabajo hacer [amigos] — he finds it hard to make friends4) (=realizar) [+ apuesta, discurso, objeción] to make; [+ deporte, deberes] to do; [+ caca, pipí] to do; [+ nudo] to tie; [+ pregunta] to ask; [+ visita] to pay; [+ milagros] to do, workel gato hizo miau — the cat went miaow, the cat miaowed
el árbol no hace mucha sombra — the tree isn't very shady, the tree doesn't provide a lot of shade
¿me puedes hacer el nudo de la corbata? — could you knot my tie for me?
•
hacer un [favor] a algn — to do sb a favour•
hacer un [gesto] — [con la cara] to make {o} pull a face; [con la mano] to make a sign•
hacer un [recado] — to do {o} run an errand•
hacer [ruido] — to make a noise•
hacer [sitio] — to make room•
hacer [tiempo] — to kill time5) (=preparar) [+ cama, comida] to makehacer el pelo/las uñas a algn — to do sb's hair/nails
•
hacer las [maletas] — to pack one's bags6) (=dedicarse a)¿qué hace tu padre? — what does your father do?
•
hacer [cine] — to make films•
hacer [teatro] — to act7) (=actuar)hacer un papel — to play a role {o} part
8) (=sumar) to makey cincuenta céntimos, hacen diez euros — and fifty cents change, which makes ten euros
este hace el corredor número 100 en atravesar la meta — he's the 100th runner to cross the finishing line
9) (=cumplir)voy a hacer 30 años la próxima semana — I'm going to be 30 next week, it's my 30th birthday next week
10) (=obligar) + infin to make•
hágale [entrar] — show him in, have him come in•
me lo hizo [saber] — he told me about it, he informed me of it•
hacer [que] + subjun —11) (=mandar)+ infin12) (=transformar) + adj to make13) (=pensar) to thinkyo le hacía más viejo — I thought he was older, I had him down as being older
14) (=acostumbrar)15) (=ejercitar)16)• hacer a algn [con] (=proveer) —
2. VERBO INTRANSITIVO1) (=comportarse)•
hacer [como] que {o} como si — to make as ifhizo como que no se daba cuenta {o} como si no se diera cuenta — he made as if he hadn't noticed, he pretended not to have noticed
2)• [dar que] hacer — to cause trouble
dieron que hacer a la policía — they caused {o} gave the police quite a bit of trouble
3) (=importar)no le hace — LAm it doesn't matter, never mind
4) (=ser apropiado)¿hace? — will it do?, is it all right?; (=¿de acuerdo?) is it a deal?
5) (=apetecer)¿te hace que vayamos a tomar unas copas? — how about going for a drink?, what do you say we go for a drink?
¿te hace un cigarrillo? — how about a cigarette?, do you fancy a cigarette?
6) [seguido de preposición]hacer de (Teat) to play the part of hacer por (=intentar)hacer por hacer algo — to try to do sth, make an effort to do sth
3. VERBO IMPERSONAL1) [con expresiones de tiempo atmosférico] to behace calor/frío — it's hot/cold
¿qué tiempo hace? — what's the weather like?
2) [con expresiones temporales]hace tres años que se fue — he left three years ago, it's three years since he left
hace tres años que no lo veo — I haven't seen him for three years, it's three years since I (last) saw him
¿hace mucho que esperas? — have you been waiting long?
•
[desde] hace cuatro años — for four years3) LAm (=haber, tener)4.See:* * *1.verbo transitivo1) ( crear) <mueble/vestido> to make; <casa/carretera> to build; < nido> to build, make; < coche> to make, manufacture; < túnel> to make, dig; <dibujo/plano> to do, draw; < lista> to make, draw up; < resumen> to do, make; < película> to make; <nudo/lazo> to tie; <pan/pastel> to make, bake; <vino/café/tortilla> to make; < cerveza> to make, brewme hizo un lugar or sitio en la mesa — he made room o a place for me at the table
2)a) (efectuar, llevar a cabo) < sacrificio> to make; < milagro> to work, perform; <deberes/ejercicios/limpieza> to do; < mandado> to run; <transacción/investigación> to carry out; < experimento> to do, perform; < entrevista> to conduct; <gira/viaje> to do¿me haces un favor? — will you do me a favor?
hicimos un trato — we did o made a deal
b) <cheque/factura> to make out, write out3) (formular, expresar) <declaración/promesa/oferta> to make; <proyecto/plan> to make, draw up; <crítica/comentario> to make, voice; < pregunta> to askhacer caca — (fam) to do a poop (AmE) o (BrE) a pooh (colloq)
hacer pis or pipí — (fam) to have a pee (colloq)
hacer sus necesidades — (euf) to go to the bathroom o toilet (euph)
hice el pescado al horno — I did o cooked the fish in the oven
tengo que hacer la comida — I must make lunch; ver tb comida 2) b)
7)a) (producir, causar) < ruido> to makeb) ( refiriéndose a sonidos onomatopéyicos) to golas vacas hacen `mu' — cows go `moo'
8) ( recorrer) <trayecto/distancia> to do, cover9) (en cálculos, enumeraciones)son 180... y 320 hacen 500 — that's 180... and 320 is o makes 500
10)a) ( ocuparse en actividad) to dohacen una obra de Ibsen — they're doing o putting on a play by Ibsen
deberías hacer ejercicio — you should do o get some exercise
¿hace algún deporte? — do you play o do any sports?
b) (como profesión, ocupación) to doc) ( estudiar) to dohace Derecho — she's doing o studying o reading Law
11)a) (realizar cierta acción, actuar de cierta manera) to doniño, eso no se hace! — you mustn't do that!
qué se le va a hacer! or qué le vamos a hacer! — what can you o (frml) one do?
hacerla — (Méx) (fam) to make it (colloq)
hacerla (buena) — (fam)
ahora sí que la hice! — now I've (really) done it!
hacérsela buena a alguien — (Méx) to keep one's word o promise to somebody
soñé que te sacabas la lotería - házmela buena! — I dreamed you won the lottery - if only!
b) (dar cierto uso, destino, posición) to doy el libro ¿qué lo hice? — (CS, Méx fam) what did I do with the book?
c) ( causar daño)12) (esp Esp) ( actuar como)hacer el tonto — to act o play the fool
13) ( sustituyendo a otro verbo)voy a escribirle - deja, yo lo haré — I'm going to write to him - don't bother, I'll do it
14) (Méx, RPl fam) (afectar, importar)¿qué le hace? — so what? what does it matter?
15) (transformar en, volver) to makete hará hombre, hijo mío — it will make a man of you, my son
16) ( dar apariencia de)17) (inducir a, ser causa de que)hacer algo/a alguien + inf — to make something/somebody + inf
todo hace suponer que... — everything suggests that o leads one to think that...
hacer que algo/alguien + subj — to make something/somebody + inf
18) ( obligar a)hacer + inf a alguien — to make somebody + inf
hacer que alguien + subj — to make somebody + inf
19)hacer hacer algo — to have o get something done/made
hice acortar las cortinas — I had o got the curtains shortened
20) (suponer, imaginar)2.hacer vi1)a) (obrar, actuar)déjame hacer a mí — just let me handle this o take care of this
¿cómo se hace para que te den la beca? — what do you have to do to get the scholarship?
¿cómo hacen para vivir con ese sueldo? — how do they manage to live on that salary?
hacerle a algo — (Chi, Méx fam)
hacer y deshacer — to do as one pleases, do what one likes
b) (+ compl)hiciste bien en decírmelo — you did o were right to tell me
mamá, ya hice! — (esp AmL) Mommy, I've been o I've finished!
hacer de cuerpo or de vientre — (frml) to have a bowel movement (frml)
3) (fingir, simular)hizo como que no me había visto — he made out o pretended he hadn't seen me
haz como si no supieras nada — act as if o pretend you don't know anything about it
4) ( servir)hacer de algo: esta sábana hará de toldo this sheet will do for o as an awning; la escuela hizo de hospital — the school served as o was used as a hospital
5) ( interpretar personaje)hacer de algo/alguien — to play (the part of) something/somebody
hacía de `malo' — he played the bad guy
6) (+ compl) ( sentar) (+ me/te/le etc)la trucha me hizo mal — (AmL) the trout didn't agree with me
7) ( corresponder)8)no le hace — ( no tiene importancia) it doesn't matter; ( no sirve de excusa) that's no excuse
¿no le hace que tire la ceniza aquí? — do you mind if I drop the ash here?
9) (en 3a pers) (frml) (tocar, concernir)por lo que hace a or en cuanto hace a su solicitud — as far as your application is concerned
10) (Esp fam) ( apetecer)3.¿(te) hace una cerveza? — care for a beer?, do you fancy a beer? (BrE colloq)
hacer v impers1)hace frío/calor/sol/viento — it's cold/hot/sunny/windy
b) (fam & hum)hace sed ¿verdad? — it's thirsty weather/work, isn't it?
parece que hace hambre — you/they seem to be hungry
¿cuánto hace que se fue? — how long ago did she leave?
hace poco/un año — a short time/a year ago
4.hacía años que no lo veía — I hadn't seen him for o in years
1) hacerse v pron2) ( producirse)hágase la luz — (Bib) let there be light; (+ me/te/le etc)
se le ha hecho una ampolla — she's got o she has a blister
hacérsele algo a alguien — (Méx)
por fin se le hizo ganar el premio — she finally got to win the award
3)a) (refl) ( hacer para sí) <café/falda> to make oneselfb) (caus) ( hacer que otro haga)4) ( causarse)¿qué te hiciste en el brazo? — what did you do to your arm?
¿te hiciste daño? — did you hurt yourself?
todavía se hace pis/caca — (fam) she still wets/messes herself
6) (refl) ( adquirir) to make7)a) (volverse, convertirse en) to becomehacerse famoso/monja — to become famous/a nun
se están haciendo viejos — they are getting o growing old
b) (impers)se está haciendo tarde — it's getting late; (+ me/te/le etc)
c) ( cocinarse) pescado/guiso to cookd) (AmL) ( pasarle a)¿qué se habrá hecho María? — what can have happened to María?
8) ( resultar)esto se hace muy pesado — this gets very boring; (+ me/te/le etc)
9) ( dar impresión de) (+ me/te/le etc)se me hace que está ofendida — I get the feeling o impression that she's upset
se me hace que va a llover — I think o I have a feeling it's going to rain
hacérsele a alguien — (Chi fam) to back out
10) (caus)hacerse + inf: hazte respetar make people respect you; el desenlace no se hizo esperar the end was not long in coming; un chico que se hace querer a likable kid; se hizo construir una mansión he had a mansion built; hazte ver por un médico — (AmL) go and see a doctor
11) ( acostumbrarse)hacerse a algo/+ inf — to get used to something/-ing
12) ( fingirse)¿éste es bobo o se (lo) hace? — (fam) is this guy stupid or just a good actor? (colloq)
no te hagas el sordo — don't pretend o act as if you didn't hear me
yo me hice — (Méx fam) I pretend not to notice
13) ( moverse) (+ compl) to movehacerse atrás/a un lado — to move back/to one side
14) hacerse con15) hacerse de (AmL)tengo que hacerme de dinero — I must get o lay my hands on some money
* * *= accomplish, design (for/to), be up to, cause, conduct, do, devise, produce, render, compose, make, get (a)round to, make out, get round to, brew.Ex. If a library prefers to simplify records in particular areas, this can usually be accomplished by not entering particular types of information.Ex. In lists designed for international use a symbolic notation instead of textual notes may be used.Ex. When I saw what he was up to, I drew back for a punch and hit him so hard on the nose that he fell on his back and lay there for some time, so that his wife stood over him and cried out 'Mercy! You've done my husband in!'.Ex. As usage of the language causes terms to become anachronistic, or as increases in our level of awareness reveal undesirable connotations, we seek to change subject heading terms.Ex. Obviously, this tagging must be conducted manually.Ex. In all these cases where scientists studied what crafstmen knew how to do the resulting benefits have accrued to science not to technology.Ex. Special classification schemes are generally devised for an application in which no major general scheme is suitable.Ex. The present OCLC system does not produce catalog cards in sets, but if it did it could produce over 6,000 different sets for one title.Ex. So strongly was it felt by proponents of change that just such unconscious biases rendered libraries 'part of the problem, instead of the solution'.Ex. There have never been any attempts to compose a bibliography of US government documents relating to international law.Ex. This concept comes mainly from the military, where a designated number of troops make a squad, a platoon, a regiment, etc..Ex. The article is entitled 'A list of lists of Web sites to check out: getting organized and getting around to it are two different things'.Ex. The cards for those headings should be removed from the index and new cards made out if necessary.Ex. The government have been making noises about it for some time but haven't quite got round to it.Ex. The goddess owned a potent magick cauldron in which she planned to brew a special liquid for her ugly son.----* acceder haciendo clic = click.* acusación + hacer = accusation + level.* aguja de hacer croché = crochet hook, crochet needle.* aguja de hacer ganchillo = crochet hook, crochet needle.* aguja de hacer punto = knitting needle.* algo diverto que hacer = fun thing to do.* Algo que se hace para matar el tiempo = time filler.* al hacer esto = by so doing, in so doing, by doing so, in doing so.* a medio hacer = halfway done, half done.* anunciado desde hace tiempo = long-heralded.* aprender haciendo = learn by + doing.* batir hasta hacer espuma = work up + a lather.* ¡bien hecho! = the way to go!.* buscar una forma de hacer (algo) = develop + way + to make + Nombre.* contenedor para hacer compost = compost bin.* continuar con el buen hacer = keep up + the good work, keep up + the great work.* continuar haciendo algo = get on with + Nombre.* cuando hace frío = in the cold.* cumplido hace tiempo = long overdue.* decidir hacer = spring for.* decidir qué hacer con = make + disposition of.* de hace años = of years ago.* de hace muchos años = long-standing.* de hace mucho tiempo = age-old, long-lost.* de hace siglos = of yore.* de hace varios siglos = centuries-old.* dejar de hacer huelga = cross + the picket line.* dejar que Alguien haga las cosas a su manera = let + Nombre + do things + Posesivo + (own) way.* dejar sin hacer = leave + undone.* desde hace algún tiempo = for some time past, for days.* desde hace años = over the years, for years past, for years.* desde hace la tira (de tiempo) = for yonks, for yonks and yonks.* desde hace muchísimo tiempo = in ages (and ages and ages).* desde hace muchos años = for years.* desde hace mucho tiempo = for ages, long-time [longtime], long since, in ages (and ages and ages).* desde hace siglos = for yonks, for yonks and yonks.* desde hace tanto tiempo = so long.* desde hace tiempo = long [longer -comp., longest -sup.], over the years, for a long time, long since, for some time.* desde hace un montonazo de tiempo = for yonks and yonks.* desde hace un montón de tiempo = for yonks.* desde hace un par de + Tiempo = in these past couple of + Tiempo.* desde hace varios años + Presente = for several years + Pretérito Perfecto.* desde hace ya algún tiempo = for some time now.* desde hace ya años = for years now.* difícil de hacer = hard to do.* donde fueres haz lo que vieres = when in Rome (do as the Romans do).* dos entuertos no hacen un derecho = two wrongs do not make a right.* el que las hace, las paga = you've made your bed, now you must lie in it!.* encargado de hacer el presupuesto = budgetmaker.* esfuerzo + hacer sudar = work up + a lather.* es más fácil decirlo que hacerlo = easier said than done.* esperado hace tiempo = overdue.* esperar sin nada que hacer = kick + Posesivo + heels.* establecido desde hace tiempo = long-established.* estar haciendo = be up to.* estar haciendo Algo = have + Nombre + on the go.* estar haciendo algo que no se debe = be up to no good.* estar sin hacer nada = sit + idle, stand + idle.* existir desde hace años = be around for years.* frotar hasta hacer espuma = lather.* hace algunos años = some years ago.* hace algún tiempo = some time ago, a while back, some while ago, sometime back.* hace años = years ago.* hace demasiado tiempo = too long ago.* hacer huir en batalla = route.* hace la tira (de tiempo) = yonks, yonks and yonks.* hace miles de años = aeons ago.* hace muchas lunas = all those many moons ago, many moons ago.* hace muchísimos años = a great many years ago.* hace muchísimo tiempo = ages (and ages) ago, aeons ago, yonks.* hace muchos años = many years ago.* hace mucho tiempo = long since, all those many moons ago, many moons ago.* hace muy poco tiempo = a short time ago.* hace + Número + años = Número + years ago.* hace poco tiempo = a short time ago.* hacer a Alguien pasar vergüenza = embarrass.* hacer a Alguien precavido = put + Nombre + on + Posesivo + guard.* hacer abono orgánico = compost.* hacer acampada = camp.* hacer accesible a través de = make + available through.* hacer ademanes = flail about, gesticulate.* hacer aflorar = bring to + the surface.* hacer aflorar sentimientos de antagonismo = bring to + the surface + feelings of antagonism.* hacer ágil = limber up.* hacer agua = Negativo + hold + water.* hacer agua(s) = spring + a leak.* hacer a gusto del consumidor = make to + order.* hacer ajustes = make + adjustment.* hacer alarde de = boast, flaunt, brag, show off.* hacer alegaciones = plead.* hacer Algo a hurtadillas = sneak.* hacer algo alocado = do + something footloose and fancy-free.* hacer algo al respecto = do + something about it.* hacer Algo con dificultad = muddle through, plod (along/through).* hacer Algo con mucho esfuerzo = plod (along/through).* hacer algo con respecto a = do + something about.* hacer Algo de cara a la galería = play to + the gallery.* hacer Algo en exceso = push + Nombre + too far.* hacer algo funcionar = make + Nombre + tick.* hacer Algo muy bien = do + an excellent job of, make + an excellent job of.* hacer Algo para la galería = play to + the gallery.* hacer algo poco a poco = eat away at.* hacer algo por amor al arte = labour of love.* hacer Algo por + Posesivo + propia cuenta = make + Posesivo + own arrangements.* hacer Algo posible = make + provision for.* hacer Algo puré = mash.* hacer Algo rápidamente = put together.* hacer Algo realidad = make + Nombre + come true.* hacer Algo sin ser visto = sneak.* hacer Algo sobre la marcha = play + Nombre + by ear.* hacer Algo trocitos = tear + Nombre + to shreds, tear + Nombre + to bits.* hacer algunos comentarios sobre lo que Alguien ha dicho = take + a few cracks at.* hacer alusión a = make + allusion to, make + reference to.* hacer a mano = handcraft.* hacer a medida = custom-make, make to + order.* hacer a medida para satisfacer los requisitos = tailor to + meet the specification.* hacer amigos = win + friends.* hacer amistad = make + friend.* hacer amistad con = make + friends with, befriend.* hacer amistades = friend.* hacer ampollas = blister.* hacer anotaciones = annotate, mark + Nombre + up.* hacer añicos = shatter, blow + Nombre + to bits, smash + Nombre + to bits, tear + Nombre + to bits.* hacer aparecer = cause + display of.* hacer a partir de = make out of.* hacer apología = make + apology.* hacer arreglos florales = arrange + flowers.* hacer artesanalmente = handcraft.* hacer asequible = make + amenable.* hacer atractivo = endear.* hacer a un lado = nudge + Nombre + aside, push aside.* hacer autostop = thumb + a lift, hitch + a ride.* hacer avances = make + headway.* hacer avanzar = nudge + Nombre + forward, push + the frontiers of, nudge + Nombre + along, nudge + Nombre + into, push + the boundaries of.* hacer avanzar el conocimiento = push back + the frontiers of knowledge.* hacer avanzar hacia = nudge + Nombre + toward.* hacer averiguaciones = make + enquiry.* hacer bajar = force down.* hacer balance de = take + stock of.* hacer barrabasadas = play + pranks.* hacer basto = coarsen.* hacer bien = do + good.* hacer borrón y cuenta nueva = start with + a clean slate, cut + Posesivo + losses, turn over + a new leaf.* hacer borroso = blur.* hacer bromas = banter.* hacer bucles = loop.* hacer buenas migas = hit it off.* hacer buen uso de Algo = put to + good use.* hacer bulla = kick up + a stink, kick up + a fuss, raise + a stink, make + a stink (about), make + a racket, make + a row, make + a ruckus, kick up + a row.* hacer bulto = bulge.* hacer búsquedas en = search through.* hacer caca = take + a dump.* hacer caer = oust.* hacer caja = tally up + sales, balance + the cash, reconcile (with), balance + the cash drawer.* hacer caja con = cash in on, ride (on) + Posesivo + coattails.* hacer callar = shush, hush, quieten.* hacer cambiar = swing + Persona.* hacer cambiar las cosas = turn + the tide on.* hacer cambios en la búsqueda = renegotiate + search.* hacer cambios indebidamente = tamper (with).* hacer campaña = campaign, stump, go out on + the road.* hacer cara a = brave.* hacer caso = take + notice, listen (to).* hacer caso a Alguien = take + Posesivo + word for it.* hacer caso (a/de) = pay + attention to.* hacer caso omiso = disregard, brush aside, go + unheeded, fall on + deaf ears, meet + deaf ears, thumb + Posesivo + nose at, dismiss with + the wave of the hand, fly in + the face of, push aside.* hacer caso omiso de = be oblivious of/to.* hacer chanchullos = fiddle.* hacer chatting = chat.* hacer circular = pass around.* hacer circular por = circulate round.* hacer cisco = tear + apart, wipe + the floor with.* hacer coincidir (con) = reconcile (with).* hacer cola = queue up.* hacer colectas = exact + contributions.* hacer comentarios = air + comments.* hacer como el avestruz = bury + Posesivo + head in the sand (like an ostrich), stick + Posesivo + head in the sand.* hacer como si nada = play it + cool.* hacer comparaciones = draw + comparisons, make + comparisons.* hacer comparecer = arraign.* hacer compatible (con) = reconcile (with).* hacer compost = compost.* hacer compras = do + shopping.* hacer comprender = bring + home.* hacer con Alguien lo que Uno quiera = be like putty in + Posesivo + hands.* hacer concesiones = make + allowances.* hacer conjeturas = speculate.* hacer constar = state.* hacer contrabando = smuggle.* hacer copias = make + multiple copies.* hacer copias mediante multicopista por disolvente = spirit duplication.* hacer correr la voz = spread + the word, spread + the good word, pass on + the good word, spread + the news.* hacer cosas = get + things done.* hacer cosquillas = tickle.* hacer creer = lead to + believe, lull + Nombre + into thinking.* hacer crítica = find + fault with.* hacer croché = crochet.* hacer cuadrar (con) = reconcile (with).* hacer cuadrar las cuentas = reconcile + receipts.* hacer cuadras las facturas = reconcile + receipts.* hacer cualquier cosa = do + anything, give + Posesivo + right arm.* hacer cumplir = uphold.* hacer cumplir la disciplina = enforce + discipline.* hacer cumplir la legislación = enforce + legislation.* hacer cumplir la ley = law enforcement, enforce + law, legal enforcement.* hacer cumplir una norma = enforce + standard.* hacer cumplir una política = uphold + policy.* hacer cumplir unas normas = enforce + policy.* hacer daño = do + harm, hurt.* hacer dar vueltas = gyrate.* hacer de = make out of.* hacer de carabina = play + gooseberry.* hacer declamaciones = declaim.* hacer dedo = hitch + a ride, thumb + a lift.* hacer de la noche día = burn + the candle at both ends.* hacer del mismo molde = cast in + the same mould as.* hacer de nuevo = redo [re-do], remake.* hacer de + Posesivo + parte = do + Posesivo + bit.* hacer derretir el hielo = de-ice [deice].* hacer desaparecer = eradicate, dispel, banish.* hacer desaparecer una división = blur + division.* hacer desaparecer un mito = dispel + myth.* hacer descuento = discount.* hacer desfilar = parade.* hacer detonar = detonate.* hacer de tripas corazón = bite + the bullet.* hacer diabluras = play + pranks.* hacer diana = hit + home.* hacer difícil = make + it + difficult, make + difficult.* hacer dinero = make + money.* hacer dudar = make + Nombre + doubt, misgive.* hacer eco = echo, resonate.* hacer eco de = echo.* hacer efectivo = cash in.* hacer efectivo en metálico = pay in + cash.* hacer ejercicio físico = work out.* hacer ejercicios de calentamiento = limber up.* hacer el aire irrespirable = choke + the air.* hacer el amor = make + love.* hacer el avío = get + ready.* hacer el balance de cuentas = balance + the cash, balance + the cash drawer.* hacer el cambio = make + the change.* hacer el chorra = pissing into the wind.* hacer el deber de Uno = do + Posesivo + part.* hacer el dobladillo = hem.* hacer elección = make + choices.* hacer el esfuerzo necesario = pull + Posesivo + (own) weight.* hacer el indio = horse around/about.* hacer el intento = have + a go, give + it a shot, give + Nombre + a try, have + a stab at, take + a stab at, make + a stab at, give + it a whirl, give + it a try.* hacer el mal = do + evil.* hacer el mejor uso de = make + the best of.* hacer el monigote = fool around.* hacer el paripé = keep up + facade, put on + an act.* hacer el pasillo = form + a guard of honour.* hacer el pasillo de honor = form + a guard of honour.* hacer el recorrido normal = make + the rounds.* hacer el ridículo = make + a fool of + Reflexivo, make + an arse of + Reflexivo, make + a spectacle of + Reflexivo.* hacer el testamento = testate.* hacer el tonto = fool around, horse around/about.* hacer el último esfuerzo = go + the last mile, go + the extra mile.* hacer encaje = tat.* hacer encaje de bolillos = do + the impossible, jump through + hoops, double over + backwards.* hacer encaje de bolillos para que cuadre Algo = juggle.* hacer encargos = run + errands.* hacer enemigos = make + enemies.* hacer entender = get across.* hacer erupción = erupt.* hacer escala = stop over.* hacer eses = zigzag.* hacer esperar = cool + Posesivo + heels.* hacer espuma = work up + a lather, froth.* hacer esquina con = form + right angles with.* hacer estallar = spark, ignite, touch off, blow up, let off.* hacer estallar en añicos = blow + sky high.* hacer estallar una bomba = bomb.* hacer estallar un guerra = ignite + war.* hacer esto = go along + this road.* hacer esto y aquello de un modo relajado = mess about, pootle, piddle around.* hacer esto y aquello de un modo relajado = mess around.* hacer esto y aquello sin prisas = pootle.* hacer estragos = lay + waste to, create + havoc, wreak + havoc, cause + havoc, take + Posesivo + toll (on).* hacer estragos en = play + havoc with.* hacer estrías = rifle.* hacer exenciones = make + exemptions.* hacer experimentos = institute + experiments.* hacer explícito = make + explicit.* hacer explotar = blow up.* hacer extensivo + Posesivo + agradecimiento = extend + Posesivo + thanks.* hacer factible = make + feasible.* hacer falta = need, must, have to, it + take.* hacer flexible = limber up.* hacer fortuna = make + Posesivo + fortune, make + a fortune, strike + it rich, strike + gold, hit + the jackpot.* hacer fotocopias = photoduplication [photo-duplication].* hacer fotografía = make + picture.* hacer fracasar = foil, derail.* hacer frente = combat, come to + terms with, contain, address + Nombre + head-on, meet + Nombre + head-on, tackle + Nombre + head-on, face + Nombre + head-on, engage.* hacer frente a = confront, deal with, face, face up to, meet, cope with, wrestle with, stand up to, brave, breast, address.* hacer frente a deudas = meet + debts.* hacer frente a gastos = meet + expenses.* hacer frente a la delincuencia = tackle + crime.* hacer frente a la inflación = combat + inflation.* hacer frente a la realidad = confront + reality, face + (the) facts, face + (up to) the fact that, face + reality.* hacer frente a la realidad (de que) = face + the truth (that).* hacer frente a las diferencias = face + differences.* hacer frente a la situación = tackle + situation.* hacer frente a la vida = cope.* hacer frente al cambio = manage + change.* hacer frente al futuro = face up to + the future.* hacer frente al hecho de que = face + (up to) the fact that.* hacer frente a los elementos = brave + the elements.* hacer frente a los hechos = face + facts.* hacer frente a tiempos difíciles = cope with + difficult times, cope with + difficult times.* hacer frente a una amenaza = address + threat.* hacer frente a una crisis = face + crisis, meet + crisis.* hacer frente a una incertidumbre = meet + uncertainty.* hacer frente a una necesidad = meet + need, serve + need.* hacer frente a una responsabilidad = meet + responsibility, face up to + responsibility.* hacer frente a un cambio = meet + change.* hacer frente a un gasto = meet + cost.* hacer frente a un problema = attack + problem, combat + problem, wrestle with + problem.* hacer frente a un reto = rise (up) to + challenge, confront + challenge, meet + challenge, embrace + challenge.* hacer fresco = be cool.* hacer funcionar = service, do + the trick.* hacer gala de = sport.* hacer gala del conocimiento que uno tiene = air + knowledge.* hacer ganchillo = crochet.* hacer garabatos = scribble, scrawl, doodle.* hacer girar = twiddle, twirl.* hacer gozar = delight.* hacer gracia = tickle + Posesivo + fancy.* hacer grandes esfuerzos por = take + (great) pains to.* hacer grandes progresos = make + great strides.* hacer guardar silencio = shush.* hacer hasta la presente = do + all along.* hacer hidrófugo = render + water-repellent.* hacer hincapié = emphasise [emphasize, -USA].* hacer hincapié en = put + a premium on.* hacer hincapié en una idea = hammer + point.* hacer historia = make + history, history in the making, go down in + history.* hacer honor al nombre de Uno = live up to + Posesivo + name.* hacer horas extraordinarias = work + overtime.* hacer horas extras = work + overtime.* hacer hueco = make + room (for).* hacer huelga = strike.* hacer huella = leave + an impression, touch + Posesivo + life, leave + Posesivo + mark, cut + a swath(e), leave + an imprint, make + an impression.* hacer huir = drive away, chase + Nombre + off.* hacer imaginar = conjure up + an image of, conjure up + a vision of.* hacer impermeable = render + water-repellent.* hacer inalterable = set in + stone, set in + tablets of stone.* hacer incomprensible = render + incomprehensible, garble.* hacer indescifrable = render + indecipherable, garble.* hacer innecesario = obviate + the need for, make + redundant.* hacer insinuaciones = make + innuendoes.* hacer insinuaciones sobre = make + noises about, make + a noise about.* hacer insoluble = render + insoluble.* hacer inutilizable = render + useless.* hacer juego con = go with.* hacer juegos malabares = juggle.* hacer juegos malabares para que cuadre Algo = juggle.* hacer justicia = do + justice.* hacer la cama = make + the bed.* hacer la cuenta = tot up, tote up.* hacer la guerra = make + war.* hacer (la) mona = play + hooky, play + truant, skip + class.* hacer la paz = make + (the) peace.* hacer la pelota = butter + Nombre + up, toady, fawn (on/upon/over).* hacer la pelota a + Alguien = curry + favour with + Alguien.* hacer la pelotilla = toady, butter + Nombre + up.* hacer la prueba = give + it a whirl, give + it a shot, give + it a try.* hacer largos = swim + laps.* hacer las leyes más estrictas = tighten + laws.* hacer las maletas = pack up, pack + Posesivo + belongings, pack + Posesivo + things, pack + Posesivo + suitcases, pack + Posesivo + bags.* hacer las paces = heal + the breach, heal + the rift, bury + the hatchet, make + (the) peace, smoke + the peace pipe, smoke + the pipe of peace, bury + the tomahawk, bury + the war axe.* hacer la transición = make + the transition.* hacer la vida imposible = make + life hell.* hacer la vista gorda = look + the other way, turn + a blind eye to, pretend + not to have seen.* hacerle a Alguien un lavado de cerebro = brainwash.* hacerle las cosas fáciles a Alguien = play into + the hands of.* hacerle la vida más simple a todos = simplify + life for everyone.* hacerle una paja a un muerto = flog + a dead horse, beat + a dead horse, fart + in the wind.* hacerle un bombo a Alguien = knock + Alguien + up.* hacer llamada telefónica = make + telephone call.* hacer llorar = reduce + Nombre + to tears.* hacer llorar de emoción = move + Nombre + to tears.* hacerlo = do so, go ahead.* hacerlo bien = put + matters + right, get + it + right, be right on track.* hacer lo correcto = do + the right thing.* hacerlo de nuevo = go and do it again.* hacerlo difícil de + Infinitivo = make + it + hard to + Infinitivo.* hacer lo imposible = bend over backwards, do + the impossible, lean over + backwards, double over + backwards.* hacer lo imposible para = jump through + hoops.* hacerlo lo mejor que uno pueda = do + Posesivo + utmost, give + Posesivo + utmost, give + Posesivo + best.* hacerlo mal = get + it + (all) wrong.* hacer lo más acertado dadas las circunstancias = do + the best thing in the circumstances.* hacerlo más llevadero = make + life easier.* hacerlo mejor = do + a better job.* hacer lo mejor que Uno pueda = put + Posesivo + best into, give of + Posesivo + best.* hacer lo mejor que Uno puede = try + Posesivo + best, try + Posesivo + heart out.* hacerlo por uno mismo = do + it + on + Posesivo + own.* hacer lo que a Uno le de la gana = get away with + murder.* hacer lo que le corresponde a Uno = do + Posesivo + part.* hacer lo que uno dice que es capaz de hacer = live up to + Posesivo + claim.* hacer lo que Uno quiera = get away with + murder.* hacer los deberes = do + homework.* hacerlo sin la ayuda de nadie = do + it + on + Posesivo + own.* hacerlo solo = do + it + on + Posesivo + own.* hacer los primeros pinitos = take + the first step.* hacerlo todo excepto = stop at + nothing short of.* hacerlo todo menos = stop at + nothing short of.* hacer malabarismos = juggle.* hacer malabarismos para que cuadre Algo = juggle.* hacer mandados = run + errands.* hacer maravillas = work + wonders.* hacer más consciente de Algo = heighten + awareness.* hacer más copias de Algo = produce + additional copies.* hacer más eficiente = streamline.* hacer más estricto = tighten.* hacer más fuerte = toughen.* hacer más inteligente = smarten.* hacer más interesante = spice up, add + spice.* hacer más preciso = tightening up.* hacer más rico = add + richness to.* hacer más riguroso = tighten, tightening up.* hacer más sabroso = pep up.* hacer más sofisticado = dumb up.* hacer mejor = give + Nombre + an edge.* hacer mejoras = make + improvements.* hacer mella = take + Posesivo + toll (on), leave + an impression, touch + Posesivo + life, leave + Posesivo + mark, cut + a swath(e), leave + an imprint, make + an impression, hit + home.* hacer mella en = dent, make + a dent in, take + a bite out of.* hacer mención de/a = make + mention of.* hacer mezcla = mix + cement.* hacer milagros = work + wonders, work + miracles.* hacer mucha ilusión = be thrilled.* hacer mucho = do + much.* hacer mucho dinero = make + good money, earn + good money.* hacer mucho por = go + a long way (towards/to/in) + Gerundio.* hacer muchos aspavientos por Algo = make + a song and dance about.* hacer mucho tiempo que Algo ha desaparecido = be long gone.* hacer necesario = render + necessary.* hacer negocio = make + business.* hacer negocios = do + business, transact.* hacer + Nombre + llegar hasta aquí = get + Nombre + this far.* hacer + Nombre + responsable de = put + Nombre + in the driving seat.* hacer notar = bring to + Posesivo + attention, bring to + the attention, mark, note, bring to + notice, bring + attention to, bring to + Posesivo + notice.* hacer notar la presencia de = make + Posesivo + presence felt, make + Posesivo + presence known.* hacer novillos = play + hooky, skip + class, play + truant, bunk off, bunk + classes, skive, bunk + school.* hacer nudos = knot.* hacer objeciones contra = urge against.* hacer observaciones = comment on/upon.* hacer obsoleto = make + redundant.* hacer oídos sordos = turn + a deaf ear to.* hacer ordinario = coarsen.* hacer pagar tributos = exact + tributes.* hacer palmas = clap.* hacer paradas = make + stops.* hacer parecer = make + seem, make + Nombre + out to be.* hacer parecer pequeño = dwarf.* hacer partícipe = engage.* hacer pasajero = render + transitory.* hacer patochadas = fool around.* hacer payasadas = fool around.* hacer pedazos = shatter, smash + Nombre + to bits.* hacer peligrar = place + in jeopardy, imperil, endanger, pose + risk.* hacer pensar = provoke + thought, make to + think, lull + Nombre + into thinking, summon up + image.* hacer pensar en = conjure, conjure up + a picture of, bring to + mind, conjure up + an image of, conjure up, conjure up + a vision of.* hacer pequeños ajustes = tinker + around the edges, tinker with.* hacer perder el conocimiento = knock + Nombre + out, knock + Nombre + unconscious.* hacer perder el entusiasmo = dampen + Posesivo + enthusiasm.* hacer perder el sentido a = make + nonsense of.* hacer perder la agilidad física = stale.* hacer perder la agilidad mental = stale.* hacer perder las esperanzas = dampen + Posesivo + hopes.* hacer permanente = render + permanent.* hacer ping = ping.* hacer pipí = pee.* hacer pis = piss, pee, take + a leak, have + a leak, widdle, piddle.* hacer planes = plan, make + plans.* hacer poca distinción entre... y... = make + little distinction between... and....* hacer poco = do + little.* hacer popular = popularise [popularize, -USA].* hacer por encargo = make to + order.* hacer + Posesivo + agosto = make + a killing.* hacer + Posesivo + necesidades = relieve + Reflexivo, go + potty.* hacer + Posesivo + trabajo = get on with + Posesivo + work, do + Posesivo + business.* hacer posible = enable, provide for, make + possible, provide + a basis for, make + an opportunity.* hacer posible el crecimiento = accommodate + growth.* hacer preguntas = ask + questions, interrogate, air + questions, make + enquiry.* hacer preparativo = make + arrangements.* hacer preso = imprison, jail [gaol, -UK].* * *1.verbo transitivo1) ( crear) <mueble/vestido> to make; <casa/carretera> to build; < nido> to build, make; < coche> to make, manufacture; < túnel> to make, dig; <dibujo/plano> to do, draw; < lista> to make, draw up; < resumen> to do, make; < película> to make; <nudo/lazo> to tie; <pan/pastel> to make, bake; <vino/café/tortilla> to make; < cerveza> to make, brewme hizo un lugar or sitio en la mesa — he made room o a place for me at the table
2)a) (efectuar, llevar a cabo) < sacrificio> to make; < milagro> to work, perform; <deberes/ejercicios/limpieza> to do; < mandado> to run; <transacción/investigación> to carry out; < experimento> to do, perform; < entrevista> to conduct; <gira/viaje> to do¿me haces un favor? — will you do me a favor?
hicimos un trato — we did o made a deal
b) <cheque/factura> to make out, write out3) (formular, expresar) <declaración/promesa/oferta> to make; <proyecto/plan> to make, draw up; <crítica/comentario> to make, voice; < pregunta> to askhacer caca — (fam) to do a poop (AmE) o (BrE) a pooh (colloq)
hacer pis or pipí — (fam) to have a pee (colloq)
hacer sus necesidades — (euf) to go to the bathroom o toilet (euph)
hice el pescado al horno — I did o cooked the fish in the oven
tengo que hacer la comida — I must make lunch; ver tb comida 2) b)
7)a) (producir, causar) < ruido> to makeb) ( refiriéndose a sonidos onomatopéyicos) to golas vacas hacen `mu' — cows go `moo'
8) ( recorrer) <trayecto/distancia> to do, cover9) (en cálculos, enumeraciones)son 180... y 320 hacen 500 — that's 180... and 320 is o makes 500
10)a) ( ocuparse en actividad) to dohacen una obra de Ibsen — they're doing o putting on a play by Ibsen
deberías hacer ejercicio — you should do o get some exercise
¿hace algún deporte? — do you play o do any sports?
b) (como profesión, ocupación) to doc) ( estudiar) to dohace Derecho — she's doing o studying o reading Law
11)a) (realizar cierta acción, actuar de cierta manera) to doniño, eso no se hace! — you mustn't do that!
qué se le va a hacer! or qué le vamos a hacer! — what can you o (frml) one do?
hacerla — (Méx) (fam) to make it (colloq)
hacerla (buena) — (fam)
ahora sí que la hice! — now I've (really) done it!
hacérsela buena a alguien — (Méx) to keep one's word o promise to somebody
soñé que te sacabas la lotería - házmela buena! — I dreamed you won the lottery - if only!
b) (dar cierto uso, destino, posición) to doy el libro ¿qué lo hice? — (CS, Méx fam) what did I do with the book?
c) ( causar daño)12) (esp Esp) ( actuar como)hacer el tonto — to act o play the fool
13) ( sustituyendo a otro verbo)voy a escribirle - deja, yo lo haré — I'm going to write to him - don't bother, I'll do it
14) (Méx, RPl fam) (afectar, importar)¿qué le hace? — so what? what does it matter?
15) (transformar en, volver) to makete hará hombre, hijo mío — it will make a man of you, my son
16) ( dar apariencia de)17) (inducir a, ser causa de que)hacer algo/a alguien + inf — to make something/somebody + inf
todo hace suponer que... — everything suggests that o leads one to think that...
hacer que algo/alguien + subj — to make something/somebody + inf
18) ( obligar a)hacer + inf a alguien — to make somebody + inf
hacer que alguien + subj — to make somebody + inf
19)hacer hacer algo — to have o get something done/made
hice acortar las cortinas — I had o got the curtains shortened
20) (suponer, imaginar)2.hacer vi1)a) (obrar, actuar)déjame hacer a mí — just let me handle this o take care of this
¿cómo se hace para que te den la beca? — what do you have to do to get the scholarship?
¿cómo hacen para vivir con ese sueldo? — how do they manage to live on that salary?
hacerle a algo — (Chi, Méx fam)
hacer y deshacer — to do as one pleases, do what one likes
b) (+ compl)hiciste bien en decírmelo — you did o were right to tell me
mamá, ya hice! — (esp AmL) Mommy, I've been o I've finished!
hacer de cuerpo or de vientre — (frml) to have a bowel movement (frml)
3) (fingir, simular)hizo como que no me había visto — he made out o pretended he hadn't seen me
haz como si no supieras nada — act as if o pretend you don't know anything about it
4) ( servir)hacer de algo: esta sábana hará de toldo this sheet will do for o as an awning; la escuela hizo de hospital — the school served as o was used as a hospital
5) ( interpretar personaje)hacer de algo/alguien — to play (the part of) something/somebody
hacía de `malo' — he played the bad guy
6) (+ compl) ( sentar) (+ me/te/le etc)la trucha me hizo mal — (AmL) the trout didn't agree with me
7) ( corresponder)8)no le hace — ( no tiene importancia) it doesn't matter; ( no sirve de excusa) that's no excuse
¿no le hace que tire la ceniza aquí? — do you mind if I drop the ash here?
9) (en 3a pers) (frml) (tocar, concernir)por lo que hace a or en cuanto hace a su solicitud — as far as your application is concerned
10) (Esp fam) ( apetecer)3.¿(te) hace una cerveza? — care for a beer?, do you fancy a beer? (BrE colloq)
hacer v impers1)hace frío/calor/sol/viento — it's cold/hot/sunny/windy
b) (fam & hum)hace sed ¿verdad? — it's thirsty weather/work, isn't it?
parece que hace hambre — you/they seem to be hungry
¿cuánto hace que se fue? — how long ago did she leave?
hace poco/un año — a short time/a year ago
4.hacía años que no lo veía — I hadn't seen him for o in years
1) hacerse v pron2) ( producirse)hágase la luz — (Bib) let there be light; (+ me/te/le etc)
se le ha hecho una ampolla — she's got o she has a blister
hacérsele algo a alguien — (Méx)
por fin se le hizo ganar el premio — she finally got to win the award
3)a) (refl) ( hacer para sí) <café/falda> to make oneselfb) (caus) ( hacer que otro haga)4) ( causarse)¿qué te hiciste en el brazo? — what did you do to your arm?
¿te hiciste daño? — did you hurt yourself?
todavía se hace pis/caca — (fam) she still wets/messes herself
6) (refl) ( adquirir) to make7)a) (volverse, convertirse en) to becomehacerse famoso/monja — to become famous/a nun
se están haciendo viejos — they are getting o growing old
b) (impers)se está haciendo tarde — it's getting late; (+ me/te/le etc)
c) ( cocinarse) pescado/guiso to cookd) (AmL) ( pasarle a)¿qué se habrá hecho María? — what can have happened to María?
8) ( resultar)esto se hace muy pesado — this gets very boring; (+ me/te/le etc)
9) ( dar impresión de) (+ me/te/le etc)se me hace que está ofendida — I get the feeling o impression that she's upset
se me hace que va a llover — I think o I have a feeling it's going to rain
hacérsele a alguien — (Chi fam) to back out
10) (caus)hacerse + inf: hazte respetar make people respect you; el desenlace no se hizo esperar the end was not long in coming; un chico que se hace querer a likable kid; se hizo construir una mansión he had a mansion built; hazte ver por un médico — (AmL) go and see a doctor
11) ( acostumbrarse)hacerse a algo/+ inf — to get used to something/-ing
12) ( fingirse)¿éste es bobo o se (lo) hace? — (fam) is this guy stupid or just a good actor? (colloq)
no te hagas el sordo — don't pretend o act as if you didn't hear me
yo me hice — (Méx fam) I pretend not to notice
13) ( moverse) (+ compl) to movehacerse atrás/a un lado — to move back/to one side
14) hacerse con15) hacerse de (AmL)tengo que hacerme de dinero — I must get o lay my hands on some money
* * *= accomplish, design (for/to), be up to, cause, conduct, do, devise, produce, render, compose, make, get (a)round to, make out, get round to, brew.Ex: If a library prefers to simplify records in particular areas, this can usually be accomplished by not entering particular types of information.
Ex: In lists designed for international use a symbolic notation instead of textual notes may be used.Ex: When I saw what he was up to, I drew back for a punch and hit him so hard on the nose that he fell on his back and lay there for some time, so that his wife stood over him and cried out 'Mercy! You've done my husband in!'.Ex: As usage of the language causes terms to become anachronistic, or as increases in our level of awareness reveal undesirable connotations, we seek to change subject heading terms.Ex: Obviously, this tagging must be conducted manually.Ex: In all these cases where scientists studied what crafstmen knew how to do the resulting benefits have accrued to science not to technology.Ex: Special classification schemes are generally devised for an application in which no major general scheme is suitable.Ex: The present OCLC system does not produce catalog cards in sets, but if it did it could produce over 6,000 different sets for one title.Ex: So strongly was it felt by proponents of change that just such unconscious biases rendered libraries 'part of the problem, instead of the solution'.Ex: There have never been any attempts to compose a bibliography of US government documents relating to international law.Ex: This concept comes mainly from the military, where a designated number of troops make a squad, a platoon, a regiment, etc..Ex: The article is entitled 'A list of lists of Web sites to check out: getting organized and getting around to it are two different things'.Ex: The cards for those headings should be removed from the index and new cards made out if necessary.Ex: The government have been making noises about it for some time but haven't quite got round to it.Ex: The goddess owned a potent magick cauldron in which she planned to brew a special liquid for her ugly son.* acceder haciendo clic = click.* acusación + hacer = accusation + level.* aguja de hacer croché = crochet hook, crochet needle.* aguja de hacer ganchillo = crochet hook, crochet needle.* aguja de hacer punto = knitting needle.* algo diverto que hacer = fun thing to do.* Algo que se hace para matar el tiempo = time filler.* al hacer esto = by so doing, in so doing, by doing so, in doing so.* a medio hacer = halfway done, half done.* anunciado desde hace tiempo = long-heralded.* aprender haciendo = learn by + doing.* batir hasta hacer espuma = work up + a lather.* ¡bien hecho! = the way to go!.* buscar una forma de hacer (algo) = develop + way + to make + Nombre.* contenedor para hacer compost = compost bin.* continuar con el buen hacer = keep up + the good work, keep up + the great work.* continuar haciendo algo = get on with + Nombre.* cuando hace frío = in the cold.* cumplido hace tiempo = long overdue.* decidir hacer = spring for.* decidir qué hacer con = make + disposition of.* de hace años = of years ago.* de hace muchos años = long-standing.* de hace mucho tiempo = age-old, long-lost.* de hace siglos = of yore.* de hace varios siglos = centuries-old.* dejar de hacer huelga = cross + the picket line.* dejar que Alguien haga las cosas a su manera = let + Nombre + do things + Posesivo + (own) way.* dejar sin hacer = leave + undone.* desde hace algún tiempo = for some time past, for days.* desde hace años = over the years, for years past, for years.* desde hace la tira (de tiempo) = for yonks, for yonks and yonks.* desde hace muchísimo tiempo = in ages (and ages and ages).* desde hace muchos años = for years.* desde hace mucho tiempo = for ages, long-time [longtime], long since, in ages (and ages and ages).* desde hace siglos = for yonks, for yonks and yonks.* desde hace tanto tiempo = so long.* desde hace tiempo = long [longer -comp., longest -sup.], over the years, for a long time, long since, for some time.* desde hace un montonazo de tiempo = for yonks and yonks.* desde hace un montón de tiempo = for yonks.* desde hace un par de + Tiempo = in these past couple of + Tiempo.* desde hace varios años + Presente = for several years + Pretérito Perfecto.* desde hace ya algún tiempo = for some time now.* desde hace ya años = for years now.* difícil de hacer = hard to do.* donde fueres haz lo que vieres = when in Rome (do as the Romans do).* dos entuertos no hacen un derecho = two wrongs do not make a right.* el que las hace, las paga = you've made your bed, now you must lie in it!.* encargado de hacer el presupuesto = budgetmaker.* esfuerzo + hacer sudar = work up + a lather.* es más fácil decirlo que hacerlo = easier said than done.* esperado hace tiempo = overdue.* esperar sin nada que hacer = kick + Posesivo + heels.* establecido desde hace tiempo = long-established.* estar haciendo = be up to.* estar haciendo Algo = have + Nombre + on the go.* estar haciendo algo que no se debe = be up to no good.* estar sin hacer nada = sit + idle, stand + idle.* existir desde hace años = be around for years.* frotar hasta hacer espuma = lather.* hace algunos años = some years ago.* hace algún tiempo = some time ago, a while back, some while ago, sometime back.* hace años = years ago.* hace demasiado tiempo = too long ago.* hacer huir en batalla = route.* hace la tira (de tiempo) = yonks, yonks and yonks.* hace miles de años = aeons ago.* hace muchas lunas = all those many moons ago, many moons ago.* hace muchísimos años = a great many years ago.* hace muchísimo tiempo = ages (and ages) ago, aeons ago, yonks.* hace muchos años = many years ago.* hace mucho tiempo = long since, all those many moons ago, many moons ago.* hace muy poco tiempo = a short time ago.* hace + Número + años = Número + years ago.* hace poco tiempo = a short time ago.* hacer a Alguien pasar vergüenza = embarrass.* hacer a Alguien precavido = put + Nombre + on + Posesivo + guard.* hacer abono orgánico = compost.* hacer acampada = camp.* hacer accesible a través de = make + available through.* hacer ademanes = flail about, gesticulate.* hacer aflorar = bring to + the surface.* hacer aflorar sentimientos de antagonismo = bring to + the surface + feelings of antagonism.* hacer ágil = limber up.* hacer agua = Negativo + hold + water.* hacer agua(s) = spring + a leak.* hacer a gusto del consumidor = make to + order.* hacer ajustes = make + adjustment.* hacer alarde de = boast, flaunt, brag, show off.* hacer alegaciones = plead.* hacer Algo a hurtadillas = sneak.* hacer algo alocado = do + something footloose and fancy-free.* hacer algo al respecto = do + something about it.* hacer Algo con dificultad = muddle through, plod (along/through).* hacer Algo con mucho esfuerzo = plod (along/through).* hacer algo con respecto a = do + something about.* hacer Algo de cara a la galería = play to + the gallery.* hacer Algo en exceso = push + Nombre + too far.* hacer algo funcionar = make + Nombre + tick.* hacer Algo muy bien = do + an excellent job of, make + an excellent job of.* hacer Algo para la galería = play to + the gallery.* hacer algo poco a poco = eat away at.* hacer algo por amor al arte = labour of love.* hacer Algo por + Posesivo + propia cuenta = make + Posesivo + own arrangements.* hacer Algo posible = make + provision for.* hacer Algo puré = mash.* hacer Algo rápidamente = put together.* hacer Algo realidad = make + Nombre + come true.* hacer Algo sin ser visto = sneak.* hacer Algo sobre la marcha = play + Nombre + by ear.* hacer Algo trocitos = tear + Nombre + to shreds, tear + Nombre + to bits.* hacer algunos comentarios sobre lo que Alguien ha dicho = take + a few cracks at.* hacer alusión a = make + allusion to, make + reference to.* hacer a mano = handcraft.* hacer a medida = custom-make, make to + order.* hacer a medida para satisfacer los requisitos = tailor to + meet the specification.* hacer amigos = win + friends.* hacer amistad = make + friend.* hacer amistad con = make + friends with, befriend.* hacer amistades = friend.* hacer ampollas = blister.* hacer anotaciones = annotate, mark + Nombre + up.* hacer añicos = shatter, blow + Nombre + to bits, smash + Nombre + to bits, tear + Nombre + to bits.* hacer aparecer = cause + display of.* hacer a partir de = make out of.* hacer apología = make + apology.* hacer arreglos florales = arrange + flowers.* hacer artesanalmente = handcraft.* hacer asequible = make + amenable.* hacer atractivo = endear.* hacer a un lado = nudge + Nombre + aside, push aside.* hacer autostop = thumb + a lift, hitch + a ride.* hacer avances = make + headway.* hacer avanzar = nudge + Nombre + forward, push + the frontiers of, nudge + Nombre + along, nudge + Nombre + into, push + the boundaries of.* hacer avanzar el conocimiento = push back + the frontiers of knowledge.* hacer avanzar hacia = nudge + Nombre + toward.* hacer averiguaciones = make + enquiry.* hacer bajar = force down.* hacer balance de = take + stock of.* hacer barrabasadas = play + pranks.* hacer basto = coarsen.* hacer bien = do + good.* hacer borrón y cuenta nueva = start with + a clean slate, cut + Posesivo + losses, turn over + a new leaf.* hacer borroso = blur.* hacer bromas = banter.* hacer bucles = loop.* hacer buenas migas = hit it off.* hacer buen uso de Algo = put to + good use.* hacer bulla = kick up + a stink, kick up + a fuss, raise + a stink, make + a stink (about), make + a racket, make + a row, make + a ruckus, kick up + a row.* hacer bulto = bulge.* hacer búsquedas en = search through.* hacer caca = take + a dump.* hacer caer = oust.* hacer caja = tally up + sales, balance + the cash, reconcile (with), balance + the cash drawer.* hacer caja con = cash in on, ride (on) + Posesivo + coattails.* hacer callar = shush, hush, quieten.* hacer cambiar = swing + Persona.* hacer cambiar las cosas = turn + the tide on.* hacer cambios en la búsqueda = renegotiate + search.* hacer cambios indebidamente = tamper (with).* hacer campaña = campaign, stump, go out on + the road.* hacer cara a = brave.* hacer caso = take + notice, listen (to).* hacer caso a Alguien = take + Posesivo + word for it.* hacer caso (a/de) = pay + attention to.* hacer caso omiso = disregard, brush aside, go + unheeded, fall on + deaf ears, meet + deaf ears, thumb + Posesivo + nose at, dismiss with + the wave of the hand, fly in + the face of, push aside.* hacer caso omiso de = be oblivious of/to.* hacer chanchullos = fiddle.* hacer chatting = chat.* hacer circular = pass around.* hacer circular por = circulate round.* hacer cisco = tear + apart, wipe + the floor with.* hacer coincidir (con) = reconcile (with).* hacer cola = queue up.* hacer colectas = exact + contributions.* hacer comentarios = air + comments.* hacer como el avestruz = bury + Posesivo + head in the sand (like an ostrich), stick + Posesivo + head in the sand.* hacer como si nada = play it + cool.* hacer comparaciones = draw + comparisons, make + comparisons.* hacer comparecer = arraign.* hacer compatible (con) = reconcile (with).* hacer compost = compost.* hacer compras = do + shopping.* hacer comprender = bring + home.* hacer con Alguien lo que Uno quiera = be like putty in + Posesivo + hands.* hacer concesiones = make + allowances.* hacer conjeturas = speculate.* hacer constar = state.* hacer contrabando = smuggle.* hacer copias = make + multiple copies.* hacer copias mediante multicopista por disolvente = spirit duplication.* hacer correr la voz = spread + the word, spread + the good word, pass on + the good word, spread + the news.* hacer cosas = get + things done.* hacer cosquillas = tickle.* hacer creer = lead to + believe, lull + Nombre + into thinking.* hacer crítica = find + fault with.* hacer croché = crochet.* hacer cuadrar (con) = reconcile (with).* hacer cuadrar las cuentas = reconcile + receipts.* hacer cuadras las facturas = reconcile + receipts.* hacer cualquier cosa = do + anything, give + Posesivo + right arm.* hacer cumplir = uphold.* hacer cumplir la disciplina = enforce + discipline.* hacer cumplir la legislación = enforce + legislation.* hacer cumplir la ley = law enforcement, enforce + law, legal enforcement.* hacer cumplir una norma = enforce + standard.* hacer cumplir una política = uphold + policy.* hacer cumplir unas normas = enforce + policy.* hacer daño = do + harm, hurt.* hacer dar vueltas = gyrate.* hacer de = make out of.* hacer de carabina = play + gooseberry.* hacer declamaciones = declaim.* hacer dedo = hitch + a ride, thumb + a lift.* hacer de la noche día = burn + the candle at both ends.* hacer del mismo molde = cast in + the same mould as.* hacer de nuevo = redo [re-do], remake.* hacer de + Posesivo + parte = do + Posesivo + bit.* hacer derretir el hielo = de-ice [deice].* hacer desaparecer = eradicate, dispel, banish.* hacer desaparecer una división = blur + division.* hacer desaparecer un mito = dispel + myth.* hacer descuento = discount.* hacer desfilar = parade.* hacer detonar = detonate.* hacer de tripas corazón = bite + the bullet.* hacer diabluras = play + pranks.* hacer diana = hit + home.* hacer difícil = make + it + difficult, make + difficult.* hacer dinero = make + money.* hacer dudar = make + Nombre + doubt, misgive.* hacer eco = echo, resonate.* hacer eco de = echo.* hacer efectivo = cash in.* hacer efectivo en metálico = pay in + cash.* hacer ejercicio físico = work out.* hacer ejercicios de calentamiento = limber up.* hacer el aire irrespirable = choke + the air.* hacer el amor = make + love.* hacer el avío = get + ready.* hacer el balance de cuentas = balance + the cash, balance + the cash drawer.* hacer el cambio = make + the change.* hacer el chorra = pissing into the wind.* hacer el deber de Uno = do + Posesivo + part.* hacer el dobladillo = hem.* hacer elección = make + choices.* hacer el esfuerzo necesario = pull + Posesivo + (own) weight.* hacer el indio = horse around/about.* hacer el intento = have + a go, give + it a shot, give + Nombre + a try, have + a stab at, take + a stab at, make + a stab at, give + it a whirl, give + it a try.* hacer el mal = do + evil.* hacer el mejor uso de = make + the best of.* hacer el monigote = fool around.* hacer el paripé = keep up + facade, put on + an act.* hacer el pasillo = form + a guard of honour.* hacer el pasillo de honor = form + a guard of honour.* hacer el recorrido normal = make + the rounds.* hacer el ridículo = make + a fool of + Reflexivo, make + an arse of + Reflexivo, make + a spectacle of + Reflexivo.* hacer el testamento = testate.* hacer el tonto = fool around, horse around/about.* hacer el último esfuerzo = go + the last mile, go + the extra mile.* hacer encaje = tat.* hacer encaje de bolillos = do + the impossible, jump through + hoops, double over + backwards.* hacer encaje de bolillos para que cuadre Algo = juggle.* hacer encargos = run + errands.* hacer enemigos = make + enemies.* hacer entender = get across.* hacer erupción = erupt.* hacer escala = stop over.* hacer eses = zigzag.* hacer esperar = cool + Posesivo + heels.* hacer espuma = work up + a lather, froth.* hacer esquina con = form + right angles with.* hacer estallar = spark, ignite, touch off, blow up, let off.* hacer estallar en añicos = blow + sky high.* hacer estallar una bomba = bomb.* hacer estallar un guerra = ignite + war.* hacer esto = go along + this road.* hacer esto y aquello de un modo relajado = mess about, pootle, piddle around.* hacer esto y aquello de un modo relajado = mess around.* hacer esto y aquello sin prisas = pootle.* hacer estragos = lay + waste to, create + havoc, wreak + havoc, cause + havoc, take + Posesivo + toll (on).* hacer estragos en = play + havoc with.* hacer estrías = rifle.* hacer exenciones = make + exemptions.* hacer experimentos = institute + experiments.* hacer explícito = make + explicit.* hacer explotar = blow up.* hacer extensivo + Posesivo + agradecimiento = extend + Posesivo + thanks.* hacer factible = make + feasible.* hacer falta = need, must, have to, it + take.* hacer flexible = limber up.* hacer fortuna = make + Posesivo + fortune, make + a fortune, strike + it rich, strike + gold, hit + the jackpot.* hacer fotocopias = photoduplication [photo-duplication].* hacer fotografía = make + picture.* hacer fracasar = foil, derail.* hacer frente = combat, come to + terms with, contain, address + Nombre + head-on, meet + Nombre + head-on, tackle + Nombre + head-on, face + Nombre + head-on, engage.* hacer frente a = confront, deal with, face, face up to, meet, cope with, wrestle with, stand up to, brave, breast, address.* hacer frente a deudas = meet + debts.* hacer frente a gastos = meet + expenses.* hacer frente a la delincuencia = tackle + crime.* hacer frente a la inflación = combat + inflation.* hacer frente a la realidad = confront + reality, face + (the) facts, face + (up to) the fact that, face + reality.* hacer frente a la realidad (de que) = face + the truth (that).* hacer frente a las diferencias = face + differences.* hacer frente a la situación = tackle + situation.* hacer frente a la vida = cope.* hacer frente al cambio = manage + change.* hacer frente al futuro = face up to + the future.* hacer frente al hecho de que = face + (up to) the fact that.* hacer frente a los elementos = brave + the elements.* hacer frente a los hechos = face + facts.* hacer frente a tiempos difíciles = cope with + difficult times, cope with + difficult times.* hacer frente a una amenaza = address + threat.* hacer frente a una crisis = face + crisis, meet + crisis.* hacer frente a una incertidumbre = meet + uncertainty.* hacer frente a una necesidad = meet + need, serve + need.* hacer frente a una responsabilidad = meet + responsibility, face up to + responsibility.* hacer frente a un cambio = meet + change.* hacer frente a un gasto = meet + cost.* hacer frente a un problema = attack + problem, combat + problem, wrestle with + problem.* hacer frente a un reto = rise (up) to + challenge, confront + challenge, meet + challenge, embrace + challenge.* hacer fresco = be cool.* hacer funcionar = service, do + the trick.* hacer gala de = sport.* hacer gala del conocimiento que uno tiene = air + knowledge.* hacer ganchillo = crochet.* hacer garabatos = scribble, scrawl, doodle.* hacer girar = twiddle, twirl.* hacer gozar = delight.* hacer gracia = tickle + Posesivo + fancy.* hacer grandes esfuerzos por = take + (great) pains to.* hacer grandes progresos = make + great strides.* hacer guardar silencio = shush.* hacer hasta la presente = do + all along.* hacer hidrófugo = render + water-repellent.* hacer hincapié = emphasise [emphasize, -USA].* hacer hincapié en = put + a premium on.* hacer hincapié en una idea = hammer + point.* hacer historia = make + history, history in the making, go down in + history.* hacer honor al nombre de Uno = live up to + Posesivo + name.* hacer horas extraordinarias = work + overtime.* hacer horas extras = work + overtime.* hacer hueco = make + room (for).* hacer huelga = strike.* hacer huella = leave + an impression, touch + Posesivo + life, leave + Posesivo + mark, cut + a swath(e), leave + an imprint, make + an impression.* hacer huir = drive away, chase + Nombre + off.* hacer imaginar = conjure up + an image of, conjure up + a vision of.* hacer impermeable = render + water-repellent.* hacer inalterable = set in + stone, set in + tablets of stone.* hacer incomprensible = render + incomprehensible, garble.* hacer indescifrable = render + indecipherable, garble.* hacer innecesario = obviate + the need for, make + redundant.* hacer insinuaciones = make + innuendoes.* hacer insinuaciones sobre = make + noises about, make + a noise about.* hacer insoluble = render + insoluble.* hacer inutilizable = render + useless.* hacer juego con = go with.* hacer juegos malabares = juggle.* hacer juegos malabares para que cuadre Algo = juggle.* hacer justicia = do + justice.* hacer la cama = make + the bed.* hacer la cuenta = tot up, tote up.* hacer la guerra = make + war.* hacer (la) mona = play + hooky, play + truant, skip + class.* hacer la paz = make + (the) peace.* hacer la pelota = butter + Nombre + up, toady, fawn (on/upon/over).* hacer la pelota a + Alguien = curry + favour with + Alguien.* hacer la pelotilla = toady, butter + Nombre + up.* hacer la prueba = give + it a whirl, give + it a shot, give + it a try.* hacer largos = swim + laps.* hacer las leyes más estrictas = tighten + laws.* hacer las maletas = pack up, pack + Posesivo + belongings, pack + Posesivo + things, pack + Posesivo + suitcases, pack + Posesivo + bags.* hacer las paces = heal + the breach, heal + the rift, bury + the hatchet, make + (the) peace, smoke + the peace pipe, smoke + the pipe of peace, bury + the tomahawk, bury + the war axe.* hacer la transición = make + the transition.* hacer la vida imposible = make + life hell.* hacer la vista gorda = look + the other way, turn + a blind eye to, pretend + not to have seen.* hacerle a Alguien un lavado de cerebro = brainwash.* hacerle las cosas fáciles a Alguien = play into + the hands of.* hacerle la vida más simple a todos = simplify + life for everyone.* hacerle una paja a un muerto = flog + a dead horse, beat + a dead horse, fart + in the wind.* hacerle un bombo a Alguien = knock + Alguien + up.* hacer llamada telefónica = make + telephone call.* hacer llorar = reduce + Nombre + to tears.* hacer llorar de emoción = move + Nombre + to tears.* hacerlo = do so, go ahead.* hacerlo bien = put + matters + right, get + it + right, be right on track.* hacer lo correcto = do + the right thing.* hacerlo de nuevo = go and do it again.* hacerlo difícil de + Infinitivo = make + it + hard to + Infinitivo.* hacer lo imposible = bend over backwards, do + the impossible, lean over + backwards, double over + backwards.* hacer lo imposible para = jump through + hoops.* hacerlo lo mejor que uno pueda = do + Posesivo + utmost, give + Posesivo + utmost, give + Posesivo + best.* hacerlo mal = get + it + (all) wrong.* hacer lo más acertado dadas las circunstancias = do + the best thing in the circumstances.* hacerlo más llevadero = make + life easier.* hacerlo mejor = do + a better job.* hacer lo mejor que Uno pueda = put + Posesivo + best into, give of + Posesivo + best.* hacer lo mejor que Uno puede = try + Posesivo + best, try + Posesivo + heart out.* hacerlo por uno mismo = do + it + on + Posesivo + own.* hacer lo que a Uno le de la gana = get away with + murder.* hacer lo que le corresponde a Uno = do + Posesivo + part.* hacer lo que uno dice que es capaz de hacer = live up to + Posesivo + claim.* hacer lo que Uno quiera = get away with + murder.* hacer los deberes = do + homework.* hacerlo sin la ayuda de nadie = do + it + on + Posesivo + own.* hacerlo solo = do + it + on + Posesivo + own.* hacer los primeros pinitos = take + the first step.* hacerlo todo excepto = stop at + nothing short of.* hacerlo todo menos = stop at + nothing short of.* hacer malabarismos = juggle.* hacer malabarismos para que cuadre Algo = juggle.* hacer mandados = run + errands.* hacer maravillas = work + wonders.* hacer más consciente de Algo = heighten + awareness.* hacer más copias de Algo = produce + additional copies.* hacer más eficiente = streamline.* hacer más estricto = tighten.* hacer más fuerte = toughen.* hacer más inteligente = smarten.* hacer más interesante = spice up, add + spice.* hacer más preciso = tightening up.* hacer más rico = add + richness to.* hacer más riguroso = tighten, tightening up.* hacer más sabroso = pep up.* hacer más sofisticado = dumb up.* hacer mejor = give + Nombre + an edge.* hacer mejoras = make + improvements.* hacer mella = take + Posesivo + toll (on), leave + an impression, touch + Posesivo + life, leave + Posesivo + mark, cut + a swath(e), leave + an imprint, make + an impression, hit + home.* hacer mella en = dent, make + a dent in, take + a bite out of.* hacer mención de/a = make + mention of.* hacer mezcla = mix + cement.* hacer milagros = work + wonders, work + miracles.* hacer mucha ilusión = be thrilled.* hacer mucho = do + much.* hacer mucho dinero = make + good money, earn + good money.* hacer mucho por = go + a long way (towards/to/in) + Gerundio.* hacer muchos aspavientos por Algo = make + a song and dance about.* hacer mucho tiempo que Algo ha desaparecido = be long gone.* hacer necesario = render + necessary.* hacer negocio = make + business.* hacer negocios = do + business, transact.* hacer + Nombre + llegar hasta aquí = get + Nombre + this far.* hacer + Nombre + responsable de = put + Nombre + in the driving seat.* hacer notar = bring to + Posesivo + attention, bring to + the attention, mark, note, bring to + notice, bring + attention to, bring to + Posesivo + notice.* hacer notar la presencia de = make + Posesivo + presence felt, make + Posesivo + presence known.* hacer novillos = play + hooky, skip + class, play + truant, bunk off, bunk + classes, skive, bunk + school.* hacer nudos = knot.* hacer objeciones contra = urge against.* hacer observaciones = comment on/upon.* hacer obsoleto = make + redundant.* hacer oídos sordos = turn + a deaf ear to.* hacer ordinario = coarsen.* hacer pagar tributos = exact + tributes.* hacer palmas = clap.* hacer paradas = make + stops.* hacer parecer = make + seem, make + Nombre + out to be.* hacer parecer pequeño = dwarf.* hacer partícipe = engage.* hacer pasajero = render + transitory.* hacer patochadas = fool around.* hacer payasadas = fool around.* hacer pedazos = shatter, smash + Nombre + to bits.* hacer peligrar = place + in jeopardy, imperil, endanger, pose + risk.* hacer pensar = provoke + thought, make to + think, lull + Nombre + into thinking, summon up + image.* hacer pensar en = conjure, conjure up + a picture of, bring to + mind, conjure up + an image of, conjure up, conjure up + a vision of.* hacer pequeños ajustes = tinker + around the edges, tinker with.* hacer perder el conocimiento = knock + Nombre + out, knock + Nombre + unconscious.* hacer perder el entusiasmo = dampen + Posesivo + enthusiasm.* hacer perder el sentido a = make + nonsense of.* hacer perder la agilidad física = stale.* hacer perder la agilidad mental = stale.* hacer perder las esperanzas = dampen + Posesivo + hopes.* hacer permanente = render + permanent.* hacer ping = ping.* hacer pipí = pee.* hacer pis = piss, pee, take + a leak, have + a leak, widdle, piddle.* hacer planes = plan, make + plans.* hacer poca distinción entre... y... = make + little distinction between... and....* hacer poco = do + little.* hacer popular = popularise [popularize, -USA].* hacer por encargo = make to + order.* hacer + Posesivo + agosto = make + a killing.* hacer + Posesivo + necesidades = relieve + Reflexivo, go + potty.* hacer + Posesivo + trabajo = get on with + Posesivo + work, do + Posesivo + business.* hacer posible = enable, provide for, make + possible, provide + a basis for, make + an opportunity.* hacer posible el crecimiento = accommodate + growth.* hacer preguntas = ask + questions, interrogate, air + questions, make + enquiry.* hacer preparativo = make + arrangements.* hacer preso = imprison, jail [gaol, -UK].* * *■ hacer (verbo transitivo)A1 crear2 extender: cheque, factura etcB efectuar, llevar a caboC formular, expresarD con las necesidades fisiológicasE adquirir: dinero, amigos etcF preparar, arreglarG1 producir, causar2 refiriéndose a sonidosH recorrerI en cálculos, enumeracionesA1 ocuparse en una actividad2 como profesión, ocupación3 estudiarB1 actuar de cierta manera2 dar cierto uso3 causar dañoC actuar comoD hacer una vidaE sustituyendo a otro verboF afectar, importarA transformar en, volverB dar apariencia deC inducir a, ser la causa de queD obligar aE hacer hacer algoF acostumbrarG suponer, imaginar■ hacer (verbo intransitivo)A1 obrar, actuar2 hacer bien, mal etcB con las necesidades fisiológicasC fingir, simularD intentar, procurarE servirF interpretar un personajeA1 sentarle bien, mal2 quedar, resultarB corresponderC no le haceD en tercera persona: concernirE apetecer■ hacer (verbo impersonal)A1 refiriéndose al tiempo2 familiar humorísticoB expresando el tiempo transcurrido■ hacerse (verbo pronominal)A producirseB1 hacer para sí2 hacer que otro hagaC causarseD con las necesidades fisiológicasE adquirirA1 volverse, convertirse en2 impersonal3 cocinarse4 pasarle (a algn)B resultarC dar la impresión deD causativoE acostumbrarseF fingirseG1 moverse2 colocarseH hacerse conI hacerse devtA1 (crear) ‹mueble› to make; ‹casa/carretera› to build; ‹nido› to build, make; ‹coche› to make, manufacture; ‹dibujo› to do, draw; ‹lista› to make, draw up; ‹resumen› to do, make; ‹película› to make; ‹vestido/cortina› to make; ‹pan/pastel› to make, bake; ‹vino/café/tortilla› to make; ‹cerveza› to make, brewles hace toda la ropa a los niños she makes all the children's clotheshacer un nudo/lazo to tie a knot/bowhazme un plano de la zona do o draw me a map of the areame hizo un lugar or sitio en la mesa he made room o a place for me at the tablele hizo un hijo ( fam); he got her pregnanthacen una pareja preciosa they make a lovely couple2 (extender) ‹cheque/factura/receta› to make out, write out, writeme hizo un cheque she wrote o made me out a checkB (efectuar, llevar a cabo) ‹sacrificio› to make; ‹milagro› to work, perform; ‹deberes/ejercicios› to do; ‹transacción› to carry out; ‹experimento› to do, perform; ‹limpieza› to doestaban haciendo los preparativos para el viaje they were making preparations for o they were preparing for the journeyme hicieron una visita they paid me a visit, they came and visited mehicieron una gira por Europa they went on o did a tour of Europehicimos el viaje sin parar we did the journey without stoppingme hizo un regalo precioso she gave me a beautiful gifttengo que hacer los mandados I have some errands to run¿me haces un favor? will you do me a favor?me hizo señas para que me acercara she motioned to me to come closerhicimos un trato we did o made a dealhago un papel secundario en la obra I have a minor part in the playaún queda mucho por hacer there is still a lot (left) to doC (formular, expresar) ‹declaración/promesa/oferta› to make; ‹proyecto/plan› to make, draw up; ‹crítica/comentario› to make, voice; ‹pregunta› to asknadie hizo ninguna objeción nobody raised any objections, nobody objectednos hizo un relato de sus aventuras he related his adventures to us, he gave us an account of his adventuresD(con las necesidades fisiológicas): hace dos días que no hago caca ( fam); I haven't been for two days ( euph)hacer sus necesidades ( euf); to go to the bathroom o toiletE (adquirir) ‹dinero/fortuna› to make; ‹amigo› to makehicieron muchas amistades en Chile they made a lot of friends in ChileF (preparar, arreglar) ‹cama› to make; ‹maleta› to packtengo que hacer la comida I must get lunch (ready) o cook lunchhice el pescado al horno I did o cooked the fish in the ovenG1 (producir, causar) ‹ruido› to makeeste jabón no hace espuma this soap doesn't latheresos chistes no me hacen gracia I don't find those jokes funnyestos zapatos me hacen daño these shoes hurt my feetlos perros hacen `guau guau' dogs go `bow-wow'el agua hacía glugluglú en los caños the water gurgled o made a gurgling noise in the pipes¿cómo hace el coche del abuelo? how does Grandpa's car go?, what noise does Grandpa's car make?H (recorrer) ‹trayecto/distancia› to dohicimos los 500 kilómetros en cuatro horas we did o covered the 500 kilometers in four hoursI(en cálculos, enumeraciones): son 180 … y 320 hacen 500 that's 180 … and 320 is o makes 500el visitante que hacía el número mil the thousandth visitorhace el número 26 en la lista she is o comes 26th on the listA1 (ocuparse en una actividad) to do¿no tienes nada que hacer? don't you have anything to do?ya terminé ¿qué hago ahora? I've finished, what shall I do now?no hace más que or sino quejarse she does nothing but complain, all she ever does is complainno hice más que or sino cumplir con mi deber I only o merely did my dutyle gustaría hacer teatro she would like to work in the theaterestán haciendo una obra de Ibsen they're doing o putting on a play by Ibsendeberías hacer ejercicio you should exercise, you should do o get some exercise¿hace algún deporte? do you go in for o play o do any sports?no estaba haciendo turismo, sino en viaje de negocios I wasn't there on vacation ( AmE) o ( BrE) on holiday, it was a business trip2 (como profesión, ocupación) to do¿qué hace su novio? — es médico what does her boyfriend do? — he's a doctor3 (estudiar) to dohace Derecho she's doing o studying o reading Lawhizo un curso de contabilidad he did an accountancy coursehizo la carrera de Filosofía she did a degree in philosophy o a philosophy degree, she studied philosophyB1 (actuar de cierta manera, realizar cierta acción) to doyo en tu caso habría hecho lo mismo in your situation I would have done the sameperdona, lo hice sin querer I'm sorry, I didn't do it on purposehaz lo que quieras do what you likeaquí se hace lo que digo yo I'm in charge around here, around here what I say goes¡niño, eso no se hace! you mustn't do that!haré lo posible por hablar con él I'll do all o everything I can to speak to him¡qué se le va a hacer! or ¡qué le vamos a hacer! what can you o ( frml) one do?no puedes aceptar — ¡qué le voy a hacer! no me queda más remedio you can't accept — what else can I do? I've no choicehacerla ( Méx fam): ya la hizo: lo nombraron director now he's really made it: he's been appointed directorsi le gano al sueco ya la hice if I can beat the Swede I'll have it in the bag ( colloq)la hicieron bien y bonita con ese negocio they did really well out of that dealhacerla (buena) ( fam): ¡ahora sí que la hice! me dejé las llaves dentro now I've (really) done it! I've left the keys inside¡ya la hicimos! se pinchó la rueda that's done it! o now, we're in trouble, we've got a flathacérsela buena a algn ( Méx); to keep one's word o promise to sbse la hizo buena y se casó con ella he kept his word o promise and married hersoñé que te sacabas la lotería — ¡házmela buena! I dreamed you won the lottery — if only! o if only it would come true!mañana dejo de fumar — ¡házmela buena! I'm going to give up smoking tomorrow — oh, please! o if only you would!2 (dar cierto uso, destino, posición) to do¿qué vas a hacer con el dinero del premio? what are you going to do with the prize money?no sé qué hice con los recibos I don't know what I did with the receiptsy el libro ¿qué lo hice? (CS fam); what did I do with the book?3(causar daño): hacerle algo a algn to do sth to sbno le tengas miedo al perro, no hace nada don't be frightened of the dog, he won't hurt youyo no le hice nada I didn't touch her o do anything to herno te he contado la última que me hizo I haven't told you the latest thing he did to meC( esp Esp) (actuar como): deja de hacer el tonto/payaso stop acting o playing the fool, stop clowning aroundD(llevar): hacer una vida solitaria/normal to lead a lonely life/normal lifetrata de hacer una vida sana try to lead a healthy lifeE(sustituyendo a otro verbo): toca bien la guitarra — antes lo hacía mejor she plays the guitar well — she used to play o be bettervoy a escribirle — deja, ya lo haré yo I'm going to write to him — don't bother, I'll do itvoy a dimitir — por favor, no lo hagas I'm going to resign — please don't o please, don't do itF( RPl fam) (afectar, importar): la salsa quedó un poco líquida — ¿qué le hace? the sauce came out a bit thin — so what? o what does it matter?eso no le hace nada that doesn't matter at allA (transformar en, volver) to makete hará hombre, hijo mío it will make a man of you, my sonla hizo su mujer he made her his wifeagarró la copa y la hizo añicos contra el suelo he grabbed the glass and smashed it to smithereens on the floorhizo pedazos or trizas la carta she tore the letter into tiny piecesla película que la hizo famosa the movie that made her famouseste hombre me hace la vida imposible this man is making my life impossiblequisiera agradecer a quienes han hecho posible este encuentro I should like to thank (all) those who have made this meeting possiblehacer algo DE algo to turn sth INTO sthhice de mi afición por la cocina una profesión I turned my interest in cooking into a career, I made a career out of my interest in cookinghacer algo DE algn to make sth OF sbquiero hacer de ti un gran actor I want to make a great actor of youB(dar apariencia de): ese vestido te hace más delgada that dress makes you look thinnerel pelo corto te hace más joven short hair makes you look youngerC (inducir a, ser la causa de que) hacer algo/a algn + INF to make sth/sb + INFuna de esas canciones que te hacen llorar one of those songs that make you crytodo hace suponer que fue así everything suggests that o leads one to think that that is what happenedhizo caer al niño he knocked the child overhaga pasar al próximo tell the next person to come in, have the next person come ineso no hizo sino precipitar el desenlace all that did was to hasten the endhacer que algo/algn + SUBJ to make sth/sb + INF¡vas a hacer que pierda la paciencia! you're going to make me lose my temper!esto hace que sus reacciones sean lentas this makes him slow to react, this makes his reactions slowD (obligar a) hacer + INF a algn to make sb + INFme hizo esperar tres horas she kept me waiting for three hoursse lo haré hacer de nuevo I'll make him do it againme hizo abrirla or me la hizo abrir he made me open itme hizo levantar(me) a las cinco she made me get up at fivehacer que algn + SUBJ to make sb + INFhizo que todos se sentaran he made everybody sit downEhacer hacer algo to have o get sth donehice acortar las cortinas I had o got the curtains shortenedle hice hacer un vestido para la boda I had o got a dress made for her for the weddingF (acostumbrar) hacer a algn A algo to get sb used o accustomed TO sthpronto la hizo a su manera de trabajar he soon got her used o accustomed to his way of workingG(suponer, imaginar): te hacía en Buenos Aires I thought you were in Buenos Airestiene 42 años — yo la hacía más joven she's 42 — I thought she was younger¡yo que lo hacía casado y con hijos! I had the idea that he was married with children!■ hacerviA1(obrar, actuar): nadie trató de impedírselo, lo dejaron hacer nobody tried to stop him, they just let him get on with ittú no te preocupes, déjame hacer a mí don't you worry, just let me take care of itdéjalo hacer a él, que sabe qué es lo que conviene let him handle it, he knows what's best¿cómo se hace para que te den la beca? how do you go about getting the grant?¿cómo hay que hacer para ponerlo en funcionamiento? what do you have to do to make it work?no me explico cómo hacen para vivir con ese sueldo I don't know how they manage to live on that salaryhacerle a algo (Chi, Méx fam): Enrique le hace a la electricidad Enrique knows a bit o knows something about electricitytienen una empleada que le hace a todo they have a maid who does a bit of everythingya sabes que yo no le hago a esos menesteres you know I don't go in for o do that sort of thinghacer y deshacer to do as one pleases, do what one likes2 (+ complemento):hiciste bien en decírmelo you did o were right to tell mehaces mal en mentir it's wrong of you to liemejor haría callándose she'd do better to keep quietB( esp AmL) (con las necesidades fisiológicas): ¡mamá, ya hice! Mommy, I've been o I've finished!hagan antes de salir go to the bathroom o toilet before we leave, you'd better go before we leave ( euph)hacer de cuerpo or de vientre ( frml); to move one's bowels ( frml), to have a bowel movement ( frml)C(fingir, simular): hizo (como) que no me había visto he made out o pretended he hadn't seen mecuando entre haz (como) que lees when she comes in, make out o pretend you're reading, when she comes in, pretend to be readinghice (como) que no oía I pretended I couldn't hear, I acted as if I couldn't hearhacer COMO SI + SUBJ:haz como si no supieras nada make out o pretend you don't know anything about it, act as if you don't know anything about itD (intentar, procurar) hacer POR + INF to try to + INFtienes que hacer por corregir ese genio you must try to o ( colloq) try and do something about that temper (of yours)tú no haces por entenderla you don't even try to understand herE (servir) hacer DE algo:esta sábana hará de toldo this sheet will do for o as an awningla escuela hizo de hospital the school served as o was used as a hospitalF (interpretar un personaje) hacer DE algo/algn to play (the part of) sth/sbsiempre hace de `malo' he always plays the bad guyhizo de Hamlet he played (the part of) HamletA (+ compl)1 (sentar) (+ me/te/le etc):le va a hacer bien salir un poco it'll do her good to get out a bit¡me hizo tanto bien su visita …! her visit did me such a lot of good …!los mejillones me hicieron muy mal ( AmL); the mussels made me really ill2B (corresponder) hacerle A algo to fit sthesta tapa no le hace al frasco this lid doesn't fit the jaresta llave no le hace a la cerradura this isn't the right key for the lockCno le hace (no tiene importancia) it doesn't matter; (no sirve de excusa) that's no excuse, don't give me that ( colloq)¿no le hace que tire la ceniza en este florero? do you mind if I drop the ash in this vase?D ( en tercera persona) ( frml)(concernir, tocar): por lo que hace a or en cuanto hace a su solicitud as far as your application is concerned, as regards your applicationE( Esp fam) (apetecer): ¿hace or te hace una cerveza? (do you) feel like a beer?, do you fancy a beer? ( BrE colloq)te invito a cenar a un chino ¿hace? — hace I'll take you out to a Chinese restaurant, how does that grab you? — great idea! ( colloq)■A(refiriéndose al tiempo atmosférico): hace frío/calor/sol/viento it's cold/hot/sunny/windyhace tres grados bajo cero it's three degrees below (zero)nos hizo un tiempo espantoso we had terrible weatherojalá haga buen tiempo or ( esp Esp) bueno I hope the weather's fine o nice, I hope it's nice weather2 ( familiar humorístico):hace sed ¿verdad? it's thirsty weather/work, isn't it?parece que hace hambre you/they seem to be hungry¿hace sueño, niños? are you getting sleepy, children?B(expresando el tiempo transcurrido): hace dos años que murió he died two years ago, he's been dead for two years¿cuándo llegaste? — hace un ratito when did you get here? — a short while ago¿cuánto hace que se fue? how long ago did she leave?, how long is it since she left?lo leí hace poco I read it a short time agolo había visto hacía exactamente un año I had seen him exactly one year before¿hace mucho que esperas? have you been waiting long?hace mucho tiempo que lo conozco or lo conozco desde hace mucho tiempo I've known him for a long timehace años que no lo veo or no lo veo desde hace años I haven't seen him for years o it's years since I saw himhacía años que no lo veía I hadn't seen him for o in years, it had been years since I'd seen himhasta hace poco vivían en Austria they lived in Austria until recently■ hacerseA(+ me/te/le etc): se me ha hecho un nudo en el hilo I've got a knot in the thread, the thread has a knot in itsi no lo revuelves se te hacen grumos if you don't stir it, it goes lumpy o forms lumpsse le ha hecho una ampolla she's got o she has a blisterhacérsele a algn ( Méx): por fin se le hizo ganar un campeonato she finally got to win a championshippor fin se le hizo a Mauricio con ella Mauricio finally made it with her ( colloq)B1 ( refl)(hacer para sí): se hace toda la ropa she makes all her (own) clothesse hicieron una casita they built themselves a little house2 ( caus)(hacer que otro haga): se hace la ropa en Roma she has her clothes made in Romese hicieron una casita they had a little house builtse hizo la cirugía estética she had plastic surgeryvoy a hacerme las manos I'm going to have a manicuretienes que hacerte la barba you must get your beard trimmedC(causarse): me hice un tajo en el dedo I cut my finger¿qué te hiciste en el brazo? what did you do to your arm?¿te hiciste daño? did you hurt yourself?D(con las necesidades fisiológicas): todavía se hace pis/caca ( fam); she still wets herself/messes her pantsse hace pis en la cama ( fam); he wets the bedE ( refl)(adquirir): se ha hecho un nombre en el mundo de la moda she's made a name for herself in the fashion worldsólo conseguirás hacerte enemigos si sigues así you'll only make enemies if you keep on like thatA1 (volverse, convertirse en) to becomese quiere hacer monja she wants to become a nunse hizo famoso he became famousse están haciendo viejos they are getting o growing old2 ( impersonal):en invierno se hace de noche muy pronto in winter it gets dark very earlyvamos, se está haciendo tarde come on, it's getting late(+ me/te/le etc): se nos hizo de noche esperándolo it got dark while we were waiting for him3 (cocinarse) «pescado/guiso» to cookdejar que se haga a fuego lento leave to cook over a low heat4( AmL) (pasarle a): no sé qué se habrá hecho María I don't know what can have happened to María o ( colloq) where María can have got(ten) toB(resultar): se hace muy pesado repetir lo mismo tantas veces it gets very boring having to repeat the same thing over and over again(+ me/te/le etc): la espera se me hizo interminable the wait seemed interminablese me hace difícil creerlo I find it very hard to believeC (dar la impresión de) (+ me/te/le etc):se me hace que aquí pasa algo raro I get the feeling o impression that something strange is going on around herese me hace que va a llover I think o I have a feeling it's going to rainse me hace que esta vez vas a tener suerte something tells me o I have a feeling (that) this time you're going to be luckyD ( causativo) hacerse + INF:tienes que hacerte oír/respetar you have to make people listen to you/respect youel desenlace no se hizo esperar the end was not long in comingcuando era actriz se hacía llamar Mónica Duarte when she was an actress she went by the name of Monica Duarte o she used the name Monica Duartees un chico que se hace querer he's a likable kid o a kid you can't help likingse hizo construir una mansión he had a mansion builthazte ver por un médico ( AmL); go and see a doctorE (acostumbrarse) hacerse A algo to get used TO sthno me hago al clima de este país I can't get used to the weather in this countryno consigo hacerme a la idea I can't get used to the ideahacerse A + INF to get used TO -INGno se hace a vivir solo he hasn't got used to living aloneF(fingirse): no te hagas el inocente don't act all innocentseguro que me vio pero se hizo el loco he must have seen me but he pretended he hadn'tno te hagas el sordo don't pretend o make out you didn't hear mese hizo la que no entendía she pretended o she made out she didn't understandG1 (moverse) (+ compl):hacerse atrás to move backhacerse a un lado to move to one side, to move asidehazte para aquí/para allá move over this way/that way2( Col) (colocarse): ¿quieres salir en la foto? — sí ¿dónde me hago? do you want to be in the photo? — yes, where shall I stand/sit?H hacerse con to takeel ejército se hizo con la ciudad the army took the cityse hizo con una fortuna considerable he amassed a considerable fortunetengo que hacerme con esa información como sea I must get hold of that information somehowse hicieron con la empresa they took over the companylograron hacerse con el control de la compañía they managed to gain o get control of the companyno creo que puedan hacerse con la copa I don't think they can win the cup( AmL): se hicieron de gran fama they became very famoustengo que hacerme de dinero I must get o lay my hands on some moneyse han hecho de muchos amigos allí they've made a lot of friends there* * *
Multiple Entries:
hacer
hacer algo
hacer ( conjugate hacer) verbo transitivo
1
‹casa/carretera› to build;
‹ nido› to build, make;
‹ túnel› to make, dig;
‹dibujo/plano› to do, draw;
‹ lista› to make, draw up;
‹ resumen› to do, make;
‹ película› to make;
‹nudo/lazo› to tie;
‹pan/pastel› to make, bake;
‹vino/café/tortilla› to make;
‹ cerveza› to make, brew;
hacen buena pareja they make a lovely couple
estos zapatos me hacen daño these shoes hurt my feet
2
‹ milagro› to work, perform;
‹deberes/ejercicios/limpieza› to do;
‹ mandado› to run;
‹transacción/investigación› to carry out;
‹ experimento› to do, perform;
‹ entrevista› to conduct;
‹gira/viaje› to do;
‹ regalo› to give;
‹ favor› to do;
‹ trato› to make;
aún queda mucho por hacer there is still a lot (left) to do;
dar que hacer to make a lot of work
3 (formular, expresar) ‹declaración/promesa/oferta› to make;
‹proyecto/plan› to make, draw up;
‹crítica/comentario› to make, voice;
‹ pregunta› to ask;
4
◊ hacer caca (fam) to do a poop (AmE) o (BrE) a pooh (colloq);
hacer pis or pipí (fam) to have a pee (colloq);
hacer sus necesidades (euf) to go to the bathroom o toilet (euph)
◊ las vacas hacen `mu' cows go `moo'
5 ( adquirir) ‹dinero/fortuna› to make;
‹ amigo› to make
6 (preparar, arreglar) ‹ cama› to make;
‹ maleta› to pack;◊ hice el pescado al horno I did o cooked the fish in the oven;
tengo que hacer la comida I must make lunch;
ver tb comida b
7 ( recorrer) ‹trayecto/distancia› to do, cover
8 (en cálculos, enumeraciones):◊ son 180 … y 320 hacen 500 that's 180 … and 320 is o makes 500
1
¿hacemos algo esta noche? shall we do something tonight?;
hacer ejercicio to do (some) exercise;
¿hace algún deporte? do you play o do any sports?;
See Also→ amor 1b
◊ ¿qué hace tu padre? what does your father do?
2 (realizar cierta acción, actuar de cierta manera) to do;◊ ¡eso no se hace! you shouldn't do that!;
¡qué le vamos a hacer! what can you o (frml) one do?;
toca bien el piano — antes lo hacía mejor she plays the piano well — she used to play better;
hacerla buena (fam): ¡ahora sí que la hice! now I've really done it!;
See Also→ tonto sustantivo masculino, femenino
1 (transformar en, volver) to make;
hizo pedazos la carta she tore the letter into tiny pieces;
ese vestido te hace más delgada that dress makes you look thinner;
hacer algo de algo to turn sth into sth;
quiero hacer de ti un gran actor I want to make a great actor of you
2a) (obligar a, ser causa de que)
me hizo abrirla he made me open it;
me hizo llorar it made me cry;
hágalo pasar tell him to come in;
me hizo esperar tres horas she kept me waiting for three hours;
hacer que algo/algn haga algo to make sth/sb do sthb)◊ hacer hacer algo to have o get sth done/made;
hice acortar las cortinas I had o got the curtains shortened
verbo intransitivo
1 (obrar, actuar):◊ déjame hacer a mí just let me handle this o take care of this;
¿cómo se hace para que te den la beca? what do you have to do to get the scholarship?;
hiciste bien en decírmelo you did o were right to tell me;
haces mal en mentir it's wrong of you to lie
2 (fingir, simular):
haz como si no lo conocieras act as if o pretend you don't know him
3 ( servir):◊ esta sábana hará de toldo this sheet will do for o as an awning;
la escuela hizo de hospital the school served as o was used as a hospital
4 ( interpretar personaje) hacer de algo/algn to play (the part of) sth/sb
(+ compl) ( sentar):
(+ me/te/le etc)
la trucha me hizo mal (AmL) the trout didn't agree with me
hacer v impers
1 ( refiriéndose al tiempo atmosférico):◊ hace frío/sol it's cold/sunny;
hace tres grados it's three degrees;
(nos) hizo un tiempo espantoso the weather was terrible
2 ( expresando tiempo transcurrido):
hace mucho que lo conozco I've known him for a long time;
hacía años que no lo veía I hadn't seen him for o in years;
¿cuánto hace que se fue? how long ago did she leave?;
hace poco/un año a short time/a year ago;
hasta hace poco until recently
hacerse verbo pronominal
1 ( producirse) (+ me/te/le etc):
se le hizo una ampolla she got a blister;
hacérsele algo a algn (Méx): por fin se le hizo ganar el premio she finally got to win the award
2
se hizo la cirugía estética she had plastic surgery
3 ( causarse):◊ ¿qué te hiciste en el brazo? what did you do to your arm?;
¿te hiciste daño? did you hurt yourself?
4 ( refiriéndose a necesidades fisiológicas):◊ todavía se hace pis/caca (fam) she still wets/messes herself
5 ( refl) ( adquirir) to make;
1
se están haciendo viejos they are getting o growing oldb) ( resultar):
(+ me/te/le etc)
se me hace difícil creerlo I find it very hard to believec) ( impers):
se está haciendo tarde it's getting late
e) (AmL) ( pasarle a):◊ ¿qué se habrá hecho María? what can have happened to María?
2 ( acostumbrarse) hacerse a algo to get used to sth
3 ( fingirse):
¿es bobo o se (lo) hace? (fam) is he stupid or just a good actor? (colloq);
hacerse pasar por algn (por periodista, doctor) to pass oneself off as sb
4 ( moverse) (+ compl) to move;
5
( de amigos) to make
hacer
I verbo transitivo
1 (crear, fabricar, construir) to make
hacer un jersey, to make a sweater
hacer un puente, to build a bridge
2 (una acción) to do: eso no se hace, it isn't done
haz lo que quieras, do what you want
¿qué estás haciendo?, (en este momento) what are you doing?
(para vivir) what do you do (for a living)?
hace atletismo, he does athletics
hacer una carrera/ medicina, to do a degree/ medicine
3 (amigos, dinero) to make
4 (obligar, forzar) to make: hazle entrar en razón, make him see reason
5 (causar, provocar) to make: ese hombre me hace reír, that man makes me laugh
estos zapatos me hacen daño, these shoes are hurting me
no hagas llorar a tu hermana, don't make your sister cry
6 (arreglar) to make
hacer la cama, to make the bed
hacer la casa, to do the housework
7 Mat (sumar, dar como resultado) to make: y con éste hacen cincuenta, and that makes fifty
8 (producir una impresión) to make... look: ese vestido la hace mayor, that dress makes her look older
9 (en sustitución de otro verbo) to do: cuido mi jardín, me gusta hacerlo, I look after my garden, I like doing it
10 (representar) to play: Juan hizo un papel en Fuenteovejuna, Juan played a part in Fuenteovejuna
11 (actuar como) to play: no hagas el tonto, don't play the fool
12 (suponer) te hacía en casa, I thought you were at home
II verbo intransitivo
1 (en el teatro, etc) to play: hizo de Electra, she played Electra
2 ( hacer por + infinitivo) to try to: hice por ayudar, I tried to help
3 (simular) to pretend: hice como si no lo conociera, I acted as if I didn't know him
4 fam (venir bien, convenir) to be suitable: si te hace, nos vamos a verle mañana, if it's all right for you, we'll visit him tomorrow
III verbo impersonal
1 (tiempo transcurrido) ago: hace mucho (tiempo), a long time ago
hace tres semanas que no veo la televisión, I haven't watched TV for three weeks
hace tres años que comenzaron las obras, the building works started three years ago
2 (condición atmosférica) hacía mucho frío, it was very cold
¿To make o to do?
El significado básico del verbo to make es construir, fabricar algo juntando los componentes (aquí hacen unos pasteles maravillosos, they make marvellous cakes here), obligar (hazle callar, make him shut up) o convertir: Te hará más fuerte. It'll make you stronger. También se emplea en expresiones compuestas por palabras tales como dinero ( money), ruido ( a noise), cama ( the bed), esfuerzo ( an effort), promesa ( a promise), c omentario ( a comment), amor ( love), guerra ( war).
El significado del verbo to do es cumplir o ejecutar una tarea o actividad, especialmente tratándose de los deportes y las tareas domésticas: Hago mis deberes por la noche. I do my homework in the evening. ¿Quién hace la plancha en tu casa? Who does the ironing in your house? También se emplea con palabras tales como deber ( duty), deportes ( sports), examen ( an exam), favor ( a favour), sumas ( sums).
' hacer' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
abrir
- aclarar
- acopio
- acto
- adelantar
- adelantamiento
- advertir
- alarde
- aliviar
- amagar
- amarrar
- amor
- amortizar
- ampliar
- añicos
- aplanar
- aprecio
- aprender
- aspaviento
- atonía
- autostop
- ayuno
- balance
- broma
- burla
- burrada
- cábala
- caballo
- cabronada
- caca
- cafetera
- caja
- calceta
- calentar
- callar
- calle
- calor
- cama
- capacitar
- capaz
- caso
- castigar
- castillo
- chantaje
- colar
- colada
- colecta
- comecome
- comentar
- como
English:
abort
- abstain
- abuse
- accent
- accentuate
- accepted
- accustom
- act
- advance
- advertise
- afraid
- again
- agitate
- agree
- aim at
- aim to
- air
- all-out
- amenable
- antsy
- apart
- appearance
- arm-twisting
- as
- assert
- attempt
- audition
- authorize
- backup
- bake
- balance
- bandy about
- bed
- begin
- blast
- blind
- blueberry
- blur
- boil
- bonk
- boohoo
- book in
- bounce
- bring in
- bubble
- budget
- bulldoze
- bully
- bundle
- burp
* * *♦ vt1. [elaborar, crear, cocinar] to make;hacer una fiesta to have a party;hacer un vestido/planes to make a dress/plans;hacer un poema/una sinfonía to write a poem/symphony;hacer un nudo to tie a knot;los cristianos creen que Dios hizo al hombre Christians believe that God created mankind;haz un poco más la carne cook the meat a bit longer;Famtu hermano ha hecho una de las suyas your brother has been up to his usual tricks;Fam¡buena la has hecho! you've really gone and done it now!2. [construir] to build;han hecho un edificio nuevo they've put up a new building3. [generar] to produce;el árbol hace sombra the tree gives shade;la carretera hace una curva there's a bend in the road4. [movimientos, sonidos, gestos] to make;le hice señas I signalled to her;hizo un gesto de aprobación con la cabeza she nodded her approval;el gato hace “miau” cats go “miaow”;el reloj hace tic-tac the clock goes tick-tock;hacer ruido to make a noise5. [obtener] [fotocopia] to make;[retrato] to paint; [fotografía] to take6. [realizar] [trabajo, estudios] to do;[viaje] to make; [comunión] to take; [sacrificio] to make; [promesa, oferta] to make; [milagro] to perform; [experimento] to do, to perform; [favor] to do; [pregunta] to ask; [declaración] to make; [crucigrama] to do;hacer una entrevista to do an interview;hacer una entrevista a alguien to interview sb;tengo mucho que hacer I have a lot to do;hoy hace guardia she's on duty today;estoy haciendo segundo I'm in my second year;hago ingeniería I'm doing o studying engineering7. [obrar, realizar una acción] to do;¿qué habré hecho con las llaves? what have I done with the keys?;CSur Famy mis llaves, ¿qué las hice? and my keys, now what did I do with them?;¡le he dicho mil veces que eso no se hace! I've told him time and again that it's wrong to do that!;Famhaz lo que te dé la gana do whatever you want;¿qué haces? vas a romper la bicicleta what are you doing o what do you think you're doing?, you're going to break the bicycle!;¡qué le vamos a hacer! never mind!;8. [practicar] [en general] to do;[tenis, fútbol] to play;debes hacer deporte you should start doing some sport9. [arreglar] [casa, colada] to do;[cama] to make; [maleta] to pack; [uñas] to do; [barba] to trim10. [dar aspecto a] to cause to look o seem;este espejo te hace gordo this mirror makes you look fatla guerra no lo hizo un hombre the war didn't make him (into) a man;hizo pedazos el papel he tore the paper to pieces;hacer de algo/alguien algo to make sth/sb into sth;hizo de ella una buena cantante he made a good singer of herhacer el vándalo to act like a hooligan;hacer el ridículo to make a fool of oneselfme hizo gracia I thought it was funny;un poco de aire fresco le hará bien a bit of fresh air will do her good;Amesos ñoquis me hicieron mal those gnocchi disagreed with me14. Cine & Teatro [papel] to play;[obra] to do, to perform;hace el papel de la hija del rey she plays (the part of) the king's daughter;hoy hacen una obra de Brecht today they're putting on o doing one of Brecht's plays15. [suponer] to think, to reckon;a estas horas yo te hacía en París I thought o reckoned you'd be in Paris by now;te hacía más joven I thought you were younger, I'd have said you were youngerme hizo reír it made me laugh;has hecho que se enfadara you've made him angry;haces que me avergüence you make me ashamed;la tormenta hizo que se cancelara el concierto the storm caused the concert to be called offvoy a hacer teñir este vestido I'm going to have this dress dyed;la hizo callarse he made her shut up19. [cumplir]hizo los cincuenta la semana pasada he was fifty last week, he celebrated his fiftieth birthday last week20. [completar] to make;tres y dos hacen cinco three and two make five;y este huevo hace la docena and this egg makes (it) a dozen;hago el número seis en la lista I'm number six on the list21. [conseguir] to make;hizo una gran fortuna he made a large fortune;hizo muchas amistades en Australia she made a lot of friends in Australia22. [recorrer] to do;¿cuántos kilómetros hiciste ayer? how many kilometres did you do yesterday?;hago dos kilómetros a pie todos los días I walk two kilometres every day23. [referido a necesidades fisiológicas] to do;Euftengo que hacer mis necesidades I have to answer a call of nature;Famlos niños quieren hacer pipí the children want to have a pee24. [sustituyendo a otro verbo] to do;se negó a ir y yo hice lo mismo she refused to go and I did likewise;ya no puedo leer como solía hacerlo I can't read as well as I used to♦ viser el que hace y deshace: en la empresa, él es el que hace y deshace he's the one who calls the shots in the company2.[servir] to serve as, to act as; Cine & Teatro [actuar] to play;hacer de [trabajar] to work as;hace de electricista he's an electrician, he works as an electrician;este tronco hará de asiento this tree trunk will do for somewhere to sit;hace de don Quijote he's playing Don Quixotehaz como que no te importa act as if you don't careharé por verle esta noche I'll try to see him tonighthizo bien dimitiendo she was right to resign;¿cómo hay que hacer para abrir esta caja? how do you open this box?, what do you have to do to open this box?7. Am [necesidades fisiológicas]¿hiciste? have you done anything?;preciso un baño, no hice antes de salir I need to find a bathroom, I didn't go before I came out8. Méx Famhacer(la) buena: [ojalá] [m5]dicen que te sacaste la lotería – ¡házmela buena! they say you've won the lottery – if only!;me ofreció empleo don Paco, voy a ver si me la hace buena Don Paco offered me a job, I'll see if he comes through for mepor las mañanas estudia y en la tarde le hace a la peluquería she studies in the morning and in the afternoon she does hairdressingese tipo le hace a la cocaína that guy does cokele hace al tonto, pero bien que sabe he pretends to be clueless but he knows perfectly well;perdí mi libro – ¡no le hagas! I lost my book – pull the other one! o sure you did!no sé si voy a poder ir – no le hace I don't know if I'll be able to go – it doesn't matter;¿qué le hace? so what?, big deal!♦ v impersonal1. [tiempo meteorológico]hace frío/sol/viento it's cold/sunny/windy;hace un día precioso it's a beautiful day;mañana hará mal tiempo the weather will be bad tomorrowhace mucho a long time ago;hace poco not long ago;hace un rato a short while ago;hace un mes que llegué it's a month since I arrived;no la veo desde hace un año I haven't seen her for a year;¿cuánto hace de eso? how long ago was that?* * *<part hecho>I v/t1 ( realizar) do;¡haz algo! do something!;hacer una pregunta ask a question;tengo que hacer los deberes I have to do my homework; !;no hace más que quejarse all he does is complain;no hay nada que hacer there’s nothing we can do;se hace lo que se puede one does one’s best;¡eso no se hace! that’s just not done!hacer la comida make o cook a meal;hacer que algo ocurra make sth happen3 ( obligar a):hacer que alguien haga algo make s.o. do sth;le hicieron ir they made him go4 ( cumplir):hoy hago veinte años I am twenty today, today is my twentieth birthday5 ( equivaler a):esta botella hace un litro this bottle holds a liter6:¡qué le vamos a hacer! that’s lifeII v/i1:haces bien/mal en ir you are doing the right/wrong thing by going2 ( sentar):me hace mal it’s making me ill3 ( servir de):4 ( fingir):como si act as if5 L.Am.no le hace it doesn’t matter6 L.Am. ( parecer):se me hace que it seems to me that7 ( apetecer):¿hace? fam does that sound good?8:hacer de malo TEA play the villain:hace calor/frío it’s hot/cold;hace tres días three days ago;hace mucho (tiempo) a long time ago, long ago;desde hace un año for a year* * *hacer {40} vt1) : to make2) : to do, to perform3) : to force, to obligelos hice esperar: I made them waithacer vi: to acthaces bien: you're doing the right thinghacer v impershacer frío: to be coldhace viento: it's windy2)hace : agohace mucho tiempo: a long time ago, for a long time3)no le hace : it doesn't matter, it makes no difference4)hacer falta : to be necessary, to be needed* * *hacer vb¿has hecho la cama? have you made your bed?¿qué haces? what are you doing?¿qué hacen tus padres? what do your parents do?¿qué has hecho en el cole hoy? what did you do at school today?¿has hecho los deberes? have you done your homework?¿me haces un favor? can you do me a favour?3. (tiempo meteorológico) to be4. (dar cierto aspecto) to make... look...6. (aparentar) to pretend7. (cumplir años) to be¿hace mucho que esperas? have you been waiting long?hacer el tonto to act the fool / to mess about -
17 faire
faire [fεʀ]━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━➭ TABLE 60━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━► Lorsque faire est suivi d'un nom dans une locution comme faire une faute, se faire des idées, reportez-vous à l'autre mot.━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━1. <━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━► Lorsque faire est utilisé pour parler d'une activité non précisée, ou qu'il remplace un verbe plus spécifique, il se traduit par to do. Lorsque faire veut dire créer, préparer, fabriquer, il se traduit souvent par to make.━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━• que fais-tu ce soir ? what are you doing tonight?• que voulez-vous qu'on y fasse ? what can be done about it?• faire 100 km/h to do 100km/h• je n'en ferai rien ! I'll do nothing of the sort!► faire de ( = utiliser) to do with• qu'avez-vous fait de votre sac ? what have you done with your bag?► ne faire quec. ( = créer, préparer, fabriquer) to maked. ( = constituer) c'est ce qui fait tout son charme that's what makes him so charming• faire du piano/du violon to play the piano/the violing. (Medicine) [+ diabète, attaque] to haveh. ( = chercher dans) il a fait toute la ville pour en trouver he's been all over town looking for somei. ( = vendre) nous ne faisons pas cette marque we don't stock that make• je vous le fais à 700 € I'll let you have it for 700 eurosj. ( = mesurer, peser, coûter) to be• combien fait cette chaise ? how much is this chair?• ça fait 130 € that's 130 euros• cela fait combien en tout ? how much is that altogether?k. ( = agir sur, importer) ils ne peuvent rien me faire they can't do anything to me• on ne me la fait pas à moi ! (inf) I wasn't born yesterday!• qu'est-ce que cela peut bien te faire ? what's it to you?• cela ne vous ferait rien de sortir ? would you mind leaving the room?• ne fais pas l'enfant/l'idiot don't be so childish/so stupid• tu fais l'arbitre ? will you be referee?• quel imbécile je fais ! what a fool I am!n. ( = dire) to say• « vraiment ? » fit-il "really?" he saido. (Grammar) « canal » fait »canaux » au pluriel the plural of "canal" is "canaux"2. <• as-tu payé la note ? -- non, c'est lui qui l'a fait did you pay the bill? -- no, he did• puis-je téléphoner ? -- faites, je vous en prie could I use the phone? -- yes, of courseb. ( = agir) faire vite to act quickly• faites vite ! be quick!c. ( = paraître) to look3. <► il fait━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━► cela or ça fait... que• cela fait très longtemps que je ne l'ai pas vu I haven't seen him for a very long time it's a long time since I saw him• ça fait que... that means...4. <a. ( = pousser à) to make• faire faire qch par qn to get sth made (or done) by sb• faire faire qch à qn to get sb to do (or to make) sth ; (en le forçant) to make sb do (or make) sthc. ( = laisser) faire entrer qn (qn que l'on attendait) to let sb in ; (qn que l'on n'attendait pas) to ask sb in5. <► se fairea. (pour soi)b. ( = être fait) si ça doit se faire, ça se fera sans moi if it's going to happen, it'll happen without mec. ( = être convenable, courant) ça se fait d'offrir des fleurs à un homme ? is it OK to give flowers to a man?d. (locutions)• se faire beau to make o.s. look nice• sa voix se fit plus douce his voice became softer► se faire + infinitif• faut se le faire ! (inf!) he's a real pain in the neck! (inf)► se faire à ( = s'habituer à) to get used to• il ne s'en fait pas ! he's got a nerve!► il se fait que• comment se fait-il qu'il soit absent ? how come he's not here? (inf)* * *fɛʀ
1.
1) ( produire) to make2) ( façonner) to shape [histoire, période]3) ( étudier) to do [licence, sujet]faire du violon — to study ou play the violin
4) ( préparer) to make [soupe, thé]; to prepare [salade]5) ( nettoyer) to do, to clean [vitres]; to clean, to polish [chaussures]7) ( cultiver)faire des céréales — [personne] to grow ou do cereals; [région] to produce cereals
8) ( se fournir en)faire de l'eau — Nautisme, Chemin de Fer to take on water
faire (de) l'essence — (colloq) Automobile to get petrol GB ou gas US
9) ( parcourir) to do [distance, trajet]; to go round [magasins, agences]; ( visiter) to do (colloq) [région, musées]10) ( souffrir de) to have [diabète, tension, complexe]11) ( demander un prix)faire quelque chose à 30 francs — to sell something for 30 francs, to charge 30 francs for something
12) ( servir de) to serve as13) (user, disposer de) to doje n'en ai rien à faire — (colloq) I couldn't care less
14) ( avoir un effet)que veux-tu que j'y fasse? — what do you want me to do about it?, what am I supposed to do about it?
ça y fait — (colloq) it has an effect
pour ce que ça fait! — (colloq) for all the good it does!
qu'est-ce que ça peut bien te faire? — (colloq) what is it to you?
15) (entraîner, causer)l'explosion a fait 12 morts — the explosion killed 12 people, the explosion left 12 people dead
ça ne fait rien! — ( pas grave) it doesn't matter!
ça fait ou ce qui fait que j'ai oublié — (colloq) as a result I forgot
16) ( transformer) to makefaire d'un garage un atelier — to make ou turn a garage into a workshop
17) ( proclamer)18) ( imiter)19) ( tenir le rôle de) to be20) ( dans un souhait)mon Dieu, faites qu'il réussisse! — God, please let him succeed!
21) (colloq) ( tromper)22) ( dire) to say‘bien sûr,’ fit-elle — ‘of course,’ she said
le canard fait ‘coin-coin’ — the duck says ou goes ‘quack’
2.
verbe intransitif1) ( agir) to do, to actvas-y, mais fais vite! — go, but be quick about it!
fais comme chez toi — lit, iron make yourself at home
2) ( paraître) to look3) (colloq) ( être) to be4) ( durer) to last5) ( valoir)6) ( pour les besoins naturels) to go7) (colloq)faire avec — ( se contenter de) to make do with; ( supporter) to put up with
3.
se faire verbe pronominal1)combien se fait-il (colloq) par mois? — how much does he make a month?
2) ( devenir) to get, to become3) ( se rendre)4) ( s'inquiéter)il ne s'en fait pas! — ( sans inquiétude) he's not the sort of person to worry about things!; ( pas gêné) he's got a nerve!
5) ( s'habituer)se faire à — to get used to [lieu, situation, idée]
6) ( être d'usage)7) ( être à la mode) to be in (fashion)ça ne se fait plus — it's no longer fashionable, it's out of fashion
8) ( être produit)9) ( emploi impersonnel)comment se fait-il que...? — how is it that...?
10) [fromage] to ripen; [vin] to mature11) (colloq)il faut se le faire, son copain! — his/her mate is a real pain! (colloq)
12) ( avec infinitif)
••
Un très grand nombre de tournures et locutions contenant ce verbe sont traitées ailleurs, généralement sous le terme qui suit faire, en particulier- les expressions décrivant les tâches domestiques, agricoles (faire la cuisine/moisson), les occupations manuelles (faire du tricot/bricolage), les activités professionnelles ou de loisir (faire du théâtre/de la photo), les types d'études ( faire médecine). Pour ce qui est des jeux, sports et loisirs, voir également la note d'usage correspondante- les locutions décrivant un mouvement, l'expression, un comportement (faire un geste/une grimace/le pitre)- les expressions dans lesquelles faire signifie ‘formuler’ (faire une promesse/offre etc)- les expressions décrivant la qualité de la lumière (il fait jour/sombre) ou l'état du temps- les expressions contenant une mesure (faire 20 mètres de long/15 kilos/20°/15 kilomètres à l'heure etc) pour lesquelles on consultera les notes d'usage- les expressions décrivant une démarche de l'esprit (se faire une opinion/du souci etc)- les expressions indiquant l'effet produit (faire peur/mal/plaisir/du tort etc, faire cuire/sécher/tomber etc)- les locutions telles que faire semblant/exprès, se faire avoir etc- une activité sportive (faire du tennis/de la marche/du parapente)la consultation des notes d'usage vous fournira des traductions utiles. Voir la listeEn outre, certaines entrées telles que combien, ce, que, comment, laisser, rien, mieux, bien etc fourniront également des traductions utilesTo make ou to do?Les principales traductions de faire sont to make et to do mais elles ne sont pas interchangeablesto make traduit faire + objet dénotant ce qui est créé, confectionné, composé, réalisé, obtenu; l'objet est le résultat de l'action: faire son lit/des confitures = to make one's bed/jam; faire un discours/une faute/un bénéfice = to make a speech/a mistake/a profit; je me suis fait un café = I made myself a coffeeto do a le sens plus vague de se livrer à une activité, s'occuper à quelque chose; l'objet peut préciser la nature de l'activité: faire de la recherche/un exercice/une réparation = to do research/an exercise/a repair job; faire son devoir = to do one's dutyou bien la nature de l'activité reste indéterminée: que fait-il (dans la vie)? = what does he do in life?; qu'est-ce que tu fais ce soir? = what are you doing tonight?; la science peut tout faire = science can do anything; j'ai à faire = I have things to doou encore le contexte suggère la nature de l'activité: faire une pièce = to do a room, peut vouloir dire la nettoyer, la ranger, la peindreSi faire remplace un verbe plus précis, on traduira fréquemment par celui-ci: faire une maison/un nid = to build a house/a nest; faire une lettre = to write a letter; faire une visite = to pay a visit; faire un numéro de téléphone = to dial a numberLes périphrases verbales sont parfois rendues par un seul verbe: faire voir (= montrer) = to show; faire du tissage (= tisser) = to weave, mais faire un peu de tissage = to do a bit of weavingFaire + infinitif + quelqu'unfaire + infinitive + quelqu'un, c'est-à-dire obtenir de quelqu'un qu'il agisse d'une certaine manière, se traduit selon le sens de faire, par: to make somebody do something (forcer, être cause que): fais-la lever = make her get up; ça m'a fait rire = it made me laugh; ça fait dormir = it makes you sleep; par to get somebody to do something (inciter): fais-leur prendre un rendez-vous = get them to make an appointment; par to help somebody to do something (aider): faire traverser la rue à un vieillard = to help an old man across the street; mais faire manger un bébé = to feed a child. Dans l'exemple ça fait dormir on notera qu'en anglais le sujet du verbe est toujours exprimé, ce qui n'est pas le cas en français(se) faire faire quelque chose (par quelqu'un) se traduit par to have something done ou made (by somebody), ou, dans une langue plus familière, to get something done ou made (by somebody): (se) faire construire une maison = to have a house built; faire réparer sa voiture = to have ou get one's car repaired; c'est la table qu'il a fait faire = it's the table he had made; elle fait exécuter les travaux par un ami = she's having the work done by a friendexprime soit la continuité: il ne fait que pleuvoir = it never stops raining, it rains all the timesoit la restriction: je ne fais qu'obéir aux ordres = I'm only obeying ordersDans ce cas il sera généralement traduit par to do: ‘je peux regarder? ’ - ‘faites ou faites je vous en prie ’ = ‘may I look?’ - ‘please do’; il souffla, comme il avait vu faire son père = he blew, as he had seen his father do; on veut que je parte, mais je n'en ferai rien = they want me to leave, but I'll do nothing of the sort* * *fɛʀ1. vt1) (= fabriquer) to makeIls font trop de bruit. — They're making too much noise.
2) (= effectuer) to dofaire la vaisselle — to do the dishes, to do the washing up
3) [études, sujet] to doIl fait de l'italien. — He's doing Italian.
4) (pratiquer régulièrement) [musique, rugby] to playIl fait du piano. — He plays the piano.
6) (= visiter)faire l'Europe — to tour Europe, to do Europe
7) (= imiter)8) (= mesurer, totaliser) to be, to make2 et 2 font 4. — 2 and 2 are 4., 2 and 2 make 4.
Ça fait 10 m. — It's 10 m.
Ça fait 15 euros. — It's 15 euros.
Ça fait cinquante-trois euros en tout. — That's fifty-three euros all together., That makes fifty-three euros all together.
Je vous le fais 10 euros. — I'll let you have it for 10 euros.
9) (= dire) to go"Vraiment?" fit-il. — "Really?" he goes.
10) (= souffrir de) [diabète, eczéma] to haveIl regrettait ce qu'il avait fait à son frère. — He was sorry for what he had done to his brother.
faire que (= impliquer que) — to mean that
ce qui fait que... — which means that...
ne faire que (= ne pas arrêter de) Il ne fait que critiquer. — All he ever does is criticize.
2. vi1) (= agir) to actIl faut faire vite. — We must act quickly., It's important to act quickly.
2) (= s'y prendre)comment a-t-il fait pour...? — how did he manage to...?
3) (= paraître) (avec adjectif) to lookTu fais jeune dans cette robe. — That dress makes you look younger.
4) (remplaçant autre verbe) to doNe le casse pas comme je l'ai fait. — Don't break it like I did.
Remets-le en place. - Je viens de le faire. — Put it back in its place.- I just did.
3. vb aux(suivi d'un infinitif) to makefaire tomber qch — to make sth fall, to knock sth over
Le chat a fait tomber le vase. — The cat knocked over the vase.
faire travailler les enfants — to make the children work, to get the children to work
faire réparer qch — to get sth repaired, to have sth repaired
Je dois faire réparer ma voiture. — I've got to get my car repaired.
Elle fait faire des travaux dans sa maison. — She's having some work done on her house.
Il a fait faire son portrait. — He's had his portrait done.
Cela fait faire des économies au consommateur. — This saves the consumer money.
4. vb impers (temps)to beEspérons qu'il fera beau demain. — Let's hope it'll be nice weather tomorrow.
1) (durée)ça fait trois ans qu'ils habitent à Paris — they've lived in Paris for three years, they've been living in Paris for three years
il fait bon; Il fait bon se promener dans cette région. — It's nice to go walking in this area.
Il ne fait pas bon traîner ici le soir. — It's not a good idea to hang around here at night.
* * *faire ⇒ Note d'usage verb table: faireA vtr1 (donner, émettre, produire) to make; le raisin fera un vin excellent the grapes will make ou produce (an) excellent wine; cet arbre fait des fleurs/baies this tree produces flowers/berries; le garage ferait une belle pièce the garage would make a nice room; ils font un beau couple they make a handsome couple; il fera un bon médecin he'll make a good doctor; les qualités qui font un champion the qualities which make a champion; trois et deux font cinq three and two make five; ça fait deux chacun that makes two each; combien font 13 fois 13? what's 13 times 13?; œil fait yeux au pluriel œil is yeux in the plural;2 fig ( façonner) to shape [période]; les événements qui font l'histoire events which shape history;3 ( étudier) to do [licence, diplôme]; on a fait la Chine en géographie we did China in geography; faire du violon to study ou play the violin; tu as fait ton piano? have you practised your piano?; faire une école de commerce/les Beaux-Arts to go to business school/art college;4 ( préparer) to make [sauce, soupe, thé]; to prepare [salade]; faire du poulet to do ou cook a chicken; qu'est-ce que je fais pour le déjeuner? what shall I cook ou prepare for lunch?;6 ( proposer) Comm to do [service, marque]; ( vendre) to do, to sell [article]; ils ne font pas le petit déjeuner/les réparations they don't do breakfast/repairs; je fais beaucoup ce modèle en ce moment I'm selling a lot of this particular model at the moment; l'hôtel fait-il restaurant? does the hotel do meals, does the hotel have a restaurant?;7 (cultiver, produire) Agric faire des céréales [personne] to grow ou do cereals; [région] to produce cereals;8 ( se fournir en) faire de l'eau Naut, Rail to take on water; faire (de) l'essence○ Aut to get petrol GB ou gas US; faire du bois dans la forêt to gather wood in the forest; faire de l'herbe pour les bêtes to cut grass for the animals;9 ( parcourir) to do [distance, trajet]; to go round [magasins, agences]; ( visiter) to do○ [région, ville, musées]; faire 200 kilomètres to do 200 kilometresGB; faire Rome-Nice en avion to do the Rome-Nice journey by plane; représentant qui fait○ la région parisienne rep○ who does the Paris area; j'ai dû faire toute la ville/toutes les boutiques pour trouver ça I had to go all over town/round GB ou around US all the shops to find this; faire la vallée de la Loire to do○ the Loire Valley; faire l'Écosse to visit Scotland; j'ai fait tous les tiroirs mais je ne l'ai pas trouvé I went through all the drawers but I couldn't find it;10 ( dans le domaine de la santé) to have [diabète, tension, complexe]; faire une crise cardiaque to have a heart attack; faire de la fièvre○ to have ou run a temperature; faire de l'angine de poitrine to get angina; elle m'a encore fait une otite○! she's had another ear-infection!;11 ( demander un prix) faire qch à 30 euros to sell sth for 30 euros, to charge 30 euros for sth; il me l'a fait à 500 euros he charged me ou sold it to me for 500 euros;12 ( servir de) to serve as; ce coin fera bureau this corner will serve as a study;13 (user, disposer de) to do; que vais-je faire des bagages/enfants? what am I going to do with the luggage/children?; qu'as-tu fait du billet? what have you done with the ticket?; pour ce qu'elle en fait! for all she does with it/them!; pour quoi faire? what for?; je n'ai que faire de I have no need for; je n'en ai rien à faire it's nothing to do with me;14 ( avoir un effet) faire plus de mal que de bien to do more harm than good; qu'as-tu fait à ta sœur? what have you done to your sister?; que veux-tu que j'y fasse? what do you want me to do about it?, what am I supposed to do about it?; le cachet ne m'a rien fait the tablet didn't do anything, the tablet had no effect; ça y fait it has an effect; leur départ ne m'a rien fait their departure didn't affect me at all, their departure left me cold; ça me fait quelque chose de la voir dans cet état it upsets me to see her in that state; ça fait quelque chose pour la grippe? is it any good for flu?; pour ce que ça fait! for all the good it does!; ça ne vous fait rien que je fume? do you mind ou does it bother you if I smoke?; ça ne fait rien à la chose it doesn't alter ou change anything, it makes no difference; qu'est-ce que ça peut bien te faire? what is it to you?;15 (entraîner, causer) faire des jaloux to make some people jealous; ça a fait leur fortune it made them rich; l'explosion a fait 12 morts the explosion killed 12 people, the explosion left 12 people dead; ne t'inquiète pas, ça ne fait rien! don't worry, it doesn't matter!; ça fait ou ce qui fait que j'ai oublié○ as a result I forgot; ‘qu'est-ce que j'ai fait?’-‘tu as fait que tu as menti○’ ‘what have I done?’-‘you lied, that's what you've done’; faites que tout se passe bien make sure that all goes well;16 ( transformer) to make; l'armée en a fait un homme the army made a man of him; ils veulent en faire un avocat they want to make a lawyer of him; elle en a fait sa confidente she's made her her confidante; ça a fait de lui un révolté it turned him into a rebel, it made him a rebel; j'en ai fait un principe I made it a principle; faire d'un garage un atelier to make ou turn a garage into a workshop; faire sien qch to make sth one's own;17 ( proclamer) faire qn duc/général to make sb a duke/general; la presse l'a fait diplomate ( à tort) the press made him out to be a diplomat; ne le fais pas pire qu'il n'est! don't make him out to be worse than he is!, don't paint him blacker than he is!;18 ( imiter) faire le malade/le courageux to pretend to be ill/brave; faire l'ignorant or celui qui ne sait rien to pretend not to know; faire le dictateur to act the dictator;19 ( tenir le rôle de) to be; quel plaisantin vous faites! what a joker you are!; vous ferez les voleurs! Jeux you be the robbers!; l'acteur qui fait le roi○ Cin, Théât the actor who plays the part of the king, the actor who is the king;20 ( dans un souhait) mon Dieu, faites qu'il réussisse! God, please let him succeed!; Dieu or le ciel fasse qu'il ne leur arrive rien! may God ou Heaven protect them!;21 ○( tromper) il me l'a fait au baratin/chantage he talked/blackmailed me into it; on ne me la fait pas! I'm not a fool!, I wasn't born yesterday!B vi1 (agir, procéder) to do, to act; je n'ai pas pu faire autrement I couldn't do otherwise; fais comme tu veux do as you like; elle peut faire mieux she can do better; dans ces situations, il faut faire vite in that sort of situation, one must act quickly; vas-y, mais fais vite! go, but be quick about it!; fais comme chez toi lit, iron make yourself at home;2 ( paraître) to look; faire jeune/son âge to look young/one's age; ça fait bien avec du bleu it looks nice with blue; tes lunettes font très distingué your glasses make you look very distinguished; il croit que ça fait chic de dire ça he thinks it's chic to say that;3 ( être) to be; il veut faire pompier he wants to be a fireman;4 ( dire) to say; ‘bien sûr,’ fit-elle ‘of course,’ she said; le canard fait ‘coin-coin’ the duck says ou goes ‘quack’; faire plouf/aïe etc to go plop/ouch etc;5 ( durer) to last; sa robe lui a fait deux ans her dress lasted her two years;6 (+ adverbe de quantité) ça fait cher/grand/trop etc it is expensive/big/too much etc;7 ( pour les besoins naturels) to go; tu as fait? have you been?; faire dans sa culotte ( déféquer) to dirty one's pants; ( uriner) to wet one's pants; fig to wet oneself;8 ○ faire avec ( se contenter de) to make do with [personne, objet, quantité]; ( supporter) to put up with [personne, situation]; elle est là, et il faudra faire avec she's here, and we'll have to put up with her.C se faire vpr1 (confectionner, exécuter, obtenir pour soi) se faire un café to make oneself a coffee; se faire de l'argent/des amis to make money/friends; se faire ses vêtements to make one's own clothes; se faire la cuisine soi-même to do one's own cooking; combien se fait-il par mois? how much does he make a month? ; se faire un mec◑ to have◑ a man;2 ( devenir) (+ adjectif attribut) to get, to become; (+ nom attribut) to become; il se fait vieux he's getting old; il se fait tard it's getting late; sa voix se fit dure his/her voice hardened ou became hard; se faire avocat to become a lawyer;3 ( se rendre) se faire belle/tout petit to make oneself beautiful/very small;4 ( s'inquiéter) s'en faire to worry; il ne s'en fait pas! ( sans inquiétude) he's not the sort of person to worry about things!; ( pas gêné) he's got a nerve!;5 ( s'habituer) se faire à to get used to [lieu, situation, idée]; je ne m'y fais pas I can't get used to it;6 ( être d'usage) ça se fait encore ici it's still done here; ça ne se fait pas de manger avec les doigts it's not the done thing ou it's not polite to eat with one's fingers;7 ( être à la mode) [couleur, style] to be in (fashion); le tweed se fait beaucoup cette année tweed is very much in this year; ça ne se fait plus it's no longer fashionable, it's out of fashion;8 ( être produit ou accompli) c'est ce qui se fait de mieux it's the best there is; le mariage s'est fait à Paris the wedding took place in Paris; le pont se fera bien un jour the bridge will be built one day; souhaitons que la paix se fasse let's hope there'll be peace;9 ( emploi impersonnel) il se fit que it (so) happened that; il se fit un grand silence there was complete silence; il s'est fait un déclic dans mon esprit something clicked in my mind; il pourrait se faire que je parte I might leave; comment se fait-il que…? how is it that…?;10 ( mûrir) [fromage] to ripen; [vin] to mature;11 ○( supporter) to put up with, to endure [importun]; il faut se le faire, son copain! his/her mate is a real pain○!;12 ( avec infinitif) se faire couler un bain to run oneself a bath; se faire comprendre to make oneself understood; se faire agresser to get mugged; tu vas te faire écraser! you'll get run over![fɛr] verbe transitifA.[FABRIQUER, RÉALISER]1. [confectionner - objet, vêtement] to make ; [ - construction] to build ; [ - tableau] to paint ; [ - film] to make ; [ - repas, café] to make, to prepare ; [ - gâteau, pain] to make, to bake ; [ - vin] to make ; [ - bière] to brew[concevoir - thèse, dissertation] to dogrand-mère est super — oui, on n'en fait plus des comme ça! (familier) grandma's great — yes, they broke the mould when they made her!2. [produire, vendre]faire du blé/de la vigne to grow wheat/grapesfaire une marque/un produit to stock a make/an articleje vous fais les deux à 350 euros (familier) you can have both for 350 euros, I'll take 350 euros for both3. [obtenir, gagner - bénéfices] to makefaire de l'argent to earn ou to make money4. [mettre au monde]5. PHYSIOLOGIEB.[ACCOMPLIR, EXÉCUTER]1. [effectuer - mouvement, signe] to make[saut périlleux, roue] to do2. [accomplir - choix, erreur, réforme, proposition] to make ; [ - inventaire] to do ; [ - discours] to deliver, to make, to give ; [ - conférence] to give ; [ - exercice] to do ; [ - recherches] to do, to carry out (separable) ; [ - enquête] to carry out (separable)on me l'a déjà faite, celle-là I know that one already[suivre les cours de]4. [pratiquer]faire de la flûte/du violon to play the flute/the violinfaire de l'équitation/de la natation/de la voile to go horseriding/swimming/sailingfaire du basket/du tennis to play basketball/tennis6. [dire] to sayil fit oui/non de la tête he nodded/he shook his head"non", fit-elle "no", she saidla vache fait "meuh!" the cow goes "moo!"8. [action non précisée] to dofaire quelque chose de quelqu'un/quelque chose: qu'ai-je fait de mes clefs ? what have I done with ou where did I put my keys ?donne-le moi! — non, rien à faire! give it to me! — nothing doing ou no way!tu lui as parlé ? — oui, mais rien à faire, il ne cédera pas did you talk to him ? — yes, but it's no use, he won't give inje vais vous raccompagner — n'en faites rien! (soutenu) I'll take you back — there's really no need!j'apprécie peu sa façon de travailler mais il faut bien faire avec! I don't like the way he works but I suppose I'll just have to put up with it!autant que faire se peut if possible, as far as possiblemais bien sûr, tu n'as que faire de ma carrière! but of course, my career matters very little to you! ou you don't care about my career!C.[AVEC IDÉE DE DÉPLACEMENT]1. [se déplacer à la vitesse de]le train peut faire jusqu'à 400 km/h the train can do 400 km/h2. [couvrir - distance]le Concorde fait Paris-New York en moins de quatre heures Concorde goes ou flies from Paris to New York in less than fours hours[inspecter, passer au crible]a. [j'y suis allé] I did ou went to ou tried every hotel in townb. [j'ai téléphoné] I called ou did ou tried every hotel in townD.[AVEC IDÉE DE TRANSFORMATION]1. [nommer]elle l'a fait baron she gave him the title of Baron, she made him a baron2. [transformer en]faire quelque chose de quelqu'un/quelque chose: des rats, la fée fit des laquais the fairy changed the rats into footmengarde les restes, j'en ferai une soupe keep the leftovers, I'll make a soup with themc'était un tyran et votre livre en fait un héros! he was a tyrant, and your book shows ou presents him as a hero!3. [devenir]"cheval" fait "chevaux" au pluriel the plural of "cheval" is "chevaux"4. [servir de]une fois plié, le billard fait table the billiard table, when folded, can be used ou can serve as a normal table5. [remplir un rôle, une fonction]il fera un bon mari he'll make ou be a good husbandE.[INDIQUE UN RÉSULTAT]1. [provoquer]ça va faire une marque/une auréole it will leave a mark/a ringl'accident a fait cinq morts the accident left five dead ou claimed five livesfaire quelque chose à quelqu'un [l'émouvoir] to move somebody, to affect somebodyla vue du sang ne me fait rien I don't mind the sight of blood, the sight of blood doesn't bother mefaire que: la gravitation, force qui fait que les objets s'attirent gravitation, the force which causes objects to be attracted towards each other[pour exprimer un souhait]2. [importer]qu'est-ce que cela peut faire? what does it matter ?, so what?cela ne fait rien it doesn't matter, never mindF.[INDIQUE UNE QUALITÉ, UNE FORME, UNE MESURE]1. [former]on a dix euros, ça ne fait pas assez we've got ten euros, that's not enough4. [mesurer][taille, pointure][peser]je fais 56 kg I weigh ou am 56 kg5. [indique la durée, le temps]elle a téléphoné, cela fait bien une heure she phoned at least an hour agoG.[VERBE ATTRIBUTIF]1. [paraître]la broche fait bien ou joli ou jolie sur ta robe the brooch looks nice on your dresselle parle avec un léger accent, il paraît que ça fait bien! she talks with a slight accent, it's supposed to be smart!ça fait comment ou quoi de voir son nom sur une affiche? what's it like to see your name on a poster ?2. (familier) [devenir, embrasser la carrière de] to beH.[VERBE DE SUBSTITUTION] (toujours en rappel du verbe utilisé)vous le lui expliquerez mieux que je ne saurais le faire you'll explain it to her better than I couldtu lui écriras ? — oui, je le ferai will you write to him ? — yes I willpuis-je prendre cette chaise ? — (mais) faites donc! (soutenu) may I take this chair ? — please do ou by all means!————————[fɛr] verbe intransitif[agir] to dofais comme chez toi [à l'arrivée de quelqu'un] make yourself at homefais comme tu veux! [ton irrité] suit yourself!je le lui ai rendu — tu as bien fait! I gave it back to him — you did the right thing ou you did right!pourquoi l'as-tu acheté ? — je croyais bien faire! why did you buy it ? — I thought it was a good idea!tu ferais bien d'y réfléchir you'd do well to ou you should ou you'd better think about it!pour bien faire, il faudrait réserver aujourd'hui the best thing would be to book today, ideally we should book today————————[fɛr] verbe impersonnel1. MÉTÉOROLOGIEil fait chaud/froid it's hot/cold2. (locution)————————[fɛr] verbe auxiliaire1. [provoquer une réaction]ça me fait dormir it puts ou sends me to sleepa. [pour qu'il s'impatiente] let him waitb. [en lui demandant] ask him to waitn'essaie pas de me faire croire que... don't try to make ou to have me believe that...3. [commander de]fairefaire quelque chose par quelqu'un to have somebody do ou make something, to have something done ou made by somebody————————faire dans verbe plus préposition————————se faire verbe pronominal (emploi réfléchi)1. [réussir]2. [se forcer à]se faire pleurer/vomir to make oneselfcry/vomit————————se faire verbe pronominal (emploi réciproque)————————se faire verbe pronominal (emploi passif)2. [être convenable]ça ne se fait pas de demander son âge à une femme it's rude ou it's not done to ask a woman her age3. [être réalisé]je dois signer un nouveau contrat, mais je ne sais pas quand cela va se faire I'm going to sign a new contract, but I don't know when that will betu pourrais me prêter 1 500 euros ? — ça pourrait se faire could you lend me 1,500 euros ? — that should be possiblecomment se fait-il que... ? how come ou how is it that... ?il pourrait se faire que... it might ou may be that..., it's possible that...————————se faire verbe pronominal intransitif1. [se former]3. [devenir] to becomes'il arrive à l'heure, je veux bien me faire nonne! (familier) if he arrives on time, I'll eat my hat!————————se faire verbe pronominal transitif1. [fabriquer]2. [effectuer sur soi][se maquiller]3. (familier) [gagner]elle se fait 4000 euros par mois she earns 4,000 euros per month, she gets 4,000 euros every month4. (familier) [s'accorder]on se fait un film/un petit café ? what about going to see a film/going for a coffee ?5. (familier) [supporter][agresser] to beat up————————se faire à verbe pronominal plus préposition————————s'en faire verbe pronominal intransitifelle s'en souviendra, ne t'en fais pas! she'll remember, don't you worry!encore au lit ? tu ne t'en fais pas! still in bed ? you're taking it easy, aren't you ? -
18 μετά
μετά (Hom.+) prep. w. gen. and acc., in the NT not (B-D-F §203; Rob. 610) w. dat.—For lit. s. ἀνά, beg.; also for μετά (and σύν) Tycho Mommsen, Beiträge zu d. Lehre v. den griech. Präp. 1895. Basic idea: ‘in the vicinity of ’.A. w. gen. with① marker of placement, with, among, in company with someone (Gen 42:5; EpArist 180; En 22:13; 99:10; PsSol 4:6; JosAs 10:3 al.) or someth. ἦν μετὰ τῶν θηρίων he was among the wild animals Mk 1:13 (Diog. L. 6, 92 μόσχοι μετὰ λύκων). ἦν συγκαθήμενος μ. τῶν ὑπηρετῶν he sat down among the servants 14:54. μετὰ ἀνόμων ἐλογίσθη he was classed among the criminals Mk 15:28; Lk 22:37. τὸ μέρος αὐτοῦ μ. τῶν ἀπίστων θήσει he will assign him his lot among the faithless (unbelievers?) Lk 12:46; cp. Mt 24:51. ζῆτειν τὸν ζῶντα μ. τῶν νεκρῶν seek the living among the dead Lk 24:5. μὴ γογγύζετε μετʼ ἀλλήλων do not grumble among yourselves J 6:43. εἱστήκει Ἰούδας μετʼ αὐτῶν 18:5. ἡ σκηνὴ τ. θεοῦ μετὰ τ. ἀνθρώπων Rv 21:3a. μετὰ τῶν νεφελῶν in the midst of the clouds 1:7.② marker of assoc. in gener. sense denoting the company within which someth. takes place, withⓐ w. gen. of pers. in company w. whom someth. takes placeα. w. verbs of going, remaining, etc. προσέρχεσθαι μ. τινος come (in company) with someone Mt 20:20; cp. 5:41; Mk 1:29; 3:7; 5:24, 37; 11:11; 14:17; Lk 2:51; 6:17; 9:49; 14:31; J 3:22b; 11:54; Ac 24:1; Gal 2:1. Angels accompanying the Messiah Mt 25:31; cp. 16:27; Mk 8:38; 1 Th 3:13; 2 Th 1:7. περιπατεῖν μ. τινος (Menand., Fgm. 178 Kö., Sam. 587f S. [242f Kö.]; ApcEsdr 6:12) J 6:66. γίνεσθαι μ. τινος be, remain with someone Ac 7:38; 9:19; 20:18; AcPlCor 2:4 (ApcMos 2 ἐγένοντο μ. ἀλλήλων). οἱ μ. αὐτοῦ γενόμενοι his companions Mk 16:10. μένειν μ. τινος stay with someone 1J 2:19 (ParJer 3:15). ζήσασα μ. ἀνδρός Lk 2:36. ἀκολουθεῖν μ. τινος follow (after) someone Rv 6:8; 14:13 (s. ἀκολουθέω 2).β. used w. trans. verbs ἄγειν τινὰ μ. ἑαυτοῦ bring someone along (s. ἄγω 1b) 2 Ti 4:11. παραλαμβάνειν τινὰ μεθʼ ἑαυτοῦ take or bring someone along (as a companion) (Gen 22:3) Mt 12:45; 18:16; Mk 14:33. ἔχειν τι μ. ἑαυτοῦ have someth. with oneself: bread 8:14; τινά someone (PGM 4, 1952): the lame Mt 15:30; the poor Mk 14:7; Mt 26:11; J 12:8; the bridegroom Mk 2:19b. Pass. συγκατεψηφίσθη μετὰ τ. ἕνδεκα ἀποστόλων he was chosen (to serve) with the eleven apostles Ac 1:26 (cp. Himerius, Or. 44 [=Or. 8], 3 μετὰ τῶν θεῶν ἀριθμούμενος=numbered with the gods).γ. esp. εἶναι μ. τινος be with someone, in someone’s company.א. lit. of close association: the disciples w. Jesus Mt 26:69, 71; Mk 3:14; 14:67; Lk 22:59; J 15:27; 17:24. Also of accompaniment for a short time Mt 5:25; J 3:26; 9:40; 12:17; 20:24, 26. Of Jesus’ association w. his disciples 13:33; 14:9; 16:4; 17:12. Of relations between the superintendent and the congregation μετὰ τ. ἐπισκόπου εἶναι be with, on the side of, the supervisor/bishop IPhld 3:2. οἱ μ. τινος (sc. ὄντες) someone’s friends, companions, etc. (Diod S 17, 96, 2 οἱ μεθʼ Ἡρακλέους; SIG 175, 5; 659, 5; 826e II, 30; Am 4:2; 8:10; Gen 24:59; 1 Macc 7:23; JosAs 27:7; AscIs 2:15; 3:6, 14; Jos., Vi. 397, Ant. 7, 20; Just., D. 8, 3 al.) Mt 12:3f; 26:51; Mk 1:36; 2:25; Lk 6:3f. Of things ἄλλα πλοῖα ἦν μ. αὐτοῦ other boats were with him, accompanied him Mk 4:36. ὁ μισθός μου μετʼ ἐμοῦ (sc. ἐστιν) Rv 22:12. τὸ πῦρ ἐστι μετʼ αὐτοῦ the fire (of judgment) awaits him (the interpretation of the Armenian text; sim. the Lat.) AcPlCor 2:37.ב. in ref. to supportiveness be with someone, stand by, help someone of God’s help (Gen 21:20; 26:3; 28:20 al.; Jos., Ant. 15, 138) J 3:2; 8:29; 16:32; Ac 7:9 (cp. Gen 39:2, 21); 10:38; cp. Mt 1:23 (Is 8:8); Lk 1:28; Ro 15:33. Of God’s hand (1 Ch 4:10) Lk 1:66; Ac 11:21. Of Christ: Mt 28:20; Ac 18:10.ג. a favorite expr. in conclusions of letters ὁ θεὸς τῆς ἀγάπης καὶ εἰρήνης ἔσται μ. ὑμῶν will be with you 2 Cor 13:11; cp. Phil 4:9; ὁ κύριος κτλ. 2 Th 3:16 (cp. Ruth 2:4); 2 Ti 4:22. ἡ χάρις τοῦ κυρίου Ἰησοῦ μ. ὑμῶν (sc. ἔσται) 1 Cor 16:23; cp. 1 Th 5:28; 1 Cl 65:2. μ. τοῦ πνεύματος ὑμῶν Gal 6:18; Phil 4:23; Phlm 25; 21:9. μ. πάντων ὑμῶν 2 Th 3:18; cp. Eph 6:24. Short and to the point: ἡ χάρις μ. ὑμῶν Col 4:18; 1 Ti 6:21; cp. Tit 3:15; Hb 13:25. ἔσται μεθʼ ἡμῶν χάρις ἔλεος εἰρήνη 2J 3.—ἡ ἀγάπη μου μ. πάντων ὑμῶν ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ my love is with you all in Christ Jesus 1 Cor 16:24. ἡ χάρις τοῦ κυρίου Ἰ. Χρ. καὶ ἡ ἀγάπη τ. θεοῦ καὶ ἡ κοινωνία τοῦ ἁγίου πνεύματος μετὰ πάντων ὑμῶν 2 Cor 13:13 (WvanUnnik, Dominus Vobiscum: liturg. formula, TManson memorial vol., ’59, 270–305; on the Trinitarian formula s. the lit. on πνεῦμα 8).—In the expr. ὅσα ἐποίησεν ὁ θεὸς μ. αὐτῶν Ac 14:27; 15:4 (cp. Hs 5, 1, 1) ὤν could be supplied what God has done in helping them; but ποιεῖν can just as well go w. μ. αὐτῶν has done for them, after the analogy of עָשָׂה עִם פּ׳ (Tob 12:6; 13:7 ἃ ποιήσει μεθʼ ὑμῶν; Jdth 8:26 ὅσα ἐποίησεν μετὰ Ἀβραάμ; 15:10; 1 Macc 10:27. In addition, cp. BGU 798, 8 εὐχαριστοῦμεν τῇ ἡμῶν δεσποίνῃ εἰς πάντα τὰ καλὰ ἃ ἐποίησεν μετὰ τ. δούλων αὐτῆς. But s. also LMaloney, ‘All That God Had Done with Them’ ’91, 118–21: God works ‘with’ the apostles and ‘through’ them). Here also belongs ποιεῖν ἔλεος μ. τινος have mercy on someone, show mercy to someone (Gen 24:12; 2 Km 3:8; JosAs 23:4) Lk 1:72; 10:37 (MWilcox, The Semitisms in Ac, ’65, 84f). ἐμεγάλυνεν κύριος τὸ ἔλεος αὐτοῦ μετʼ αὐτῆς the Lord has shown great mercy to her 1:58 (cp. 1 Km 12:24; Ps 125:2f).—In πληρώσεις με εὐφροσύνης μ. τοῦ προσώπου σου Ac 2:28=Ps 15:11 the LXX has literally translated אֶת־פָּנֶיךָ; it means in your presence.ד. in ref. to taking sides or being allied in some way with someone: in contrast to εἶναι κατά τινος be against someone is εἶναι μ. τινος be with someone, on someone’s side Mt 12:30a; Lk 11:23a (AFridrichsen, ZNW 13, 1912, 273–80).ⓑ to denote the company in which an activity or experience takes place: ἀνακεῖσθαι μ. τινος recline at table with someone (for a meal) Mt 26:20. ἀνακλιθῆναι 8:11; cp. Lk 24:30. βασιλεύειν Rv 20:4, 6. γρηγορεῖν Mt 26:38, 40. δειπνεῖν Rv 3:20 (TestJob 15:2). δουλεύειν Gal 4:25. ἐμπαίζειν Mt 27:41. ἐσθίειν 9:11; 24:49; Mk 2:16ab; 14:14, 18; Lk 5:30 (TestAbr A 4 p. 81, 9 [Stone p. 10]). ἠρώτα … ἵνα φάγῃ μ. αὐτοῦ he asked (him) to eat with him 7:36 (cp. TestAbr B 6 p. 110, 21 [Stone p. 68]; JosAs 7:1). εὐφραίνεσθαι 15:29; Ro 15:10 (Dt 32:43). κλαίειν 12:15b. κληρονομεῖν Gal 4:30 (Gen 21:10; Just., D. 26, 1; cp. συγκληρονομεῖν JosAs 24:9). πίνειν Mt 26:29. ποιεῖν τὸ πάσχα celebrate the Passover (with someone) 26:18. συνάγειν 12:30b; Lk 11:23b. συνεσθίειν Gal 2:12. ταράττεσθαι Mt 2:3. τρώγειν J 13:1 v.l. χαίρειν Ro 12:15a.ⓒ The associative aspect can also derive expression from the fact that two opposite parties exert influence upon one another or that one party brings the other to adopt a corresponding, and therefore common, attitudeα. in friendly, or at least not in hostile, fashion: εἰρηνεύειν (3 Km 22:45) Ro 12:18; cp. 2 Ti 2:22; Hb 12:14. εὐθηνίαν ἔχειν Hm 2:3. κοινωνίαν ἔχειν 1J 1:3a, 7. λαλεῖν μετά τινος (cp. Gen 31:24, 29; 1 Macc 7:15) Mk 6:50; J 4:27ab. συλλαλεῖν μ. τινος Mt 17:3; Ac 25:12. συμβούλιον διδόναι Mk 3:6. συνάγεσθαι Mt 28:12; J 18:2. συνᾶραι λόγον Mt 18:23; 25:19. ἐγένοντο φίλοι ὅ τε. Ἡρῴδης καὶ ὁ Πιλᾶτος μετʼ ἀλλήλων Lk 23:12. οἱ μοιχεύοντες μετʼ αὐτῆς those who commit adultery with her Rv 2:22. πορνεύειν (cp. Ezk 16:34; TestAbr A 10 p. 88, 7 [Stone p. 24]) 17:2; 18:3, 9. μολύνεσθαι 14:4 (cp. En 12:4 τῶν γυναικῶν ἐμιάνθησαν).β. in hostile fashion; after verbs of fighting, quarreling, etc. to denote the pers. w. whom the strife is being carried on πολεμεῖν μ. τινος carry on war with = against someone (נִלְחַם עִם פּ׳ 1 Km 17:33; 3 Km 12:24; ParJer 7:10. But s. also OGI 201, 3 ἐπολέμησα μετὰ τῶν Βλεμύων; BGU 1035, 9; 11. Also in Mod. Gk. [AThumb, Hdb. der neugriech. Volkssprache2 1910 §162, 1 note]) Rv 2:16; 12:7; 13:4; 17:14 (B-D-F §193, 4; Rob. 610). Also πόλεμον ποιεῖν (Gen 14:2; 1 Ch 5:19) 11:7; 12:17; 13:7 (Da 7:21 Theod.); 19:19. ζητεῖν μ. τινος deliberate or dispute w. someone J 16:19; cp. 3:25 (cp. ApcEsdr 2:6 δικάζου μεθʼ ἡμῶν). κρίνεσθαι go to law w. someone 1 Cor 6:6. κρίματα ἔχειν μ. τινος have lawsuits w. someone vs. 7.ⓓ of any other relation betw. persons, whether already existing or brought about in some manner εἶδον τὸ παιδίον μ. Μαρίας Mt 2:11. ἀνταποδοῦναι ὑμῖν ἄνεσιν μ. ἡμῶν 2 Th 1:7. ἐκδέχομαι αὐτὸν μ. τῶν ἀδελφῶν 1 Cor 16:11. Of delegations, composed of several units Mt 22:16; 2 Cor 8:18. συμφωνεῖν Mt 20:2.ⓔ of things ὧν τὸ αἷμα ἔμιξεν μ. τῶν θυσιῶν αὐτῶν Lk 13:1. Pass. πιεῖν οἶνον μ. χολῆς μεμιγμένον Mt 27:34.ⓕ to show a close connection betw. two nouns, upon the first of which the main emphasis lies (Thu. 7, 75, 3 λύπη μ. φόβου; Pla., Rep. 9, 591b ἰσχύν τε καὶ κάλλος μετὰ ὑγιείας λαμβάνειν; Ar. 11:2 τόξον ἔχειν μ. φαρέτρας) ἀγάπη μ. πίστεως Eph 6:23. πίστις μ. σωφροσύνης 1 Ti 2:15. εὐσέβεια μ. αὐταρκείας 6:6. Cp. Eph 4:2b; Col 1:11; 1 Ti 1:14. φάρμακον μ. οἰνομέλιτος ITr 6:2.③ marker of attendant circumstances of someth. that takes place, withⓐ of moods, emotions, wishes, feelings, excitement, states of mind or body (Xenophon Eph. 1, 15, 5 μ. ἀδείας; 2, 10, 4 μ. ἐπιμελείας; PAmh II, 133, 11 μετὰ πολλῶν κόπων; PLond II, 358, 8 p. 172 [II A.D.]; SIG index IV p. 445f; LXX [Johannessohn, Präp. 209ff]; En et al.) μ. αἰδοῦς with modesty 1 Ti 2:9. μ. αἰσχύνης with shame (s. αἰσχύνη 2) Lk 14:9. μ. εὐνοίας Eph 6:7. μ. εὐχαριστίας Phil 4:6; 1 Ti 4:3f; cp. Ac 24:3. μετὰ χαρᾶς (2 Macc 15:28; 3 Macc 5:21; 6:34; En 10:16; PsSol 8:16 al.; s. χαρά 1a) 1 Th 1:6; Hb 10:34; 13:17; cp. Phil 2:29. μ. φόβου καὶ τρόμου 2 Cor 7:15; Eph 6:5; Phil 2:12. μ. φόβου καὶ χαρᾶς Mt 28:8. μ. πραΰτητος καὶ φόβου 1 Pt 3:16. μ. παρρησίας (Lev 26:13; 1 Macc 4:18; s. παρρησία 3a) Ac 2:29; 4:29, 31; 28:31; Hb 4:16. μ. πεποιθήσεως 1 Cl 31:3. μ. σπουδῆς (3 Macc 5:24, 27; Mel., P. 12, 80) Mk 6:25; Lk 1:39. μ. ταπεινοφροσύνης Eph 4:2a; cp. Ac 20:19. μ. ὀργῆς (3 Macc 6:23; TestJob 4:4) Mk 3:5. μ. δακρύων in tears (3 Macc 1:16; 4:2; 5:7; TestAbr A 9 p. 86, 19 [Stone p. 20]; 14 p. 94, 21 [St. p. 36]; JosAs 28:8; ApcEsdr 6:23; s. δάκρυον) Mk 9:24 v.l.; Hb 5:7; 12:17. μ. εἰρήνης (s. εἰρήνη 1b) Ac 15:33; Hb 11:31.ⓑ of other accompanying phenomena (Antig. Car. 148 μετὰ φλογὸς καίεσθαι) μ. διωγμῶν though with persecutions Mk 10:30. μ. ἐπιθέσεως τῶν χειρῶν 1 Ti 4:14. μ. νηστειῶν Ac 14:23. μ. θορύβου (Jos., Ant. 5, 216) 24:18. μ. παρακλήσεως 2 Cor 8:4. μ. παρατηρήσεως Lk 17:20. μ. ὕβρεως καὶ πολλῆς ζημίας Ac 27:10 (s. ὕβρις 3). μ. φαντασίας 25:23. μ. δυνάμεως καὶ δόξης Mt 24:30; Mk 13:26; Lk 21:27 (Just., A I, 50, 1 al. μ. δόξης, D. 132, 1 w. δυνάμεως). μ. ἐξουσίας καὶ ἐπιτροπῆς Ac 26:12 (Jos., Ant. 20, 180 μετʼ ἐξουσίας). μ. βραχίονος ὑψηλοῦ ἐξάγειν τινά (s. βραχίων) Ac 13:17. μ. φωνῆς μεγάλης w. a loud voice Lk 17:15 (cp. EpArist 235; 281; JosAs 28:9). μ. σάλπιγγος with a trumpet call Mt 24:31 (Plut., Mor. 1135f μετʼ αὐλῶν=with the sound of flutes). σφραγίσαντες τ. λίθον μετὰ τ. κουστωδίας makes the stationing of the guard an accompaniment to the sealing of the stone Mt 27:66 (another possibility here is the instrumental use of μετά [Lycurgus the orator 124 μ. παραδειγμάτων διδάσκειν; SEG VIII, 246, 8 μετὰ κυνῶν—an instrument of torture—βασανίσαι; CWessely, Neue griech. Zauberpap. 1893, 234 γράφε μ. μέλανος; 2 Macc 6:16]: secure the stone by means of a guard; s. σφραγίζω 1).ⓒ of concrete objects, which serve as equipment (Appian, Maced. 9 §4 μετὰ χρυσῶν στεφάνων; POxy 123, 15; 19 μετὰ τῶν χλαμύδων εἰσβῆναι; 1 Esdr 5:57; Jdth 15:13; TestJob 24:10 μ. ψαλίδος; JosAs 7:4 μ. χρυσίου καὶ ἀργύριου; ParJer 9:31 μ. πολλῶν λίθων; ApcSed 7:10 μ. χαλιναρίου; ApcMos 40 μ. τῶν σινδόνων) μ. μαχαιρῶν καὶ ξύλων Mt 26:47; 55; Mk 14:43, 48; Lk 22:52. μ. φανῶν καὶ λαμπάδων καὶ ὅπλων (Xenophon Eph. p. 336, 20 μ. λαμπάδων) J 18:3.B. w. acc. In our lit. only in the mng. after, behind① marker of position that is behind someth., behind (Hom.+; Polyb.; Just., A I, 13, 4; Tat. 2, 2; not LXX) μ. τὸ δεύτερον καταπέτασμα behind the second curtain Hb 9:3.② marker of time after another point of time, after (Hom.+; ins, pap, LXX)ⓐ with the time expressly given μ. πολὺν χρόνον (2 Macc 6:1.—μετʼ οὐ πολὺν χρ.: Hero Alex. I p. 340, 6; SIG 1169, 54; Jos., Vi. 407) Mt 25:19. μ. τοσοῦτον χρόνον (4 Macc 5:7; ParJer 5:18) Hb 4:7. μ. χρόνον τινά (Diod S 9, 10, 2; Witkowski 26, 9 [III B.C.]; Jos., Ant. 8, 398; cp. En 106:1 μ. δὲ χρόνον; ApcSed 13:3 μ. χρόνον) Hv 1, 1, 2f; Hs 5, 2, 5; 9, 13, 8. μ. ἡμέρας ἕξ after six days Mt 17:1; Mk 9:2 (ApcMos 42 μ. τὰς ἓξ ἡμέρας). μ. τρεῖς ἡμέρας (Artem. 4, 33 p. 224, 5; Polyaenus 6, 53; 8, 62; EpArist 301; TestJob 52:1f; 53:7; ParJer 9:14; Jos., Ant 7, 280) Mt 27:63; Mk 8:31; 10:34; Lk 2:46; cp. μ. τρεῖς ἡμέρας καὶ τρεῖς νύκτας AcPlCor 2:30. μ. δύο ἡμέρας Mt 26:2; Mk 14:1 (cp. Caesar, Bell. Gall. 4, 9, 1 post tertiam diem=on the third day). μ. τινας ἡμέρας Ac 15:36; 24:24. μετʼ οὐ πολλὰς ἡμέρας (Artem. 1, 78 p. 72, 30; Jos., Ant. 5, 328, Vi. 309) Lk 15:13. οὐ μ. πολλὰς ταύτας ἡμέρας not long after these days = within a few days Ac 1:5 (B-D-F §226; 433, 3; Rob. 612; 1158; Dssm., ZVS 45, 1913, 60). W. gen. foll. μ. ἡμέρας εἴκοσι τῆς προτέρας ὁράσεως twenty days after the former vision Hv 4, 1, 1 (cp. Biogr. p. 31 μετὰ ξ´ ἔτη τοῦ Ἰλιακοῦ πολέμου; Gen 16:3). μ. τρεῖς μῆνας Ac 28:11. μ. τρία ἔτη Gal 1:18. ὁ μ. τετρακόσια καὶ τριάκοντα ἔτη γεγονὼς νόμος 3:17.ⓑ w. designations that are general, but include the idea of time: μ. τὴν ἄφιξίν μου Ac 20:29. μ. τὸ πάσχα after the Passover 12:4. μ. τὴν μετοικεσίαν Βαβυλῶνος Mt 1:12.ⓒ gener. μ. τὴν θλῖψιν after the (time of) tribulation Mk 13:24; cp. μ. τὴν θλῖψιν τῶν ἡμερῶν ἐκείνων Mt 24:29. μ. τὴν ἔγερσιν 27:53. μ. τὴν ἀνάγνωσιν Ac 13:15. μ. τὸ βάπτισμα 10:37. μ. μίαν καὶ δευτέραν νουθεσίαν Tit 3:10. μ. τὸ ψωμίον after he had eaten the piece of bread J 13:27.—Quite gener. μ. τοῦτο after this, afterward (Lucian, Hermot. 31; Gen 18:5; Lev 14:19; EpArist 258; TestJob 11:4; TestReub 1:9; TestLevi 6:3; Just., D. 57, 4) J 2:12; 11:7, 11; 19:28; Hb 9:27; Rv 7:1. μ. ταῦτα after this (Aeneas Tact. 240; 350; Diod S 1, 7, 1; Ex 3:20; 11:8 and oft.; TestJob 21:4; TestLevi 6:5; TestJos 19:5; JosAs 10:15; ParJer 3:10; ApcEsdr 4:36; ApcMos 2; Just., A I, 32, 6) Mk 16:12; Lk 5:27; 10:1 and oft. μ. οὐ πολύ (Dio Chrys. 56 [73], 8; Lucian, Scyth. 1; Herodian 1, 9, 7; BGU 614, 14; Mitt-Wilck. II/2, 96 II, 9; 1 Esdr 3:22; Jos., Ant. 12, 132) not long afterward Ac 27:14. μ. μικρόν a short while afterward Mt 26:73; Mk 14:70 (Just., D. 56, 17). Also μ. βραχύ Lk 22:58 (cp. μετʼ ὀλίγον: Lucian, Dial, Mort. 15, 3; PRyl 77, 41; Wsd 15:8; Jdth 13:9; TestAbrA 7 p. 84, 8 [Stone p. 16]; GrBar 9:3; Jos., Ant. 12, 136; 10:15; Just., D. 56, 18).ⓓ w. subst. aor. inf. foll.α. w. acc. (SIG 633, 105; 640, 13; 695, 78; 1233, 1; Sir 46:20; Jdth 16:25; Bar 1:9; 1 Macc 1:1, 9; TestAbr B 12 p. 116, 11 [Stone p. 80]; 117, 5 [St. p. 82]; TestJob 5:2; TestLevi 18:1; ApcMos 1; Just., A I, 50, 12.—B-D-F §406, 3; Rob. 979) μ. τὸ ἐγερθῆναί με after I am raised up Mt 26:32; Mk 14:28. μ. τὸ παραδοθῆναι τὸν Ἰωάννην after John was arrested Mk 1:14.—Ac 1:3; 7:4; 10:41; 15:13; 19:21; 20:1; Hv 2, 1, 3; m 4, 1, 7; Hs 8, 1, 3; 8, 2, 5.β. without acc. (Aelian, VH 12, 1 p. 118, 27; Herodian 2, 9, 5; SIG 976, 39; UPZ 110, 193 [164 B.C.]; Sir 23:20; 32:18 v.l.; 1 Macc 1:20; ApcMos 26:42f; Just., A I, 14, 1; Tat. 16, 1) μ. τὸ λαλῆσαι αὐτοῖς after he had spoken to them Mk 16:19.—Lk 12:5; 1 Cor 11:25; Hb 10:26.—W. perf. inf. 10:15.—M-M. EDNT. TW. -
19 caso
m.case.el caso es que… the thing is (that)…; (el hecho es que) what matters is (that)… (lo importante es que)el caso Dreyfus the Dreyfus affairen caso afirmativo/negativo if so/noten caso de in the event of(en) caso de que venga should she comeen cualquier o todo caso in any event o caseen el mejor/peor de los casos at best/worsten tal o ese caso in that caseen último caso as a last resortir al caso to get to the pointpongamos por caso que… let's suppose (that)…ser un caso to be a case, to be a right oneser un caso perdido to be a lost causeno venir al caso to be irrelevantcaso de conciencia matter of consciencefue un caso de fuerza mayor it was due to force of circumstancespres.indicat.1st person singular (yo) present indicative of spanish verb: casar.* * *1 (ocasión) case, occasion2 (suceso) event, happening3 (asunto) affair4 (policial, medical) case5 (gramatical) case\cuando llegue el caso in due coursedado el caso de que... in the event of...el caso es que... the fact is that..., the thing is that...en caso contrario otherwiseen caso de in case of, in the event ofen caso de necesidad if need be, if necessary■ en caso de que te pierdas, llámame if you get lost, call meen cualquier caso in any caseen el mejor de los casos at besten el peor de los casos at worsten este caso in such a caseen todo caso anyhow, at any rateen último caso as a last resorten un caso extremo as a last resorthacer al caso / venir al caso to be relevanthacer caso de alguien / hacer caso a alguien to pay attention to somebody, take notice of somebodyhacer caso omiso de algo to take no notice of something, ignore somethingno venir al caso to be beside the pointpara el caso es igual it's the same, it doesn't make any differencepongamos por caso let's say, supposeverse en el caso de to be compelled tocaso de fuerza mayor dire necessitycaso perdido hopeless case* * *noun m.1) case2) affair•* * *SM1) (=circunstancia)a) [gen] caseen el caso de Francia — in France's case, in the case of France
b)•
en (el) caso contrario — if not, otherwise•
en cualquier caso — in any case•
en caso de — in the event ofesto protege al conductor en caso de accidente — this protects the driver in the event of an accident
en (el) caso de que venga — if he comes, should he come
en caso de que llueva, iremos en autobús — if it rains, we'll go by bus
•
en ese caso — in that case•
en el mejor de los casos — at best•
en caso negativo — if not, otherwise•
en el peor de los casos — at worst•
en su caso — where appropriatesu finalidad es el cuidado y, en su caso, educación de los niños — their aim is to care for and, where appropriate, educate the children
•
en tal caso — in such a case•
en todo caso — in any case•
en último caso — as a last resort, in the last resortextremo I, 1)•
en uno u otro caso — one way or the otherc)• darse el caso, todavía no se ha dado el caso — such a situation hasn't yet arisen
dado el caso que tuvieras que irte, ¿a dónde irías? — in the event that you did have to go, where would you go?
•
el caso es que..., el caso es que se me olvidó su nombre — the thing is I forgot her name•
hablar al caso — to keep to the point•
hacer al caso — to be relevant•
pongamos por caso que... — let us suppose that...•
ponte en mi caso — put yourself in my position•
según el caso — as the case may benecesitan una o dos sesiones de rayos, según el caso — they need either one or two X-ray treatment sessions, as the case may be o depending on the circumstances
sustitúyase, según el caso, por una frase u otra — replace with one or other of the phrases, as appropriate
según lo requiera el caso — as the case may require, depending on the requirements of the case in question
•
este ejemplo debería servir para el caso — this example should serve our purpose o should do•
¡ vamos al caso! — let's get down to business!•
vaya por caso... — to give an example...•
venir al caso — to be relevant•
verse en el caso de hacer algo — to be obliged to do sth2) (Med) case3) (=asunto) affair; (Jur) casecaso fortuito — (Jur) act of God; (=suceso imprevisto) unforeseen circumstance
4)• hacer caso a o de algo — to take notice of sth, pay attention to sth
no me hacen caso — they take no notice of me, they pay no attention to me
¡no haga usted caso! — take no notice!
hazle caso, que ella tiene más experiencia — listen to her, she has more experience
maldito el caso que me hace — * a fat lot of notice he takes of me *
•
ni caso, tú a todo lo que te diga ¡ni caso! — * take no notice of what he says!se lo dije, pero ni caso — I told him, but he took absolutely no notice
•
hacer caso omiso de algo — to ignore sth5) (Ling) case* * *1) (situación, coyuntura) caseen último caso — if it comes to it, if the worst comes to the worst
a veces se da el caso de... — from time to time it happens that...
si se diera el caso de que tuvieras que quedarte... — if you did have to stay...
pongamos por caso que... — let's assume that...
2) (en locs)el caso es que: el caso es que están todos bien the important o main thing is that everybody is all right; el caso es que no sé si... the thing is that I don't know whether...; en caso de: en caso de incendio rómpase el cristal in case of fire break glass; en caso de que no pueda asistir... if you are unable to attend...; en caso contrario otherwise; en cualquier caso in any case; en tal caso in such a (frml) o in that case; en todo caso: no estará para mañana, en todo caso para el jueves it won't be done for tomorrow, maybe Thursday; quizá venga, en todo caso dijo que llamaría she might come, in any case she said she'd ring; llegado el caso if it comes to it; según el caso as appropriate; no hay/hubo caso (AmL fam) it is no good o no use/it was no good o no use; no tiene caso — it is absolutely pointless
3) (Der, Med) caseel caso Solasa — Solasa affair o case
ser un caso — (fam)
es un caso — he's/she's something else (colloq)
ser un caso perdido — (fam) to be a hopeless case (colloq)
4) ( atención)hacerle caso a alguien — to pay attention to somebody, take notice of somebody
hacer caso de algo — to pay attention to something; to take notice of something
no hizo caso de las señales de peligro — she took no notice of o paid no attention to the warning signs
hacer caso omiso de algo — to take no notice of something, ignore something
5) (Ling) case* * *= case, case, case, instance, case history, episode, legal case, court case, occurrence.Ex. Some categories of material defy helpful categorisation, and need to be treated as special cases.Ex. Enter a judgement and other judicial decisions of a court in a case under the heading for the court.Ex. A ' case' is a class of documents or organisations in which that problem is found.Ex. In these instances a reference is not only shorter than an added entry, but removes the need to make multiple added entries.Ex. The librarian should remember that the literature contains many case histories where failure can be directly traced to neglect of this principle.Ex. No critics review issues of magazines or the weekly episodes of Crossroads or Coronation Street but women's magazines and these television serials all have readership and viewers numbered in millions.Ex. Prisoners rely on inadequate legal resources in prison law libraries to prepare legal cases to protect their constitutional rights.Ex. This article reviews recent copyright court cases involving issues of information access and use.Ex. Demands from clients will often throw up an occurrence of similar problems, revealing perhaps the operation of an injustice, the lack of an amenity in the neighbourhood, or simply bureaucratic inefficiency.----* ayuda en caso de catástrofe = disaster relief.* basado en casos prácticos reales = case-based [case based].* cada caso por separado = on a case-by-case basis.* caso abierto = cold case.* caso clínico = clinical case.* caso comercial = business case.* caso con éxito = success story.* caso hipotético = hypothetical case.* caso nominativo = nominative case.* caso objetivo = objective case.* caso perdido = basket case.* caso por daños y perjuicios = damages case.* caso práctico = case study, case, practical case.* caso real = case study.* casos = casework, case scenarios.* casos prácticos = best practices.* caso teórico = theoretical case.* caso triste = sad story.* como en el caso de = as with, just as for, as in the case of.* como es el caso de = as it is with, as with.* como ocurre en estos casos = as is the way with these things.* como + ocurrir + en el caso de = as + be + the case for.* cuando sea el caso = when applicable.* darse el caso que + Indicativo = happen to + Infinitivo, chance to + Infinitivo.* defender + Posesivo + caso = take up + Posesivo + case.* de nuevo en este caso = here again.* en algunos casos = in some cases.* en ambos casos = in either case, in either instance.* en aquellos casos = in those cases.* en aquellos casos en los que = in those cases where.* en caso de darse circunstancias ajenas a + Posesivo + control = in the event of circumstances beyond + Posesivo + control.* en caso de emerencia = in an emergency.* en caso de emergencia = in an emergency situation.* en caso de fuerza mayor = in the event of circumstances beyond + Posesivo + control.* en casos raros = in rare cases.* en ciertos casos = in certain cases.* en cualquier caso = for that matter, in any event, in any case, in either case.* en cuyo caso = in which case.* en el caso de = for, in association with, in the case of, in the event of, in case of, in the context of.* en (el) caso de que = in the event that, should, in case.* en el caso poco probable de que = in the unlikely case (that).* en el improbable caso de que = in the unlikely case (that).* en el mejor de los casos = at best, at most, ideally, in the best of circumstances, the best case scenario, at the most, at the best of times, at the very best.* en el peor de los casos = at worst, in the worst of circumstances, at + Posesivo + very worst, the worst case scenario, at + Posesivo + worst, in the worst case.* en el primer caso = in the former case.* en el segundo caso = in the latter case.* en el último caso = in the latter case.* en ese caso = in that case.* en esos casos = in those cases.* en este caso = in this case.* en estos casos = in these cases.* en la mayoría de los casos = most often, in most cases, in the majority of cases, mostly, under most circumstances.* en los casos en que = where.* en muchos casos = in many instances.* en raros casos = in rare cases.* enseñanza a través del estudio de casos = case-teaching.* en todo caso = if anything.* escritor de casos prácticos = case writer [case-writer].* éste es también el caso de = the same is true (for/of/with).* éste no es el caso en = not so in.* esto no ocurre en el caso de = the same is not true (for/of/with).* estudio de caso = case study.* excepto en el caso de que = except when.* gestión de casos clínicos = case management.* gramática de casos = case grammar.* hacer caso = take + notice, listen (to).* hacer caso a Alguien = take + Posesivo + word for it.* hacer caso (a/de) = pay + attention to.* hacer caso omiso = disregard, brush aside, go + unheeded, fall on + deaf ears, meet + deaf ears, thumb + Posesivo + nose at, dismiss with + the wave of the hand, fly in + the face of, push aside.* hacer caso omiso a = be oblivious of/to.* haciendo caso omiso de = heedless of, in defiance of.* libro de casos prácticos = case book.* menos en el caso de que = except when.* ¡ni hablar del caso! = no dice!.* no es lo mismo en el caso de = the same is not true (for/of/with).* no hacer caso = brush aside.* no hacer caso a = turn + Posesivo + back on.* no hacer caso de = slight.* normativa en caso de incendio = fire regulations.* no venir al caso = be immaterial.* para el caso = for that matter.* para que este sea el caso = for this to be the case.* peor caso, el = worst case, the.* peor de los casos, el = worst case, the.* pongamos el caso de que = for the sake of + argument.* refutar un caso = state + case against.* relacionado a un caso concreto = case-related.* resolver un caso = crack + a case.* salvo en el caso de = save in the case of, short of.* ser el caso (de) = be the case (with).* ser un caso aparte = be in a league of its own.* ser un caso completamente diferente = be in a league of its own.* ser un caso excepcional = be in a league of its own.* si éste es el caso = if this is the case.* si éste no es el caso = if this is not the case.* sin hacer caso = regardless.* tú hazme caso = take it from me.* un caso perdido = a dead dog.* * *1) (situación, coyuntura) caseen último caso — if it comes to it, if the worst comes to the worst
a veces se da el caso de... — from time to time it happens that...
si se diera el caso de que tuvieras que quedarte... — if you did have to stay...
pongamos por caso que... — let's assume that...
2) (en locs)el caso es que: el caso es que están todos bien the important o main thing is that everybody is all right; el caso es que no sé si... the thing is that I don't know whether...; en caso de: en caso de incendio rómpase el cristal in case of fire break glass; en caso de que no pueda asistir... if you are unable to attend...; en caso contrario otherwise; en cualquier caso in any case; en tal caso in such a (frml) o in that case; en todo caso: no estará para mañana, en todo caso para el jueves it won't be done for tomorrow, maybe Thursday; quizá venga, en todo caso dijo que llamaría she might come, in any case she said she'd ring; llegado el caso if it comes to it; según el caso as appropriate; no hay/hubo caso (AmL fam) it is no good o no use/it was no good o no use; no tiene caso — it is absolutely pointless
3) (Der, Med) caseel caso Solasa — Solasa affair o case
ser un caso — (fam)
es un caso — he's/she's something else (colloq)
ser un caso perdido — (fam) to be a hopeless case (colloq)
4) ( atención)hacerle caso a alguien — to pay attention to somebody, take notice of somebody
hacer caso de algo — to pay attention to something; to take notice of something
no hizo caso de las señales de peligro — she took no notice of o paid no attention to the warning signs
hacer caso omiso de algo — to take no notice of something, ignore something
5) (Ling) case* * *= case, case, case, instance, case history, episode, legal case, court case, occurrence.Ex: Some categories of material defy helpful categorisation, and need to be treated as special cases.
Ex: Enter a judgement and other judicial decisions of a court in a case under the heading for the court.Ex: A ' case' is a class of documents or organisations in which that problem is found.Ex: In these instances a reference is not only shorter than an added entry, but removes the need to make multiple added entries.Ex: The librarian should remember that the literature contains many case histories where failure can be directly traced to neglect of this principle.Ex: No critics review issues of magazines or the weekly episodes of Crossroads or Coronation Street but women's magazines and these television serials all have readership and viewers numbered in millions.Ex: Prisoners rely on inadequate legal resources in prison law libraries to prepare legal cases to protect their constitutional rights.Ex: This article reviews recent copyright court cases involving issues of information access and use.Ex: Demands from clients will often throw up an occurrence of similar problems, revealing perhaps the operation of an injustice, the lack of an amenity in the neighbourhood, or simply bureaucratic inefficiency.* ayuda en caso de catástrofe = disaster relief.* basado en casos prácticos reales = case-based [case based].* cada caso por separado = on a case-by-case basis.* caso abierto = cold case.* caso clínico = clinical case.* caso comercial = business case.* caso con éxito = success story.* caso hipotético = hypothetical case.* caso nominativo = nominative case.* caso objetivo = objective case.* caso perdido = basket case.* caso por daños y perjuicios = damages case.* caso práctico = case study, case, practical case.* caso real = case study.* casos = casework, case scenarios.* casos prácticos = best practices.* caso teórico = theoretical case.* caso triste = sad story.* como en el caso de = as with, just as for, as in the case of.* como es el caso de = as it is with, as with.* como ocurre en estos casos = as is the way with these things.* como + ocurrir + en el caso de = as + be + the case for.* cuando sea el caso = when applicable.* darse el caso que + Indicativo = happen to + Infinitivo, chance to + Infinitivo.* defender + Posesivo + caso = take up + Posesivo + case.* de nuevo en este caso = here again.* en algunos casos = in some cases.* en ambos casos = in either case, in either instance.* en aquellos casos = in those cases.* en aquellos casos en los que = in those cases where.* en caso de darse circunstancias ajenas a + Posesivo + control = in the event of circumstances beyond + Posesivo + control.* en caso de emerencia = in an emergency.* en caso de emergencia = in an emergency situation.* en caso de fuerza mayor = in the event of circumstances beyond + Posesivo + control.* en casos raros = in rare cases.* en ciertos casos = in certain cases.* en cualquier caso = for that matter, in any event, in any case, in either case.* en cuyo caso = in which case.* en el caso de = for, in association with, in the case of, in the event of, in case of, in the context of.* en (el) caso de que = in the event that, should, in case.* en el caso poco probable de que = in the unlikely case (that).* en el improbable caso de que = in the unlikely case (that).* en el mejor de los casos = at best, at most, ideally, in the best of circumstances, the best case scenario, at the most, at the best of times, at the very best.* en el peor de los casos = at worst, in the worst of circumstances, at + Posesivo + very worst, the worst case scenario, at + Posesivo + worst, in the worst case.* en el primer caso = in the former case.* en el segundo caso = in the latter case.* en el último caso = in the latter case.* en ese caso = in that case.* en esos casos = in those cases.* en este caso = in this case.* en estos casos = in these cases.* en la mayoría de los casos = most often, in most cases, in the majority of cases, mostly, under most circumstances.* en los casos en que = where.* en muchos casos = in many instances.* en raros casos = in rare cases.* enseñanza a través del estudio de casos = case-teaching.* en todo caso = if anything.* escritor de casos prácticos = case writer [case-writer].* éste es también el caso de = the same is true (for/of/with).* éste no es el caso en = not so in.* esto no ocurre en el caso de = the same is not true (for/of/with).* estudio de caso = case study.* excepto en el caso de que = except when.* gestión de casos clínicos = case management.* gramática de casos = case grammar.* hacer caso = take + notice, listen (to).* hacer caso a Alguien = take + Posesivo + word for it.* hacer caso (a/de) = pay + attention to.* hacer caso omiso = disregard, brush aside, go + unheeded, fall on + deaf ears, meet + deaf ears, thumb + Posesivo + nose at, dismiss with + the wave of the hand, fly in + the face of, push aside.* hacer caso omiso a = be oblivious of/to.* haciendo caso omiso de = heedless of, in defiance of.* libro de casos prácticos = case book.* menos en el caso de que = except when.* ¡ni hablar del caso! = no dice!.* no es lo mismo en el caso de = the same is not true (for/of/with).* no hacer caso = brush aside.* no hacer caso a = turn + Posesivo + back on.* no hacer caso de = slight.* normativa en caso de incendio = fire regulations.* no venir al caso = be immaterial.* para el caso = for that matter.* para que este sea el caso = for this to be the case.* peor caso, el = worst case, the.* peor de los casos, el = worst case, the.* pongamos el caso de que = for the sake of + argument.* refutar un caso = state + case against.* relacionado a un caso concreto = case-related.* resolver un caso = crack + a case.* salvo en el caso de = save in the case of, short of.* ser el caso (de) = be the case (with).* ser un caso aparte = be in a league of its own.* ser un caso completamente diferente = be in a league of its own.* ser un caso excepcional = be in a league of its own.* si éste es el caso = if this is the case.* si éste no es el caso = if this is not the case.* sin hacer caso = regardless.* tú hazme caso = take it from me.* un caso perdido = a dead dog.* * *A (situación, coyuntura) caseen esos casos, lo mejor es no decir nada in cases o situations like that, it's best not to say anythingsi ése es el caso … if that's the case …en último caso siempre puedes acudir a tu tío as a last resort you could always go to your uncleen último caso nos vamos a pie if it comes to it o if the worst comes to the worst, we'll just have to walkes un caso límite it is a borderline caseaun en el mejor de los casos even at the very besten el peor de los casos te pondrán una multa the worst they can do is fine youde vez en cuando se da el caso de … from time to time cases arise of o there are cases of …pocas veces se ha dado el caso de que hayan tenido que disparar there have been few cases in which they have had to shootsi se diera el caso de que tuvieras que quedarte en Londres if you should have to stay in Londonpara el caso es igual what difference does it make?yo en su caso, aceptaría I'd accept if I were youponte en mi caso put yourself in my place o position o shoeslo que dijo no venía or hacía al caso what she said had nothing to do with o had no connection with what we were talking aboutpongamos por caso que se trata de … let's assume o suppose o imagine we're talking about …B ( en locs):el caso es que: el caso es que están todos bien the important o main thing is that everybody is all rightel caso es que no sé si aceptar o no the thing is that I don't know whether to accept or noten caso de: [ S ] en caso de incendio rómpase el cristal in case of fire break glassen caso de no poder asistir le ruego me avise please inform me if you are unable to attenden caso contrario otherwiseen caso contrario nos veremos obligados a cerrar otherwise o if not, we will have no option but to close downen cualquier caso in any caseen cualquier caso nada se pierde con intentarlo in any case there's no harm in trying, there's no harm in trying anywayen todo caso: en todo caso pueden dormir en casa they can always stay at my placeno puedo hacerlo para mañana, en todo caso para el jueves I can't get it done for tomorrow, maybe Thursdayquizá venga, en todo caso dijo que llamaría she might come, in any case she said she'd ringllegado el caso if it comes to itllegado el caso podemos tomar el tren if it comes to it we can always take the trainsegún el caso as appropriatepor más que reclamé, no hubo caso I complained until I was blue in the face but it didn't do the slightest bit of good ( colloq)no hay caso, no va a aprender nunca there's no way he'll ever learn ( colloq), it's no good o no use, he'll never learnno tiene caso it is absolutely pointless o a complete waste of timelos implicados en el caso Solasa those implicated in the Solasa affair o caseel suyo constituye un caso especial his is a special caseCompuestos:question of conscience(en lo civil) act of Godmuerte por caso fortuito death by misadventureD(atención): hacerle caso a algn to pay attention to sb, take notice of sbmaldito el caso que me hace she doesn't take the slightest notice of what I sayhacer caso DE algo:no hizo caso de las señales de peligro she ignored o didn't heed the warning signs, she took no notice of o paid no attention to the warning signshacer caso omiso de algo to take no notice of sth, ignore sthhaces caso omiso de todo lo que te digo you ignore everything o take no notice of anything I tell youhizo caso omiso de mis consejos he disregarded o ignored o didn't heed my advice, he took no notice of my adviceE ( Ling) case* * *
Del verbo casar: ( conjugate casar)
caso es:
1ª persona singular (yo) presente indicativo
casó es:
3ª persona singular (él/ella/usted) pretérito indicativo
Multiple Entries:
casar
caso
casar ( conjugate casar) verbo transitivo [cura/juez] to marry
verbo intransitivo
[ piezas] to fit together;
[ cuentas] to match, tally
caso con algo to go well with sth
casarse verbo pronominal
to get married;
se casó con un abogado she married a lawyer;
casose en segundas nupcias to marry again, to remarry
caso sustantivo masculino
1 (situación, coyuntura) case;
yo en tu caso … if I were you …;
en último caso if it comes to it, if the worst comes to the worst;
en el mejor de los casos at (the very) best;
en el peor de los casos te multarán the worst they can do is fine you;
eso no venía al caso that had nothing to do with what we were talking about;
pongamos por caso que … let's assume that …;
en caso de incendio in case of fire;
en caso contrario otherwise;
en cualquier caso in any case;
en tal caso in that case, in such a case (frml);
en todo caso dijo que llamaría in any case she said she'd ring;
llegado el caso if it comes to it;
según el caso as appropriate;
no hay/hubo caso (AmL fam) it is no good o no use/it was no good o no use
2 (Der, Med) case;◊ ser un caso perdido (fam) to be a hopeless case (colloq)
3 ( atención): hacerle caso a algn to pay attention to sb, take notice of sb;
hacer caso de algo to pay attention to sth, to take notice of sth;
casar
I verbo transitivo (unir en matrimonio) to marry
(dar en matrimonio) to marry (off): casó muy bien a sus dos hijos, she successfully married off her two sons
II verbo intransitivo (encajar) to match, go o fit together: las cuentas no le casan, he can't make the figures balance, figurado things don't seem to be right to him
caso sustantivo masculino
1 (suceso) case
2 Med case
3 Jur affair
4 (circunstancia, situación) yo en tu caso no iría, if I were you, I wouldn't go
el caso es que..., the fact o thing is that...
(en) caso contrario, otherwise
en el mejor/peor de los casos, at best/worst
en ese/tal caso, in that case
♦ Locuciones: hacer caso a o de alguien, to pay attention to sb
hacer caso omiso de, to take no notice of: intenté convencerle, pero no me hizo ni caso, I tried to convince him but he just ignored me
no venir al caso, to be beside the point
poner por caso, to suppose: pongamos por caso que no viene, let's say he doesn't come
ser un caso perdido, to be a hopeless case
en caso de que, if
en caso de necesidad, if need be
en todo caso, in any case
en último caso, as a last resort
ni caso, don't pay attention
' caso' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
amargada
- amargado
- aparte
- callar
- casar
- casarse
- ceñirse
- comisionar
- como
- concreta
- concreto
- correo
- emergencia
- eximente
- genuina
- genuino
- hecha
- hecho
- hipócrita
- histórica
- histórico
- igualmente
- lengua
- nocturnidad
- nupcias
- omisa
- omiso
- prescindir
- referencia
- señor
- sobreseer
- viaje
- voto
- a
- acaso
- aislado
- cerrar
- clásico
- conveniencia
- cuyo
- desde
- ejemplo
- entretelones
- estudio
- evento
- examinar
- excepcional
- extremo
- fumar
- ignorar
English:
act
- affair
- agree
- always
- anyhow
- arbitration
- argue
- attention
- beneath
- blatant
- borderline
- brush aside
- brushoff
- but
- case
- chronic
- circumstance
- clear up
- clear-cut
- client
- deploy
- dismiss
- disregard
- do
- doubt
- emergency
- event
- fall back on
- go before
- head
- hear
- hearing
- heedless
- heedlessly
- here
- history
- ignore
- implication
- instance
- lady
- make out
- medical
- necessity
- notice
- occur
- open-and-shut
- override
- pass
- point
- prejudice
* * *caso nm1. [situación, circunstancias, ejemplo] case;un caso especial a special case;un caso límite a borderline case;voy a contarles un caso curioso que pasó aquí I'm going to tell you about something strange that happened here;les expuse mi caso I made out my case to them;el caso es que [el hecho es que] the thing is (that);[lo importante es que] what matters is (that);el caso es que a pesar de la aparatosidad del accidente nadie resultó herido despite the spectacular nature of the accident, the fact remains that no one was injured;el caso es que no sé qué hacer basically, I don't know what to do;rara vez se da el caso de que dos candidatos obtengan el mismo número de votos it is very rare for two candidates to receive the same number of votes;si se da el caso, tomaremos las medidas necesarias if that should happen, we'll take the necessary steps;en caso afirmativo/negativo if so/not;en caso contrario otherwise;en caso de in the event of;en caso de emergencia in case of emergency;en caso de incendio in the event of a fire;en caso de no haber mayoría… should there be no majority…;en caso de necesidad if necessary;en caso de no poder venir, comuníquenoslo should you be unable to come, please let us know;en caso de que if;(en) caso de que venga should she come, if she comes;en cualquier caso in any event o case;en todo caso in any event o case;dijo que en todo caso nos avisaría she said she'd let us know, whatever;no tenemos dinero para un hotel, en todo caso una pensión we certainly haven't got enough money for a hotel, so it'll have to be a guesthouse, if anything;en el caso de Bosnia, la situación es más complicada in the case of Bosnia, the situation is more complicated;en el mejor/peor de los casos at best/worst;en el peor de los casos, llegaremos un poco tarde the worst that can happen is that we'll be a few minutes late;en último caso, en caso extremo as a last resort;hablar al caso to keep to the point;ir al caso to get to the point;cuando llegue el caso, se lo diremos we'll tell you when the time comes;cuando llegue el caso, hablaremos del asunto if it comes to that, we'll discuss it then;lo mejor del caso the best thing (about it);poner por caso algo/a alguien to take sth/sb as an example;pongamos por caso que… let's suppose (that)…;ponerse en el caso de alguien to put oneself in sb's position;yo en tu caso no iría I wouldn't go if I were you;según (sea) el caso, según los casos as o whatever the case may be;verse en el caso de hacer algo to be obliged o compelled to do sth2. [atención] attention;hacer caso a to pay attention to;tuve que gritar para que me hicieran caso I had to shout to attract their attention;¡maldito el caso que me hacen! they don't take the blindest bit of notice of me!;hacer caso omiso de to ignore;¡ni caso!, ¡no hagas caso! don't take any notice!;se lo dije, pero ella, ni caso I told her, but she didn't take any notice;no me hace ni caso she doesn't pay the slightest bit of attention to me;creo que su cumpleaños es el viernes, pero no me hagas mucho caso I think her birthday is on Friday, but don't take my word for it3. [médico, legal] case;el caso Dreyfus the Dreyfus affair;el caso Watergate Watergate, the Watergate affair;se han dado varios casos de intoxicación there have been several cases of poisoning;Famser un caso perdido to be a lost cause;Méx caso clínico:un caso clínico muy interesante a very interesting case;Famser un caso (clínico) to be a case, to be a right one;caso de conciencia matter of conscience;Der caso fortuito act of God;caso de fuerza mayor force of circumstance(s);fue un caso de fuerza mayor it was due to force of circumstance(s);caso de honra question of honour;caso judicial court case;Der caso de prueba test case4. Gram case* * *m1 case;en ese caso in that case;en tal caso in such a case;en caso contrario otherwise, if not;en caso de que, caso de in the event that, in case of;en todo caso in any case, in any event;en el peor de los casos if the worst comes to the worst;en el mejor de los casos at best;en último caso as a last resort;en ningún caso never, under no circumstances;dado ollegado el caso if it comes to it;dado el caso que in the event that;si se da el caso if the situation arises;el caso es que … the thing is that …;no venir al caso be irrelevant;¡vamos al caso! let’s get to the point;en su caso in his/her case;ponerse en el caso de alguien put o.s. in s.o.’s shoes2:caso aislado isolated case;caso perdido fig hopeless case;ser un caso fam be a real case fam3 ( atención):hacer caso take notice;hacer caso de algo pay attention to sth;hacer caso a alguien pay attention to s.o.;¡no le hagas caso! take no notice of him!* * *caso nm1) : case2)en caso de : in case of, in the event of3)hacer caso de : to pay attention to, to notice4)hacer caso omiso de : to ignore, to take no notice of5)no venir al caso : to be beside the point* * *caso n case -
20 actuar
v.1 to act (obrar, producir efecto).actúa de o como escudo it acts o serves as a shieldeste tranquilizante actúa directamente sobre los centros nerviosos this tranquilizer acts directly on the nerve centersJuana actúa como reina Johanna acts like a queen.Actué bien I acted [behaved] well.Ricardo actuó en el incendio Richard acted=took action during the fire.2 to undertake proceedings (law).3 to perform, to act.en esta película actúa Victoria Abril Victoria Abril appears in this film4 to perform on, to act out.5 to perform judicial acts, to prosecute, to litigate, to bring an action.El juez actúa legalmente The judge performs judicial acts legally.* * *(stressed ú in certain persons of certain tenses)Present IndicativePresent SubjunctiveImperative* * *verbto act, perform* * *1. VI1) [actor] to act; [cantante, banda, compañía, equipo] to performactuar en una película — to act o be in a film
2) (=obrar) to actactúa como o de mediador en el conflicto — he's acting as a mediator in the conflict
actúa de manera rara — he's acting o behaving strangely
3) (Jur) (=proceder) to institute (legal) proceedings; [abogado] to act4) (=tener efecto) to act2.VT (=hacer funcionar) to work, operate* * *verbo intransitivoforma de actuar — behavior*
b) < medicamento> to work, act¿quién actúa en esa película? — who's in the movie?
d) (Der) to act* * *= act, be at work, behave, function, perform, step in, work, conduct + Reflexivo, come into + play, get in + the act, undertake + action, step up.Ex. AACR2 defines a corporate body thus: 'a corporate body is an organisation or group of persons that is identified by a particular name and that acts, or may act, as an entity'.Ex. All these influences are at work before a child goes to school, yet until quite recently we have behaved as though good teaching in good schools was enough to compensate for the disabilities of verbally impoverished children.Ex. Although the system behaves simply, it incorporates some complex retrieval techniques, developed from information retrieval research.Ex. The DOBIS/LIBIS allows both the library and the computer center to function efficiently and at a lower cost by sharing one system.Ex. 'There's no question,' he said, 'but an individual's past performance is a good indicator of how he or she will perform in the future'.Ex. Furthermore, children can be misled by group influences into reading truly pernicious material (hard core ponography, for example) and when this happens adults have a clear responsibility to step in and do something about it.Ex. Files only work effectively for a limited number of documents.Ex. At the next division and department head meeting, Kobitsky was reprimanded and told that she should learn to be an administrator and conduct herself accordingly = En la siguiente reunión de directores de división y departamento, Kobitsky fue amonestada y se le dijo que debería aprender a ser una administradora y actuar consecuentemente.Ex. There are, of course, all sorts of other considerations which come into play in determining the income which a publisher might obtain from a book.Ex. Even the U.S. military got in the act, when in 1984 they abolished happy hours at military base clubs.Ex. Members will not undertake actions that may unfairly or unlawfully jeopardise a candidate's employment.Ex. Another growing group in this annual pro-life event is women who are stepping up to proclaim their regret for their own abortions.----* actuar a posteriori = be reactive.* actuar autoritariamente = flex + Posesivo + muscles.* actuar como si + ser + Dios = play + God.* actuar con cautela = play it + safe.* actuar con fineza = finesse.* actuar con irresponsabilidad hacia = play + fast and loose with.* actuar con poca consideración hacia = play + fast and loose with.* actuar consecuentemente = act + accordingly.* actuar convencido de que = operate under + the impression that.* actuar correctamente = do + the right thing, get on + the right side of.* actuar de = serve as.* actuar de abogado del diablo = be the/a devil's advocate.* actuar de acuerdo con los principios de Uno = act on + Posesivo + principles.* actuar de buena fe = act in + good faith.* actuar de capitán = skipper, captain.* actuar de cara a la galería = play to + the gallery.* actuar de contrapeso = counterpoise.* actuar de forma negligente = be remiss.* actuar de juez = don + Posesivo + judge's wig, officiate.* actuar del modo que se considere más adecuado = exercise + discretion.* actuar de mediador = mediate.* actuar de mirón = lurk in + the wings.* actuar de otro modo = do + otherwise.* actuar de puente = act as + a bridge.* actuar de un modo despiadado = play + hardball.* actuar de un modo determinado = follow + pattern.* actuar de un modo diferente = strike out on + a different path.* actuar de un modo enérgico = turn on + the heat.* actuar de un modo implacable = play + hardball.* actuar de un modo independiente = go it alone.* actuar de un modo intransigente = play + hardball.* actuar duro = play + hardball.* actuar en colusión = connive.* actuar en complicidad = connive.* actuar en conciencia = act in + good conscience.* actuar en connivencia = collude, connive.* actuar en consecuencia = act + accordingly.* actuar en defensa de la profesión = advocacy.* actuar en defensa de los intereses de las bibliotecas y bibliotecarios = library advocacy.* actuar en la clandestinidad = go into + hiding.* actuar en segundo plano = lurk in + the wings.* actuar en sinergia = synergize.* actuar independientemente = fly + solo.* actuar lento = be slow off the mark, be slow off the blocks.* actuar motivado por + Nombre = act out of + Nombre.* actuar negligentemente = be remiss.* actuar para el bien de todos = acting-for-the-best.* actuar por encima de + Posesivo + capacidades = punch above + Posesivo + weight.* actuar por impulso = act on + impulse.* actuar rápido = be quick off the mark, be quick off the blocks.* actuar según = act on/upon.* actuar sin demora = act + promptly.* actuar sin pensar = shoot from + the hip.* actuar sumisamente = take + Nombre + lying down.* al actuar de este modo = by so doing, in so doing, by doing so.* empezar a actuar = swing into + action.* encontrar su propio modo de actuar = find + Posesivo + own way.* forma de actuar = discourse.* manera de actuar = line of attack.* modo de actuar = arrangement, course of action, practice, rationale.* no actuar correctamente = be remiss.* no actuar debidamente = be remiss.* organismo que actúa en representación de otros = umbrella.* para actuar = for action.* que actúa de soporte = supporting.* * *verbo intransitivoforma de actuar — behavior*
b) < medicamento> to work, act¿quién actúa en esa película? — who's in the movie?
d) (Der) to act* * *= act, be at work, behave, function, perform, step in, work, conduct + Reflexivo, come into + play, get in + the act, undertake + action, step up.Ex: AACR2 defines a corporate body thus: 'a corporate body is an organisation or group of persons that is identified by a particular name and that acts, or may act, as an entity'.
Ex: All these influences are at work before a child goes to school, yet until quite recently we have behaved as though good teaching in good schools was enough to compensate for the disabilities of verbally impoverished children.Ex: Although the system behaves simply, it incorporates some complex retrieval techniques, developed from information retrieval research.Ex: The DOBIS/LIBIS allows both the library and the computer center to function efficiently and at a lower cost by sharing one system.Ex: 'There's no question,' he said, 'but an individual's past performance is a good indicator of how he or she will perform in the future'.Ex: Furthermore, children can be misled by group influences into reading truly pernicious material (hard core ponography, for example) and when this happens adults have a clear responsibility to step in and do something about it.Ex: Files only work effectively for a limited number of documents.Ex: At the next division and department head meeting, Kobitsky was reprimanded and told that she should learn to be an administrator and conduct herself accordingly = En la siguiente reunión de directores de división y departamento, Kobitsky fue amonestada y se le dijo que debería aprender a ser una administradora y actuar consecuentemente.Ex: There are, of course, all sorts of other considerations which come into play in determining the income which a publisher might obtain from a book.Ex: Even the U.S. military got in the act, when in 1984 they abolished happy hours at military base clubs.Ex: Members will not undertake actions that may unfairly or unlawfully jeopardise a candidate's employment.Ex: Another growing group in this annual pro-life event is women who are stepping up to proclaim their regret for their own abortions.* actuar a posteriori = be reactive.* actuar autoritariamente = flex + Posesivo + muscles.* actuar como si + ser + Dios = play + God.* actuar con cautela = play it + safe.* actuar con fineza = finesse.* actuar con irresponsabilidad hacia = play + fast and loose with.* actuar con poca consideración hacia = play + fast and loose with.* actuar consecuentemente = act + accordingly.* actuar convencido de que = operate under + the impression that.* actuar correctamente = do + the right thing, get on + the right side of.* actuar de = serve as.* actuar de abogado del diablo = be the/a devil's advocate.* actuar de acuerdo con los principios de Uno = act on + Posesivo + principles.* actuar de buena fe = act in + good faith.* actuar de capitán = skipper, captain.* actuar de cara a la galería = play to + the gallery.* actuar de contrapeso = counterpoise.* actuar de forma negligente = be remiss.* actuar de juez = don + Posesivo + judge's wig, officiate.* actuar del modo que se considere más adecuado = exercise + discretion.* actuar de mediador = mediate.* actuar de mirón = lurk in + the wings.* actuar de otro modo = do + otherwise.* actuar de puente = act as + a bridge.* actuar de un modo despiadado = play + hardball.* actuar de un modo determinado = follow + pattern.* actuar de un modo diferente = strike out on + a different path.* actuar de un modo enérgico = turn on + the heat.* actuar de un modo implacable = play + hardball.* actuar de un modo independiente = go it alone.* actuar de un modo intransigente = play + hardball.* actuar duro = play + hardball.* actuar en colusión = connive.* actuar en complicidad = connive.* actuar en conciencia = act in + good conscience.* actuar en connivencia = collude, connive.* actuar en consecuencia = act + accordingly.* actuar en defensa de la profesión = advocacy.* actuar en defensa de los intereses de las bibliotecas y bibliotecarios = library advocacy.* actuar en la clandestinidad = go into + hiding.* actuar en segundo plano = lurk in + the wings.* actuar en sinergia = synergize.* actuar independientemente = fly + solo.* actuar lento = be slow off the mark, be slow off the blocks.* actuar motivado por + Nombre = act out of + Nombre.* actuar negligentemente = be remiss.* actuar para el bien de todos = acting-for-the-best.* actuar por encima de + Posesivo + capacidades = punch above + Posesivo + weight.* actuar por impulso = act on + impulse.* actuar rápido = be quick off the mark, be quick off the blocks.* actuar según = act on/upon.* actuar sin demora = act + promptly.* actuar sin pensar = shoot from + the hip.* actuar sumisamente = take + Nombre + lying down.* al actuar de este modo = by so doing, in so doing, by doing so.* empezar a actuar = swing into + action.* encontrar su propio modo de actuar = find + Posesivo + own way.* forma de actuar = discourse.* manera de actuar = line of attack.* modo de actuar = arrangement, course of action, practice, rationale.* no actuar correctamente = be remiss.* no actuar debidamente = be remiss.* organismo que actúa en representación de otros = umbrella.* para actuar = for action.* que actúa de soporte = supporting.* * *vi1 «persona» (obrar) to actactuó de or como mediador he acted as a mediatorno entiendo tu forma de actuar I don't understand the way you're behaving o acting2 «medicamento» to work, actdejar actuar a la naturaleza let nature take its course3 «actor» to act; «torero» to perform¿quién actúa en esa película? who's in that movie?4 ( Der) to actactúa por la parte demandada el abogado Sr. Ruiz Sr. Ruiz is acting for the defendant* * *
actuar ( conjugate actuar) verbo intransitivo
[ torero] to perform;◊ ¿quién actúa en esa película? who's in the movie?
actuar verbo intransitivo
1 to act: el agua actuó como disolvente, the water acted as a solvent
actuará de fiscal en la causa, he will act as public prosecutor in the trial
2 Cine Teat to perform, act
' actuar' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
clandestinidad
- constreñimiento
- cumplir
- diplomacia
- enrollarse
- estilo
- flojear
- hacer
- judicialmente
- necesaria
- necesario
- operar
- política
- proceder
- reflexión
- servir
- tapujo
- trabajar
- atropellar
- brusquedad
- coherencia
- consecuencia
- fanfarrón
- fanfarronear
- fe
- libertad
- ligereza
- ligero
- obrar
- precaución
- separar
- tonto
English:
abruptly
- act
- act on
- appear
- as
- bone
- camp up
- deputize
- do
- galvanize
- guinea pig
- hand
- inconsiderate
- jury duty
- operate
- perform
- play
- reasonably
- sting
- work
- connive
- defend
- liaise
- move
- self
* * *actuar vi1. [obrar, producir efecto] to act;actuó según sus convicciones she acted in accordance with her convictions;actúa de secretario he acts as a secretary;este tranquilizante actúa directamente sobre los centros nerviosos this tranquilizer acts directly on the nerve centres;los carteristas actúan principalmente en el centro de la ciudad the pickpockets are mainly active Br in the city centre o US downtown2. Der to undertake proceedings3. [en película, teatro] to perform, to act;en esta película actúa Cantinflas Cantinflas appears in this film* * *v/iactuar de act as2 MED work, act* * *actuar {3} vi: to act, to perform* * *actuar vb1. (en general) to act2. (artista) to perform
Страницы
- 1
- 2
См. также в других словарях:
The Law of Conservation of Energy — The Law of Conservation of Energy † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Law of Conservation of Energy Amongst the gravest objections raised by the progress of modern science against Theism, the possibility of Miracles, free will, the… … Catholic encyclopedia
Book of the Law of the Lord — Infobox Book name = The Book of the Law of the Lord title orig = translator = James Strang image caption = author = Unknown illustrator = cover artist = country = United States language = series = genre = Latter Day Saint publisher = release date … Wikipedia
To serve the hour — Serve Serve, v. t. [imp. & p. p. {Served}; p. pr. & vb. n. {Serving}.] [OE. serven, servien, OF. & F. servir, fr. L. servire; akin to servus a servant or slave, servare to protect, preserve, observe; cf. Zend har to protect, haurva protecting. Cf … The Collaborative International Dictionary of English
To serve the time — Serve Serve, v. t. [imp. & p. p. {Served}; p. pr. & vb. n. {Serving}.] [OE. serven, servien, OF. & F. servir, fr. L. servire; akin to servus a servant or slave, servare to protect, preserve, observe; cf. Zend har to protect, haurva protecting. Cf … The Collaborative International Dictionary of English
The Seal of Confession — The Law of the Seal of Confession † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Law of the Seal of Confession In the Decretum of the Gratian who compiled the edicts of previous councils and the principles of Church law which he published about 1151,… … Catholic encyclopedia
Zoosexuality and the law — looks at the laws governing human animal sexual interaction (also sometimes known as bestiality or zoophilia) around the world.Because it is easy to determine when there is a law against, but (for reasons discussed) often less easy to reliably… … Wikipedia
GOD — IN THE BIBLE The Bible is not a single book, but a collection of volumes composed by different authors living in various countries over a period of more than a millennium. In these circumstances, divergencies of emphasis (cf. Kings with… … Encyclopedia of Judaism
law, philosophy of — Introduction the formulation of concepts and theories to aid in understanding the nature of law, the sources of its authority, and its role in society. In English speaking countries the term “jurisprudence” is often used synonymously and is … Universalium
The Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-day Saints — Classification Latter Day Saint movement Theology Nontrinitarian, Mormonism Governance … Wikipedia
The Church — The Church † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Church The term church (Anglo Saxon, cirice, circe; Modern German, Kirche; Sw., Kyrka) is the name employed in the Teutonic languages to render the Greek ekklesia (ecclesia), the term by which… … Catholic encyclopedia
Serve — Serve, v. t. [imp. & p. p. {Served}; p. pr. & vb. n. {Serving}.] [OE. serven, servien, OF. & F. servir, fr. L. servire; akin to servus a servant or slave, servare to protect, preserve, observe; cf. Zend har to protect, haurva protecting. Cf.… … The Collaborative International Dictionary of English
